Table of Contents




UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
______________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
______________________________________________________________
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
 
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from to
       
Commission file number 0-17089
______________________________________________________________
BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
______________________________________________________________
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
 
04-2976299
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
Ten Post Office Square
Boston, Massachusetts
 
02109
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code): (617) 912-1900
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Depositary Shares Each Representing a 1/40th Interest in a Share of 6.95% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Warrants to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, and Underlying Shares of Common Stock, Par Value $1.00 Per Share
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
_______________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   o     No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act.    Yes   o     No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
Large accelerated filer   x     
 
Accelerated filer  o     
 
Non-accelerated filer  o    
 
Smaller reporting company o     
 
 
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)    Yes   o     No   x
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the last reported sales price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2016 was $960,896,249 .
The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 24, 2017 was 83,865,653 .
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Item 5 of Part II and Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 of Part III.


Table of Contents




TABLE OF CONTENTS
  
 
 
ITEM 1
  
 
 
ITEM 1A
  
ITEM 1B
  
ITEM 2
  
ITEM 3
  
ITEM 4
  
  
 
 
ITEM 5
  
ITEM 6
  
ITEM 7
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
ITEM 7A
  
ITEM 8
  
ITEM 9
  
ITEM 9A
  
ITEM 9B
  
  
 
 
ITEM 10
  
ITEM 11
  
ITEM 12
  
ITEM 13
  
ITEM 14
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15
  
ITEM 16
 
 
  
 
  
EXHIBITS
 
 
  
CERTIFICATIONS
 

i

Table of Contents




Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not historical facts may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. These statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies and expectations, can generally be identified by the use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “plan,” “potential,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target” and similar expressions. These statements include, among others, statements regarding our strategy; the effectiveness of our investment programs; evaluations of future interest rate trends and liquidity; expectations as to growth in assets, deposits and results of operations, future operations, market position and financial position; and prospects, plans and objectives of management. You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. You should exercise caution in interpreting and relying on forward-looking statements because they are subject to significant risks, uncertainties and other factors which are, in some cases, beyond the Company’s control.
Forward-looking statements are based on the current assumptions and beliefs of management and are only expectations of future results. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of, among others, factors referenced herein under the section captioned “Risk Factors”; adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on the Company’s private banking, wealth management and trust, investment management and wealth advisory activities; changes in interest rates; competitive pressures from other financial institutions and non-banks; the effects of weakness in general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes that adversely affect borrowers’ ability to service and repay our loans; changes in the value of securities in our investment portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; changes in government regulation; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s financial statements will become impaired; the risk that the Company’s deferred tax assets may not be realized; risks related to the identification and implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements, as well as the other risks and uncertainties detailed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other filings submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made.


ii

Table of Contents




PART I

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS

I. General
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “BPFH,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was incorporated on September 2, 1987, under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. On July 1, 1988, the Company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and became the parent holding company (the “Holding Company”) of Boston Private Bank & Trust Company (the “Bank” or “Boston Private Bank”), a trust company chartered by The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).
We are a private banking and wealth management company that offers a full range of private banking and wealth management services to high net worth individuals, families, businesses, and select institutions through a financial umbrella that helps to preserve, grow, and transfer assets over the financial lifetime of a client through our four functional segments: Private Banking, Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory. Each reportable segment reflects the services provided by the Company to a distinct segment of the wealth management market as described below.
Private Banking
The Private Banking segment has one affiliate, Boston Private Bank. The Private Banking segment primarily operates in three geographic markets: New England, the San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California. The Private Banking segment is principally engaged in providing private banking services to high net worth individuals, privately owned businesses and partnerships, and nonprofit organizations. In addition, the Private Banking segment is an active provider of financing for affordable housing, first-time homebuyers, economic development, social services, community revitalization and small businesses.
Wealth Management and Trust
The Wealth Management and Trust segment is comprised of Boston Private Wealth LLC (“Boston Private Wealth”), an independent registered investment adviser (“RIA”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. This segment also includes the trust operations of Boston Private Bank. Boston Private Wealth was formed from the combination of the Bank’s wealth management business and those of Banyan Partners, LLC (“Banyan”), which the Bank acquired in the fourth quarter of 2014. The segment provides comprehensive wealth management solutions for high net worth individuals and families, including customized investment solutions, wealth planning, trust, and family office services. The Wealth Management and Trust segment operates in New England; South Florida; California; Madison, Wisconsin; and the Washington, D.C. area.
Investment Management
The Investment Management segment has two affiliates: Dalton, Greiner, Hartman, Maher & Co., LLC (“DGHM”), and Anchor Capital Advisors LLC (“Anchor”), both of which are RIAs (together, DGHM and Anchor are referred to as the “Investment Managers”). The Investment Managers serve the needs of pension funds, endowments, trusts, foundations and select institutions, mutual funds and high net worth individuals and their families throughout the United States (“U.S.”) and abroad. The Investment Managers specialize in value-driven equity portfolios with products across the capitalization spectrum. The specific mix of products, services and clientele varies between affiliates. The Investment Managers are located in New England and New York, with one affiliate administrative office in South Florida.
Wealth Advisory
The Wealth Advisory segment has two affiliates: KLS Professional Advisors Group, LLC (“KLS”), and Bingham, Osborn & Scarborough, LLC (“BOS”), both of which are wealth management firms and RIAs (together, the “Wealth Advisors”). The Wealth Advisors provide comprehensive, planning-based financial strategies to high net worth individuals and their families, and non-profit institutions. The services the firms offer include fee-only financial planning, tax planning, tax preparation, estate and insurance planning, retirement planning, charitable planning and intergenerational gifting and succession planning. The Wealth Advisors manage investments covering a wide range of asset classes for both taxable and tax-exempt portfolios. The Wealth Advisors are located in New York, Southern California, and Northern California.
Collectively, the Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory segments are referred to as the “Wealth and Investment” businesses.

1





For revenue, net income, assets, and other financial information for each of the Company’s reportable segments, see Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 20: Reportable Segments.”
The Company’s Internet address is www.bostonprivate.com. The Company makes available on or through its Internet website, without charge, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company’s reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The quarterly earnings release conference call can also be accessed from the Company’s website. Press releases are also maintained on the Company’s website for one year. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this document and should not be considered part of this Report.

II. Acquisitions, Asset Sales, and Divestitures
In November 2016, the Bank sold two of its Southern California offices, one located in Granada Hills and the other located in Burbank, together with approximately $104 million of deposits. The rationale for the sale was to better position the Company’s resources within the Southern California market.
In October 2014, Boston Private Bank acquired Banyan. Banyan and the wealth management operations from Boston Private Bank were combined to form Boston Private Wealth, which now operates in the Wealth Management and Trust reportable segment of the Company along with the trust operations of Boston Private Bank. Boston Private Wealth is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Boston Private Bank.
In 2009, the Company divested its interest in Westfield Capital Management Company, LP, formerly known as Westfield Capital Management Company, LLC (“Westfield”). While the Company will continue to have no significant involvement or influence on Westfield, it retains a 12.5% share in Westfield’s revenues (up to an annual maximum of $11.6 million) through December 2017 subject to certain conditions. The Company defers gains related to these payments until determinable. Such revenue share payments are included in net income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which the revenue is recognized. After the December 2017 payments are received in 2018, the Company will not receive additional net income from Westfield.
For further details relating to the Company’s divestitures, see Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 3: Acquisitions, Asset Sales, and Divestitures.”

III.    Competition
The Company operates in the highly competitive private banking and wealth management marketplaces. In the private banking industry, the Bank encounters competition from larger national and regional commercial banking organizations, savings banks, credit unions, and other financial institutions and non-bank financial service companies, which may offer lower interest rates on loans and higher interest rates on deposits. The Bank’s competitors also include major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services, including through the Internet. These technological advances may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries, among other industry sectors, in the transfer of funds among parties. To compete effectively, the Bank relies on local promotional activity, personal contacts by officers, directors, and employees, customized service, and the Bank’s reputation within the communities that it serves.
In the wealth management and trust industry, the Company competes with a wide variety of firms, including national and regional financial services firms, commercial banks and trust companies, mutual fund companies, investment advisory firms, stock brokerage firms, accounting firms, and law firms. The Company believes that the ability of its Wealth Management and Trust segment to compete effectively with other firms is dependent upon the quality and level of service, personal relationships, and investment performance.
The Company’s principal competitors with respect to investment management services are primarily commercial banks and trust companies, mutual fund companies, investment advisory firms, stock brokerage firms, other financial companies and law firms. The Company believes that its ability to compete effectively with other investment management firms is dependent upon its products, level of investment performance and client service, as well as the marketing and distribution of the investment products.

2





In the wealth advisory industry, the Company competes with a wide variety of firms, including national and regional financial services firms, accounting firms, trust companies, and law firms. The Company believes that the ability of its wealth advisory affiliates to compete effectively with other firms is dependent upon the quality and level of service, personal relationships, and investment performance.

IV.    Employees
At December 31, 2016 , the Company had 888 employees. The Company’s employees are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company believes its employee relations are good.

V.     Supervision and Regulation
The following discussion addresses elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. This regulatory framework is intended primarily to protect the safety and soundness of depository institutions, the federal deposit insurance system, and depositors, rather than the shareholders of a bank holding company such as the Company.
As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve under the BHCA. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) and the FDIC. The Bank’s California branches are also subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the California Department of Business Oversight Division of Financial Institutions (the “DFI”).
The Company’s Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory segments are subject to extensive regulation by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators.
The following is a summary of certain aspects of various statutes and regulations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. This summary is not a comprehensive analysis of all applicable laws, and is qualified by reference to the applicable statutes and regulations.
Regulation of the Company
The Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, which has the authority, among other things, to order bank holding companies to cease and desist from unsafe or unsound banking practices; to assess civil money penalties; and to order termination of non-banking activities or termination of ownership and control of a non-banking subsidiary by a bank holding company.
Source of Strength. Under the BHCA, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the Company is required to serve as a source of financial strength for the Bank. This support may be required at times when the Company may not have the resources to provide support to the Bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Acquisitions and Activities . The BHCA prohibits a bank holding company, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve, from acquiring all or substantially all the assets of a bank; acquiring control of a bank; merging or consolidating with another bank holding company; or acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the acquiring bank holding company would control more than 5% of any class of the voting shares of such other bank or bank holding company.
The BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary banks. However, a bank holding company may engage in and may own shares of companies engaged in certain activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks.
Limitations on Acquisitions of Company Common Stock. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting securities of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would constitute the acquisition of control of a bank holding company.
In addition, the BHCA prohibits any company from acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company without first having obtained the approval of the Federal Reserve. Among other circumstances, under the BHCA, a company has

3





control of a bank or bank holding company if the company owns, controls or holds with power to vote 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank or bank holding company; controls in any manner the election of a majority of directors or trustees of the bank or bank holding company; or the Federal Reserve has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the company has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank or bank holding company.
Regulation of the Bank
The Bank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Commissioner and the FDIC, and with respect to its California branches, the DFI. The Federal Reserve may also directly examine the subsidiaries of the Company, including the Bank. The enforcement powers available to federal and state banking regulators include, among other things, the ability to issue cease and desist or removal orders, to terminate insurance of deposits, to assess civil money penalties, to issue directives to increase capital, to place the bank into receivership, and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties.
Deposit Insurance. The deposit obligations of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the FDIC deposit insurance limit to $250,000 per depositor for deposits maintained in the same right and capacity at a particular insured depository institution. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, requires the FDIC to take steps as may be necessary to cause the ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits - the designated reserve ratio - to reach 1.35% by September 30, 2020, and it mandates that the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC for any year thereafter may not be less than 1.35%. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act required that, in setting assessments, the FDIC offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35% on banks with less than $10 billion in assets. To satisfy these requirements, on March 15, 2016, the FDIC’s Board of Directors approved a final rule to increase the DIF’s reserve ratio to the statutorily required minimum ratio of 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The final rule imposes on large banks a surcharge of 4.5 basis points of their assessment base, after making certain adjustments. Large banks, which are generally banks with $10 billion or more in assets, will pay quarterly surcharges in addition to their regular risk-based assessments. Overall regular risk-based assessment rates will decline once the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent. Small banks, such as the Bank, will receive credits to offset the portion of their assessments that help to raise the reserve ratio from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent. After the reserve ratio reaches 1.38 percent, the FDIC will automatically apply a small bank’s credits to reduce its regular assessment up to the entire amount of the assessment. The final rule provided that these changes would become effective July 1, 2016 if the reserve ratio reached 1.15 percent prior to that date. On June 30, 2016, the reserve ratio rose to 1.17 percent, which resulted in the revised deposit insurance assessment pricing becoming effective on July 1, 2016.
Deposit premiums are based on assets. To determine its deposit insurance premium, the Bank computes the base amount of its average consolidated assets less its average tangible equity (defined as the amount of Tier 1 capital) and the applicable assessment rate. On April 26, 2016, the FDIC’s Board of Directors adopted a final rule that changed the manner in which deposit insurance assessment rates are calculated for established small banks, generally those banks with less than $10 billion of assets that have been insured for at least five years. The rule updated the data and methodology that the FDIC uses to determine risk-based assessment rates for these institutions with the intent of better reflecting risks and ensuring that banks that take on greater risks pay more for deposit insurance than their less risky counterparts. The rule revised the financial ratios method used to determine assessment rates for these banks so that it is based on a statistical model that estimates the probability of failure over three years. The rule eliminated risk categories for established small banks and uses the financial ratios method. Under this method, each of seven financial ratios and a weighted average of CAMELS composite ratings will be multiplied by a corresponding pricing multiplier. The sum of these products will be added to a uniform amount, with the resulting sum being an institution’s initial base assessment rate (subject to minimum or maximum assessment rates based on a bank’s CAMELS composite rating). This method takes into account various measures that are similar to the factors that the FDIC previously considered in assigning institutions to risk categories, including an institution’s leverage ratio, brokered deposit ratio, one year asset growth, the ratio of net income before taxes to total assets and considerations related to asset quality. Under the small bank pricing rule, beginning the first assessment period after June 30, 2016, where the DIF’s reserve ratio has reached 1.15%, assessments for established small banks with a CAMELS rating of 1 or 2 will range from 1.5 to 16 basis points, after adjustments, while assessment rates for established small institutions with a CAMELS composite rating of 4 or 5 may range from 11 to 30 basis points, after adjustments. Assessments for established banks with a CAMELS rating of 3 will range from 3 to 30 basis points. The Company’s FDIC deposit insurance premium declined 32% in the firs quarter that the new rules were enacted.
The FDIC has the power to adjust deposit insurance assessment rates at any time. In addition, under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices; is in an

4





unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations; or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. For 2016 , the FDIC insurance expense for the Bank was $3.5 million .
Acquisitions and Branching . Prior approval from the Commissioner and the FDIC is required in order for the Bank to acquire another bank or establish a new branch office. Well capitalized and well managed banks may acquire other banks in any state, subject to certain deposit concentration limits and other conditions, pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes a state-chartered bank, such as the Bank, to establish new branches on an interstate basis to the same extent a bank chartered by the host state may establish branches.
Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks. Section 24 of the FDIA generally limits the types of equity investment an FDIC-insured state-chartered bank, such as the Bank, may make and the kinds of activities in which such a bank may engage, as a principal, to those that are permissible for national banks. Further, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLBA”) permits national banks and state banks, to the extent permitted under state law, to engage - via financial subsidiaries - in certain activities that are permissible for subsidiaries of a financial holding company. In order to form a financial subsidiary, a state-chartered bank must be well capitalized, and such banks would be subject to certain capital deduction, risk management and affiliate transaction rules, among other things.
Lending Restrictions. Federal law limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. The terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital. The Dodd-Frank Act explicitly provides that an extension of credit to an insider includes credit exposure arising from a derivatives transaction, repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement, securities lending transaction or securities borrowing transaction. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that asset sale transactions with insiders must be on market terms, and if the transaction represents more than 10% of the capital and surplus of the Bank, approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Bank.
Brokered Deposits. Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of an insured depository institution to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless the institution’s capital category is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” Depository institutions that have brokered deposits in excess of 10% of total assets will be subject to increased FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. However, for institutions that are well capitalized and have a CAMELS composite rating of 1 or 2, reciprocal deposits are deducted from brokered deposits.
Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires the FDIC to evaluate the Bank’s performance in helping to meet the credit needs of the entire communities it serves, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with its safe and sound banking operations, and to take this record into consideration when evaluating certain applications. The FDIC’s CRA regulations are generally based upon objective criteria of the performance of institutions under three key assessment tests: (i) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas; (ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs, and other offices. The Bank’s most recent performance evaluation from the FDIC was a “satisfactory” rating. Massachusetts has also enacted a similar statute that requires the Commissioner to evaluate the performance of the Bank in helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community and to take that record into account in considering certain applications.
Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness
Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital rules applicable to U.S. banking organizations such as the Company and the Bank. These rules are intended to reflect the relationship between the banking organization’s capital and the degree of risk associated with its operations based on transactions recorded on-balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels discussed below, due to the banking organization’s financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.
The capital adequacy guidelines define qualifying capital instruments and specify minimum amounts of capital as a percentage of assets that banking organizations are required to maintain. Common equity Tier 1 capital generally includes common stock and related surplus, retained earnings and, in certain cases and subject to certain limitations, minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, other non-qualifying intangible assets and certain other deductions. Tier 1 capital for

5





banks and bank holding companies generally consists of the sum of common equity Tier 1 capital, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and related surplus, and, in certain cases and subject to limitations, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries that do not qualify as common equity Tier 1 capital, less certain deductions. Tier 2 capital generally consists of hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, and, subject to limitations, allowances for loan losses. The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital less certain required deductions represents qualifying total risk-based capital. Prior to the effectiveness of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies were permitted to include trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock in Tier 1 capital, subject to limitations. However, the Federal Reserve’s capital rule applicable to bank holding companies permanently grandfathered non-qualifying capital instruments, including trust preferred securities, issued before May 19, 2010 by depository institution holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2009, subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital. In addition, under rules that became effective January 1, 2015, accumulated other comprehensive income (positive or negative) must be reflected in Tier 1 capital; however, the Company was permitted to make a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income from capital. The Company has made this election.
Under the capital rules, risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 risk-based capital, and total risk-based capital, respectively, by risk-weighted assets. Assets and off-balance sheet credit equivalents are assigned to one of several categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative credit risk. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 risk-based capital by average assets less certain items such as goodwill and intangible assets, as permitted under the capital rules.
Under the Federal Reserve’s capital rules applicable to the Company and the FDIC’s capital rules applicable to the Bank, the Company and the Bank are each required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5%, a minimum total Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 6.0%, a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 8% and a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. Additionally, subject to a transition schedule, these rules require an institution to establish a capital conservation buffer of common equity Tier 1 capital in an amount above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for “adequately capitalized” institutions equal to 2.5% of total risk weighted assets, or face restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, pay discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases.
Under the FDIC’s rules, an FDIC supervised institution, such as the Bank, is considered “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater; (iii) a common Tier 1 equity ratio of at least 6.5% or greater, (iv) a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater; and (iv) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
Generally, a bank, upon receiving notice that it is not adequately capitalized (i.e., that it is “undercapitalized”), becomes subject to the prompt corrective action provisions of Section 38 of FDIA that, for example, (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees, (ii) require that its federal bank regulator monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital, (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan, (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets and (v) require prior regulatory approval of certain expansion proposals. A bank that is required to submit a capital restoration plan must concurrently submit a performance guarantee by each company that controls the bank. A bank that is “critically undercapitalized” (i.e., has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%) will be subject to further restrictions, and generally will be placed in conservatorship or receivership within 90 days.
The Bank is currently considered “well capitalized” under all regulatory definitions. Current capital rules do not establish standards for determining whether a bank holding company is well capitalized. However, for purposes of processing regulatory applications and notices, the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y provides that a bank holding company is considered “well capitalized” if (i) on a consolidated basis, the bank holding company maintains a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater; (ii) on a consolidated basis, the bank holding company maintains a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater; and (iii) the bank holding company is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by the Board to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
Safety and Soundness Standards. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an

6





unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the federal banking agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order restricting asset growth, requiring an institution to increase its ratio of tangible equity to assets or directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. See “-Regulatory Capital Requirements” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.
Dividend Restrictions
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and our other subsidiaries. The revenue of the Company (on a parent-only basis) is derived primarily from dividends paid to it by those other entities. The right of the Company, and consequently the right of shareholders of the Company, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank and our other subsidiaries through the payment of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors) and our other subsidiaries, except to the extent that certain claims of the Company in a creditor capacity may be recognized.
Restrictions on Bank Holding Company Dividends . The Federal Reserve has the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. The Federal Reserve has indicated generally that it may be an unsafe or unsound practice for bank holding companies to pay dividends unless the bank holding company’s net income over the preceding year is sufficient to fund the dividends and the expected rate of earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Further, under the Federal Reserve’s capital rule, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is restricted if it does not maintain capital above the conservation buffer. See “-Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness -Regulatory Capital Requirements” above.
Restrictions on Bank Dividends . The FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Federal law also prohibits the payment of dividends by a bank that will result in the bank failing to meet its applicable capital requirements on a pro forma basis. Under Massachusetts law, the board of directors of the Bank may declare from “net profits” cash dividends no more often than quarterly, provided that there is no impairment to the trust company’s capital stock. Moreover, prior approval by the Commissioner is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the previous two years, less any required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock.
Certain Transactions by Bank Holding Companies with their Affiliates
There are various statutory restrictions on the extent to which bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries may borrow, obtain credit from or otherwise engage in “covered transactions” with their insured depository institution subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the definition of affiliate to include an investment fund for which the depository institution or one of its affiliates is an investment adviser. An insured depository institution (and its subsidiaries) may not lend money to, or engage in covered transactions with, its non-depository institution affiliates if the aggregate amount of covered transactions outstanding involving the bank, plus the proposed transaction exceeds the following limits: (i) in the case of any one such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured depository institution; and (ii) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured depository institution. For this purpose, “covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate; a purchase of or investment in securities issued by an affiliate; a purchase of assets from an affiliate unless exempted by the Federal Reserve; the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company; the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate; securities borrowing or lending transactions with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate; or a derivatives transaction with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate. Covered transactions are also subject to certain collateral security requirements. Covered transactions as well as other types of transactions between a bank and a bank holding company must be on market terms and not otherwise unduly favorable to the holding company or an affiliate of the holding company. Moreover, Section 106 of the BHCA provides that, to further competition, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property of any kind, or furnishing of any service.

7





Consumer Protection Regulation
The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state laws designed to protect consumers and prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive business practices, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Housing Act, Home Ownership Protection Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (“FACT Act”), the GLBA, the Truth in Lending Act, the CRA, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, National Flood Insurance Act and various state law counterparts. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must interact with clients when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which has the responsibility for making rules and regulations under the federal consumer protection laws relating to financial products and services. The CFPB also has a broad mandate to prohibit unfair or deceptive acts and practices and is specifically empowered to require certain disclosures to consumers and draft model disclosure forms. Failure to comply with consumer protection laws and regulations can subject financial institutions to enforcement actions, fines and other penalties. The FDIC will examine the Bank for compliance with CFPB rules and will enforce CFPB rules with respect to the Bank.
Mortgage Reform . The Dodd-Frank Act prescribes certain standards that mortgage lenders must consider before making a residential mortgage loan, including verifying a borrower’s ability to repay such mortgage loan, and allows borrowers to assert violations of certain provisions of the Truth in Lending Act as a defense to foreclosure proceedings. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, prepayment penalties are prohibited for certain mortgage transactions and creditors are prohibited from financing insurance policies in connection with a residential mortgage loan or home equity line of credit. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits mortgage originators from receiving compensation based on the terms of residential mortgage loans and generally limits the ability of a mortgage originator to be compensated by others if compensation is received from a consumer. The Dodd-Frank Act requires mortgage lenders to make additional disclosures prior to the extension of credit, in each billing statement and for negative amortization loans and hybrid adjustable rate mortgages.
Privacy and Customer Information Security. The GLBA requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. In general, the Bank must provide its clients with an initial and annual disclosure that explains its policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information, and, except as otherwise required or permitted by law, the Bank is prohibited from disclosing such information unless otherwise provided in such policies and procedures. However, an annual disclosure is not required to be provided by a financial institution if the financial institution only discloses information under exceptions from GLBA that do not require an opt out to be provided and if there has been no change in its privacy policies and practices since its most recent disclosure provided to consumers. The GLBA also requires that the Bank develop, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of client information (as defined under GLBA), to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any client. The Bank is also required to send a notice to clients whose “sensitive information” has been compromised if unauthorized use of the information is “reasonably possible.” Most states, including the states in which the Bank operates, have enacted legislation concerning breaches of data security and the duties of the Bank in response to a data breach. Congress continues to consider federal legislation that would require consumer notice of data security breaches. In addition, Massachusetts has promulgated data security regulations with respect to personal information of Massachusetts residents. Pursuant to the FACT Act, the Bank has developed and implemented a written identity theft prevention program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of certain accounts or certain existing accounts. Additionally, the FACT Act amends the Fair Credit Reporting Act to generally prohibit a person from using information received from an affiliate to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to opt out of the making of such solicitations.

8





Anti-Money Laundering
The Bank Secrecy Act. Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report to the U.S. Treasury any cash transactions involving more than $10,000. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports for any transaction or series of transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects or has reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no lawful purpose. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which amended the BSA, together with the implementing regulations of various federal regulatory agencies, has caused financial institutions, such as the Bank, to adopt and implement additional policies or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other things, anti-money laundering compliance, suspicious activity, currency transaction reporting, customer identity verification and customer risk analysis. In evaluating an application under Section 3 of the BHCA to acquire a bank or an application under the Bank Merger Act to merge banks or effect a purchase of assets and assumption of deposits and other liabilities, the applicable federal banking regulator must consider the anti-money laundering compliance record of both the applicant and the target. In addition, under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are required to take steps to monitor their correspondent banking and private banking relationships as well as, if applicable, their relationships with “shell banks.”
OFAC. The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These sanctions, which are administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial or other transactions relating to a sanctioned country, or with certain designated persons and entities; (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons); and (iii) restrictions on certain transactions with or involving certain persons or entities. Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the Company.
Regulation of Other Activities
Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust . Certain subsidiaries of the Company are registered with the SEC as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on RIAs, including fiduciary, recordkeeping, operational, and disclosure obligations. Certain Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust subsidiaries of the Company are also subject to regulation under the securities laws and fiduciary laws of certain states.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to study the standard of care for brokers and investment advisers and report its findings to Congress. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act permits the SEC to impose a uniform standard of care on brokers and investment advisers based on the study’s findings. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC must also harmonize the enforcement of fiduciary standard violations under the Exchange Act and the Advisers Act. It is unclear how the studies and rulemaking relating to the fiduciary duties of brokers and investment advisers will affect the Company and its Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust subsidiaries.
Each of the mutual funds for which one or more of the Company’s Investment Management subsidiaries acts as sub-adviser is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Shares of each such fund are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act, and the shares of each fund are qualified for sale (or exempt from such qualification) under the laws of each state and the District of Columbia to the extent such shares are sold in any of such jurisdictions. The Company is also subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as it is a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to certain of its clients. ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibit certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and certain other related parties) to such plans.
As sub-advisers to registered investment companies, the Company’s Investment Management subsidiaries are subject to requirements under the 1940 Act and related SEC regulations. Under provisions of the 1940 Act and Advisers Act governing advisory contracts, an assignment terminating the Company’s sub-advisory contract can occur as a result of the acquisition of a firm by the Company.

9





The foregoing laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict certain subsidiaries of the Company from conducting their business in the event that they fail to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions that may be imposed in the event of such noncompliance include the suspension of individual employees; limitations on the business activities for specified periods of time; revocation of registration as an investment adviser, commodity trading adviser and/or other registrations; and other censures and fines.
Volcker Rule Restrictions on Proprietary Trading and Sponsorship of Hedge Funds and Private Equity Funds . The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits banking organizations, such as the Company, from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, except as permitted under certain circumstances, pursuant to a provision commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” Under the Dodd-Frank Act, proprietary trading generally means trading by a banking entity or its affiliate for its trading account. Hedge funds and private equity funds are described by the Dodd-Frank Act as funds that would be registered under the 1940 Act but for certain enumerated exemptions. The Volcker Rule restrictions apply to the Company, the Bank, and all of their subsidiaries and affiliates.

VI. Taxation
Federal Taxation
The Company and its incorporated affiliates are subject to federal income taxation generally applicable to corporations under the Code. In addition, the Bank is subject to Subchapter H of the Code, which provides specific rules for the treatment of securities, reserves for loan losses, and any common trust funds.
The Company and its incorporated affiliates are members of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code and file a consolidated federal income tax return. Some of the advantages of filing a consolidated tax return include the avoidance of tax on intercompany distributions and the ability to offset operating and capital losses of one company against operating income and capital gains of another company.
The Company’s taxable income includes its share of the taxable income or loss from its subsidiaries that are limited liability companies.
State and Local Taxation
The Company and its affiliates are subject to the tax rate established in the states in which they do business. Substantially all of the Company’s taxable state and local income is derived from Massachusetts, California, Florida, New York, and the City of New York.
The Massachusetts tax rate is 9.0% on taxable income apportioned to Massachusetts. Massachusetts’ taxable income is defined as federal taxable income subject to certain modifications. These modifications include a deduction for 95% of dividends received from entities in which the Company owns 15% or more of the voting stock, income from federally tax exempt obligations and deductions for certain expenses allocated to federally tax exempt obligations.
The California tax rate is 8.84% for corporations that are not financial institutions and 10.84% for financial institutions. The California tax is on California taxable income, which is defined as federal taxable income subject to certain modifications. These modifications include income from federally tax exempt obligations and deductions for certain expenses allocated to federally tax exempt obligations.
The Florida tax rate is 5.5% on taxable income apportioned to Florida. Florida’s taxable income is defined as federal taxable income subject to certain modifications. These modifications include income from federally tax exempt obligations and deductions for certain expenses allocated to federally tax exempt obligations.
The New York state tax rate is 6.5% on taxable income apportioned to New York (subject to alternative minimum taxes that may be based on business capital or a fixed dollar minimum), plus a surcharge for business operations in the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation district. New York taxable income is defined as federal taxable income subject to certain modifications. These modifications include income from federally tax exempt obligations and deductions for certain expenses allocated to federally tax exempt obligations. Combined reporting requirements began in 2015.
The New York City tax rate is 8.85% on taxable income apportioned to New York City (subject to alternative minimum taxes that may be based on business capital or a fixed dollar minimum). New York City taxable income is defined as federal taxable income subject to certain modifications. These modifications include income from federally tax exempt obligations and deductions for certain expenses allocated to federally tax exempt obligations. Combined reporting requirements began in 2015.


10





ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Before deciding to invest in us or deciding to maintain or increase your investment, you should carefully consider the risks described below, in addition to the other information contained in this report and in our other filings with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below and in our other filings are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. If any of these known or unknown risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed. In that event, the market price for our common stock could decline and you may lose some or all of your investment.
Risks Related to our Banking Business
Our banking business is highly regulated, which could limit or restrict our activities, and changes in banking laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, and the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Commissioner and the FDIC. Federal and state laws and regulations govern numerous matters affecting us, including changes in the ownership or control of banks and bank holding companies; maintenance of adequate capital and the financial condition of a financial institution; permissible types, amounts and terms of extensions of credit and investments; permissible non-banking activities; the level of reserves against deposits and restrictions on dividend payments. The FDIC and the Commissioner have the power to issue cease and desist orders to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject to their regulation, and the Federal Reserve possesses similar powers with respect to bank holding companies. These and other restrictions limit the manner in which we and the Bank may conduct business and obtain financing.
The laws, rules, regulations and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. These changes could adversely and materially impact us. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, including costs of compliance, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer, and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies, or supervisory guidance could result in enforcement and other legal actions by federal or state authorities, including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Supervision and Regulation.”
We are subject to capital and liquidity standards that require banks and bank holding companies to maintain more and higher quality capital and greater liquidity than has historically been the case.
We became subject to new capital requirements in 2015. These new standards, which now apply and will be fully phased-in over the next several years, require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially higher levels of capital as a percentage of their assets, with a greater emphasis on common equity as opposed to other components of capital. The need to maintain more and higher quality capital, as well as greater liquidity, and generally increased regulatory scrutiny with respect to capital levels, may at some point limit our business activities, including lending, and our ability to grow our business. It could also result in our being required to take steps to increase our regulatory capital and may dilute shareholder value or limit our ability to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to our investors through stock repurchases. Pursuant to new rules under the Dodd-Frank Act, we were permitted to make a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income from capital. The Company has made this election.
We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and any failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.
The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose community investment and nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act or other fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions, restrictions on expansion and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

11





The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.  
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships.  We have exposure to many different financial institutions, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, other commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other financial institutions.  As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions and organizations.  Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client.  In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be liquidated or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due to us.  There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
Deterioration in local economies or real estate markets could negatively impact our banking business.
The Private Banking segment primarily serves individuals and smaller businesses located in three geographic regions: New England, the San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California. The ability of the Bank’s clients to repay their loans is impacted by the economic conditions in these areas.
The Bank’s commercial loans are generally concentrated in the following client groups:
real estate developers and investors;
financial service providers;
technology companies;
manufacturing and communications companies;
professional service providers;
general commercial and industrial companies; and
individuals.
The Bank’s commercial loans, with limited exceptions, are secured by real estate (usually income producing residential and commercial properties), marketable securities, or corporate assets (usually accounts receivable, equipment or inventory). Substantially all of the Bank’s residential mortgage and home equity loans are secured by residential property. Consequently, the Bank’s ability to continue to originate real estate loans may be impaired by adverse changes in local and regional economic conditions in the real estate markets, or by acts of nature, including earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding. Due to the concentration of real estate collateral in the geographic regions in which we operate, these events could have a material adverse impact on the ability of the Bank’s borrowers to repay their loans and affect the value of the collateral securing these loans.
Competition in the banking industry may impair our ability to attract and retain banking clients at current levels.
Competition in the markets in which the Bank operates may limit the ability of the Bank to attract and retain banking clients. The Bank’s competitors include several major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and are able to serve the credit and investment needs of larger clients. The Bank also faces competition from out-of-state financial intermediaries that have opened low-end production offices or that solicit deposits in its respective market areas from other remote locations. There is also increased competition by out-of-market competitors through the Internet. Because the Bank maintains a smaller staff and has fewer financial and other resources than larger institutions with which it competes, it may be limited in its ability to attract clients. In addition, the Bank’s current commercial banking clients may seek alternative banking sources as they develop needs for credit facilities larger than the Bank can accommodate. If the Bank is unable to attract and retain banking clients, it may be unable to continue its deposit and loan growth and its results of operations and financial condition may otherwise be negatively impacted.
Market changes may adversely affect demand for the Bank’s services and impact results of operations.
Channels for servicing the Bank’s customers are evolving rapidly, with less reliance on traditional branch facilities, more use of online and mobile banking, and increased demand for universal bankers and other relationship managers who can service multiple product lines. The Bank competes with larger providers that are rapidly evolving their service offerings and escalating the costs of the Bank’s efforts to keep pace. The Bank has a process for evaluating the profitability of its branch

12





system and other office and operational facilities. The identification of unprofitable operations and facilities can lead to restructuring charges and introduce the risk of disruptions to revenues and customer relationships.
Our cost of funds for banking operations may increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates and competitive pressures.
The Bank has traditionally obtained funds principally through deposits and borrowings. As a general matter, deposits are a cheaper source of funds than borrowings, because interest rates paid for deposits are typically less than interest rates charged for borrowings. We compete with banks and other financial institutions for deposits. If, as a result of general economic conditions, market interest rates, competitive pressures, or otherwise, the amount of deposits at the Bank decreases relative to its overall banking operations, the Bank may have to rely more heavily on higher cost borrowings as a source of funds in the future. Higher funding costs reduce our net interest margin, net interest income, and net income.
Potential downgrades of U.S. government securities by one or more of the credit ratings agencies could have a material adverse effect on our operations, earnings and financial condition.
A possible future downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government and a decline in the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government-related obligations could impact our ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by these affected instruments held by us, as well as affect the pricing of that funding when it is available. A downgrade may also adversely affect the market value of such instruments held by us. We cannot predict if, when or how any changes to the credit ratings or perceived creditworthiness of these organizations will affect economic conditions. Such ratings actions could result in a significant adverse impact on us. Among other things, a further downgrade in the U.S. government’s credit rating could adversely impact the value of our securities portfolio and may trigger requirements that the Company post additional collateral for trades relative to these securities. A downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government or the credit ratings of related institutions, agencies or instruments would significantly exacerbate the other risks to which we are subject and any related adverse effects on the business, financial condition and results of operations.
Defaults in the repayment of loans may require additional loan loss reserves and negatively impact our banking business.
A borrower’s default on its obligations under one or more Bank loans may result in lost principal and interest income and increased operating expenses as a result of the allocation of management time and resources to the collection and work-out of the loan. In certain situations, where collection efforts are unsuccessful or acceptable work-out arrangements cannot be reached, the Bank may have to charge-off the loan in whole or in part. In such situations, the Bank may acquire real estate or other assets, if any, which secure the loan through foreclosure or other similar available remedies. In such cases, the amount owed under the defaulted loan may exceed the value of the assets acquired.
The Bank’s management periodically makes a determination of an allowance for loan losses based on available information, including the quality of its loan portfolio, certain economic conditions, the rate of defaulted loans, the value of the underlying collateral, and the level of its nonaccruing and criticized loans. We rely on our loan quality reviews, our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors, in determining the level required for the allowance for loan losses. If management determines that further increases in the allowance for loan losses are necessary, we will incur additional expenses.
If it is determined that the Bank should sell certain loans or a portfolio of loans, we are required to classify those loans as “held for sale” which requires us to carry such loans at the lower of their amortized cost or market value. If we decide to sell loans at a time when the fair value of those loans is less than their carrying value, the adjustment will result in a charge to the allowance for loan losses if the decline in value is due to credit issues. We may from time to time decide to sell particular loans or groups of loans, and the required adjustment could negatively affect our financial condition or results of operations.
In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and the values it attributes to real estate acquired through foreclosure or other similar remedies. Such regulatory agencies may require the Bank to adjust its determination of the value for these items. These adjustments could negatively impact our results of operations or financial condition.
Fluctuations in interest rates may negatively impact our banking business.
The Bank’s earnings and financial condition are largely dependent on net interest income, which represents the difference between the interest income earned on interest-bearing assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). The relative rates of interest we earn and pay are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions,

13





changes in monetary or fiscal policies of the Federal Reserve and other governmental authorities. A narrowing of this interest rate spread could adversely affect the Bank’s net interest income, which also could negatively impact its earnings and financial condition. As a result, the Bank has adopted asset and liability management policies to mitigate the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income, primarily by altering the mix and maturity of loans, investments funding sources, and derivatives. However, even with these policies in place, a change in interest rates can impact our results of operations or financial condition.
An increase in interest rates could also have a negative impact on the Bank’s results of operations by reducing the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations, which could not only result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures, and charge-offs, but also necessitate increases to our allowances for loan losses.
Similarly, rising interest rates may increase the cost of deposits, which are a primary source of funding. While we actively manage against these risks through hedging and other risk management strategies, if our assumptions regarding borrower behavior are wrong or overall economic conditions are significantly different than anticipated, our risk mitigation techniques may be insufficient.
Prepayments of loans may negatively impact our banking business.
Generally, the Bank’s clients may prepay the principal amount of their outstanding loans at any time. The rate at which such prepayments occur, as well as the size of such prepayments, are within our clients’ discretion. Fluctuations in interest rates, in certain circumstances, may also lead to high levels of loan prepayments, which may also have an adverse impact on our net interest income. If clients prepay the principal amount of their loans, and we are unable to lend those funds to other borrowers or invest the funds at the same or higher interest rates, our interest income will be reduced. A significant reduction in interest income could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our loan portfolio includes commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, and construction and land loans, which are generally riskier than other types of loans.
At December 31, 2016 , our commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, and construction and land loans portfolios comprised 49% of total loans. Commercial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a higher risk of nonpayment or late payment than residential mortgage loans. These loans may lack standardized terms and may include a balloon payment feature. The ability of a borrower to make or refinance a balloon payment may be affected by a number of factors, including the financial condition of the borrower, prevailing economic conditions, interest rates, and collateral values. Repayment of these loans is generally more dependent on the economy and the successful operation of the underlying business. Because of the risks associated with commercial loans, we may experience higher rates of default than if our loan portfolio were more heavily weighted toward residential mortgage loans. Higher rates of default could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could result in losses.
In the course of business, the Bank may acquire, through foreclosure or other similar proceedings, properties securing loans it has originated or purchased which are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that material environmental violations could be discovered at these properties. In this event, we or the Bank might be required to remedy these violations at the affected properties at our sole cost and expense. The cost of this remedial action could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties as a result of their condition. These events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust Businesses
Our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust businesses are highly regulated, and the regulators have the ability to limit or restrict our activities and impose fines or suspensions on the conduct of our business.
Our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust businesses are highly regulated, primarily at the federal level. The failure of any of our subsidiaries that provide investment management, wealth advisory, or wealth management and trust services to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions including revocation of such affiliate’s registration as an investment adviser.

14





All of our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust affiliates are RIAs under the Advisers Act. The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on RIAs, including fiduciary, record keeping, operational and disclosure obligations. These subsidiaries, as investment advisers, are also subject to regulation under the federal and state securities laws and the fiduciary laws of certain states. In addition, the affiliates acting as sub-advisers to mutual funds are subject to certain provisions and regulations of the 1940 Act.
We are also subject to the provisions and regulations of ERISA to the extent that we act as a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to certain of our clients. ERISA and the applicable provisions of the federal tax laws, impose a number of duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of each ERISA plan which is a client, as well as certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and certain other related parties) to such plans.
In addition, applicable law provides that all investment contracts with mutual fund clients may be terminated by the clients, without penalty, upon no more than 60 days’ notice. Investment contracts with institutional and other clients are typically terminable by the client, also without penalty, upon 30 days’ notice.
Changes in these laws or regulations could have a material adverse impact on our profitability and mode of operations.
Our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust businesses may be negatively impacted by changes in economic and market conditions.
Our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust businesses may be negatively impacted by changes in general economic and market conditions because the performance of such business is directly affected by conditions in the financial and securities markets. The financial markets and businesses operating in the securities industry are highly volatile (meaning that performance results can vary greatly within short periods of time) and are directly affected by, among other factors, domestic and foreign economic conditions and general trends in business and finance, all of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that broad market performance will be favorable in the future. Declines in the financial markets or a lack of sustained growth may result in a corresponding decline in our performance and may adversely affect the assets that we manage.
In addition, our management contracts generally provide for fees payable for investment management, wealth advisory, and wealth management and trust services based on the market value of assets under management, although there are a portion of our contracts that provide for the payment of fees based on investment performance in addition to a base fee. Because most contracts provide for a fee based on market values of securities, fluctuations in the underlying securities values may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to attract and retain investment management, wealth advisory, and wealth management and trust clients due to competition.
Due to intense competition, our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust subsidiaries may not be able to attract and retain clients. Competition is especially strong in our geographic market areas because there are numerous well-established, well-resourced, well-capitalized, and successful investment management, wealth advisory, and wealth management and trust firms in these areas.
Our ability to successfully attract and retain investment management, wealth advisory, and wealth management and trust clients is dependent upon our ability to compete with competitors’ investment products, level of investment performance, client services and marketing and distribution capabilities. If we are not successful, our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted.
Investment management contracts are typically terminable upon less than 30 days’ notice. Most of our investment management clients may withdraw funds from accounts under management generally in their sole discretion. Wealth advisory client contracts must typically be renewed on an annual basis and are terminable upon relatively short notice. The combined financial performance of our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust affiliates is a significant factor in our overall results of operations and financial condition.

15





Our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust businesses are highly dependent on investment managers to produce investment returns and to solicit and retain clients, and the loss of a key investment manager or wealth advisor could adversely affect our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust business.
We rely on our investment managers and wealth advisors to produce investment returns and to advise clients. We believe that investment performance is one of the most important factors for the growth of our assets under management. Poor investment performance could impair our revenues and growth because existing clients might withdraw funds in favor of better performing products, which would result in lower investment management fees, or our ability to attract funds from existing and new clients might diminish.
The market for investment managers is extremely competitive and is increasingly characterized by frequent movement of investment managers among different firms. In addition, our individual investment managers and wealth advisors often have regular direct contact with particular clients, which can lead to a strong client relationship based on the client’s trust in that individual manager or advisor. The loss of a key investment manager or wealth advisor could jeopardize our relationships with our clients and lead to the loss of client accounts. Losses of such accounts could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Overall Business and Operations
Our business and earnings have been adversely affected, and may in the future be adversely affected, by the U.S. and international financial markets and economic conditions.
The performance of our business has been and may in the future be adversely affected by general business and economic conditions in the U.S., including the level and volatility of short- and long-term interest rates, inflation, home prices, unemployment and under-employment levels, bankruptcies, household income, consumer spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, liquidity of the global financial markets, the availability and cost of credit, and investor confidence. While in recent years there has been gradual improvement in the U.S. economy, deterioration of any of these conditions can adversely affect our residential portfolio, consumer and commercial businesses, and securities portfolios, as well as our earnings.
We may incur significant losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.
We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, compliance, and legal reporting systems; internal controls; management review processes; and other mechanisms. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application may not be effective and may not anticipate every economic and financial outcome in all market environments or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. Market conditions over the last several years have involved unprecedented dislocations and highlight the limitations inherent in using historical data to manage risk.
We may be unable to attract and retain key employees.
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key employees. Competition for the best people can be intense and we may not be able to hire or retain the key employees that we depend upon for success. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key employees could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of the customers and the markets in which we operate, years of industry experience, and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement employees.

16





Our ability to attract and retain clients and employees, and to maintain relationships with vendors, third-party service providers and others, could be adversely affected to the extent our reputation is harmed.
We are dependent on our reputation within our market area, as a trusted and responsible financial company, for all aspects of our relationships with clients, employees, vendors, third-party service providers, and others with whom we conduct business or potential future business. Our ability to attract and retain clients and employees at our Private Banking, Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory subsidiaries could be adversely affected to the extent our reputation is damaged. Our actual or perceived failure to address various issues could give rise to reputational risk that could cause harm to us and our business prospects. These issues include, but are not limited to, legal and regulatory requirements; privacy; properly maintaining client and employee personal information; record keeping; money-laundering; sales and trading practices; ethical issues; appropriately addressing potential conflicts of interest; and the proper identification and disclosure of the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity, and market risks inherent in our products. Failure to appropriately address any of these issues could also give rise to additional regulatory restrictions, reputational harm, and legal risks, which could, among other consequences, increase the size and number of litigation claims and damages asserted or subject us to enforcement actions, fines, and penalties and cause us to incur related costs and expenses. In addition, our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust businesses are dependent on the integrity of our asset managers and our employees. If an asset manager or employee were to misappropriate any client funds, the reputation of our asset management business could be negatively affected, which may result in the loss of accounts and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to successfully implement future information technology system enhancements, which could adversely affect our business operations and profitability.
We invest significant resources in information technology system enhancements in order to provide functionality and security at an appropriate level. We may not be able to successfully implement and integrate future system enhancements, which could adversely impact the ability to provide timely and accurate financial information in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and result in possible sanctions from regulatory authorities. Such sanctions could include fines and suspension of trading in our stock, among others. In addition, future system enhancements could have higher than expected costs and/or result in operating inefficiencies, which could increase the costs associated with the implementation as well as ongoing operations.
Failure to properly utilize system enhancements that are implemented in the future could result in impairment charges that adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations and could result in significant costs to remediate or replace the defective components. In addition, we may incur significant training, licensing, maintenance, consulting and amortization expenses during and after systems implementations, and any such costs may continue for an extended period of time.
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, using established criteria and complying with applicable regulatory guidance to evaluate each vendor’s overall risk profile, capabilities, financial stability, and internal control environment, we do not control their daily business environment and actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers, impair our ability to conduct our business efficiently and effectively, and/or result in regulatory action, financial loss, litigation, and loss of reputation. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.
We face continuing and growing security risks to our information base, including the information we maintain relating to our customers.
In the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our business and to store sensitive data, including our confidential information and financial and personal information regarding customers. Our electronic communications and information systems infrastructure could be susceptible to cyberattacks, hacking, identity theft, computer viruses, malicious code, phishing attacks, terrorist activity or other information security breaches. This risk has increased significantly due to the use of online, telephonic and mobile banking channels by clients and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. We have implemented and regularly review and update extensive systems of internal controls and procedures as well as corporate governance policies and procedures intended to protect our business operations, including the security and privacy of all confidential customer information. In addition, we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. No matter how well designed or implemented our controls are, we cannot provide an absolute guarantee to protect our business operations from every type of

17





problem in every situation. A failure or circumvention of these controls could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial condition.
We regularly assess and test our security systems and disaster preparedness, including back-up systems, but the risks are substantially escalating. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued enhancement of our controls and processes to protect our systems, data and networks from attacks, unauthorized access or significant damage remain a priority. Accordingly, we may be required to expend additional resources to enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities or exposures. Any breach of our system security could result in disruption of our operations, unauthorized access to confidential customer information, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, significant regulatory costs, litigation exposure and other possible damages, loss or liability. Such costs or losses could exceed the amount of our available insurance coverage, if any, and would adversely affect our earnings. Also, any failure to prevent a security breach or to quickly and effectively deal with such a breach could negatively impact customer confidence, damaging our reputation and undermining our ability to attract and keep customers.
We are subject to extensive and expanding government regulation and supervision, which can lead to costly enforcement actions while increasing the cost of doing business and limiting our ability to generate revenue.
The financial services industry is facing more intense scrutiny from bank supervisors in the examination process and more aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels, particularly with respect to mortgage-related practices and other consumer compliance matters, and compliance with anti-money laundering, BSA and OFAC regulations, and economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and nationals. Enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations; however, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there were systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance in place at the time. Failure to comply with these and other regulations, and supervisory expectations related thereto, may result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, reputational damage, or restrictions on our business.
We face significant legal risks, both from regulatory investigations and proceedings and from private actions brought against us.
From time to time we are named as a defendant or are otherwise involved in various legal proceedings, including class actions and other litigation or disputes with third parties. There is no assurance that litigation with private parties will not increase in the future. Future actions against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results adverse to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause serious reputational harm to us. As a participant in the financial services industry, it is likely that we could experience a high level of litigation related to our businesses and operations.
To the extent that we acquire or seek to acquire other companies in the future, our business may be negatively impacted by certain risks inherent in such acquisitions.
We continue to consider the acquisition of other private banking, wealth management and trust, investment management, and wealth advisory companies as well as companies with other potential capabilities in the financial services industry. To the extent that we acquire or seek to acquire other companies in the future, our business may be negatively impacted by certain risks inherent in such acquisitions. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
the risk that we will incur substantial expenses in pursuing potential acquisitions without completing such acquisitions;
the risk that we may lose key clients or employees of the acquired business as a result of the change of ownership to us;
the risk that the acquired business will not perform in accordance with our expectations;
the risk that difficulties will arise in connection with the integration of the operations of the acquired business with our existing businesses, particularly to the extent we may enter new geographic markets;
the risk that we will need to make significant investments in infrastructure, controls, staff, emergency backup facilities or other critical business functions that become strained by our growth;
the risk that management may divert its attention from other aspects of our business;
the risk that unanticipated costs relating to potential acquisitions could reduce our earnings per share;
the risk associated with entering into geographic and product markets in which we have limited or no direct prior experience;

18





the risk that we may assume potential liabilities of the acquired company as a result of the acquisition; and
the risk that an acquisition will dilute our earnings per share, in both the short and long term, or that it will reduce our regulatory and tangible capital ratios.
As a result of these risks, any given acquisition, if and when consummated, may adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, because the consideration for an acquisition may involve cash, debt or the issuance of shares of our stock and may involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, existing stockholders may experience dilution in connection with any acquisition.

Risks Related to Accounting and Accounting Changes
Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates, which, if wrong, could cause unexpected losses in the future.
Pursuant to accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”), we are required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including in determining loan loss reserves, reserves related to litigation, if any, and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, among other items. If assumptions or estimates underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material fluctuations in our results of operations. For additional information, see Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies.”
Changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to anticipate and implement and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Generally, the acquirer in a business combination is willing to pay more for a business than the sum of the fair values of the individual assets and liabilities because of other inherent value associated with an assembled business. The resulting excess of the consideration transferred over the net fair value of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is recognized as goodwill. An essential part of the acquisition method is the recognition and measurement of identifiable intangible assets, separate from goodwill, at fair value. At December 31, 2016 , our goodwill and net intangible assets totaled $169.3 million .
Under current accounting standards, goodwill acquired in a business combination is recognized as an asset and not amortized. Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there is an indication of impairment. Long-lived intangible assets are amortized and are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable.
If we determine goodwill or intangible assets are impaired, we will be required to write down the value of these assets. In December 2016, we incurred a pre-tax $9.5 million goodwill impairment charge at Boston Private Wealth as part of our annual impairment testing. We cannot assure you that we will not be required to take further impairment charges in the future. Any impairment charge would have a negative effect on our shareholders’ equity and financial results.
Net outflows of assets under management at Anchor and Boston Private Wealth in recent years have negatively impacted their financial results. In addition, any decline in the U.S. equity markets would have a further negative impact on assets under management at these firms. If net outflows at these firms continue and/or the U.S. equity markets decline, the risk of impairment will increase. In addition to current financial results, other information such as forecasted earnings and market comparisons for these types of firms is used to determine the fair value of these firms and whether there is indication of impairment.
In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an entity assesses relevant events and circumstances, such as the following:

19





Macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic conditions, limitations on accessing capital, or other developments in equity and credit markets.
Industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which an entity operates, an increased competitive environment, a decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics (consider in both absolute terms and relative to peers), a change in the market for an entity’s products or services, or a regulatory or political development.
Overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. 
Other relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers; contemplation of bankruptcy; or litigation.  
Events affecting a reporting unit such as a change in the composition or carrying amount of its net assets, a more-likely-than-not expectation of selling or disposing all, or a portion, of a reporting unit, the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit, or recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial statements of a subsidiary that is a component of a reporting unit. 
Material negative changes in the assumptions or inputs in to the valuation models will increase the risk of impairment. The Company will continue to monitor the events and circumstances at Anchor, Boston Private Wealth, and its other subsidiaries with goodwill and/or intangibles for indication of a triggering event that would necessitate impairment testing prior to the usual testing in the fourth quarter.
Our deferred tax assets may not ultimately be realized or our tax positions may be subject to challenge by taxing authorities.
Our deferred tax assets may provide significant future tax savings. Our use of these deferred tax benefits may depend on a number of factors including our ability to generate significant future taxable income; the character of that income (ordinary versus capital); the absence of a future ownership change that could limit or eliminate the tax benefits; the acceptance by the taxing authorities of the positions taken on our tax returns as to the amount and timing of our income and expenses; and future changes in laws or regulations relating to tax credits, tax deductions, and net operating losses. At December 31, 2016 , our net deferred tax assets were $55.5 million . If corporate federal and or state tax rates increase or decrease from the current rates, we would be required to revalue the net deferred tax assets at the new rates. A decrease in tax rates would require us to revalue the net deferred tax assets lower with a corresponding income tax expense. An increase in tax rates would require us to revalue the net deferred tax assets higher with a corresponding income tax benefit.
We assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realizable based primarily on future taxable income and tax planning strategies and, if necessary, establish a valuation allowance for those deferred tax assets determined to not likely be realizable. Management judgment is required in determining the appropriate recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities, including projections of future taxable income, as well as the character of that income.
In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the following:
cumulative pre-tax income or loss, as adjusted for permanent book-to-tax differences, over the current and previous two years;
future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
the projection of future taxable income to be generated by operations during the available loss carryforward period;
tax planning strategies that are available and whether any are limited based upon the Company’s market capitalization in excess of its book value; and
whether there has been any operating loss or tax credit carry-overs expiring unused.
There can be no absolute assurance however, that the net deferred tax assets will ultimately be realized.
Differences in interpretation of tax laws and regulations and any potential resulting litigation may adversely impact our financial statements.

20





Local, state or federal tax authorities may interpret tax laws and regulations differently than we do and challenge tax positions that we have taken on tax returns. This may result in differences in the treatment of revenues, deductions, credits and/or differences in the timing of these items. The differences in treatment may result in payment of additional taxes, interest or penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our results.

Risks Related to Our Liquidity
We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for dividends.
We are a legal entity that is separate and distinct from the Bank and our other subsidiaries and depend on dividends from those entities to fund dividend payments on our common and preferred stock, to fund share repurchases, and to fund all payments on our other obligations. Our revenue (on a parent-only basis) is derived primarily from dividends paid to us by the Bank and our other subsidiaries. Our right, and consequently the right of our shareholders, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank and our other subsidiaries through the payment of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors) and our other subsidiaries, except to the extent that certain claims of ours in a creditor capacity may be recognized.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as, and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common and preferred stock, we are not required to do so. Our board of directors may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. Further, if we do not pay dividends on our preferred stock, we may not pay any dividends on our common stock. The Federal Reserve has authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. Additionally, the FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit the Bank from paying us dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The current capital regulations require banks and bank holding companies to maintain a 2.5% common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for adequately capitalized institutions to avoid restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases. The Company and the Bank met these requirements as of December 31, 2016 . A reduction or elimination of dividends could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Dividend Restrictions” and “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

Risks Related to Our Common Stock
Future capital offerings may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources or, if our or the Bank’s capital ratios fall below required minimums, we or the Bank could be required to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of debt, common or preferred stock, or senior or subordinated notes. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock.
Additional future equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings.
We cannot assure you that such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our inability to raise sufficient additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile.
The market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:
quarterly variations in our operating results or the quality of our assets;

21





operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts, and investors;
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance;
announcements of innovations, new products, strategic developments, significant contracts, litigation, acquisitions, and other material events by us or our competitors;
the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are comparable to us;
our past and future dividend and share repurchase practices;
future sales of our equity or equity-related securities; and
changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest rates, stock, commodity or real estate valuations or volatility.
Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders.
Provisions of Massachusetts law, the BHCA, and provisions of our articles of organization and by-laws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of us. Our articles of organization authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval and such preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. These and other provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our shareholders.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company and its subsidiaries primarily conduct operations in leased premises; however, the Bank owns the building in which one of its offices is located. The Bank leases the land upon which this building is located. The Company’s headquarters is located at Ten Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts. The premises for our Wealth and Investment affiliates are generally located in the vicinity of the headquarters of such affiliates. See “Private Banking,” “Wealth Management and Trust,” “Investment Management,” and “Wealth Advisory” in Part I. Item 1. “Business - General” for further detail.
Generally, the initial terms of the leases for our leased properties range from five to fifteen years. Most of the leases also include options to renew at fair market value for periods of five to ten years. In addition to minimum rentals, certain leases include escalation clauses based upon various price indices and include provisions for additional payments to cover real estate taxes.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, final disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of operations of the Company.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

22





PART II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

I. Market for Common Stock
The Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “BPFH.” At February 24, 2017 , there were 83,865,653 shares of common stock outstanding. The number of holders of record of the Company’s common stock as of February 24, 2017 was 1,006. The closing price of the Company’s common stock on February 24, 2017 was $17.05.
The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated, as reported by NASDAQ:
 
High
 
Low
Year ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
$16.90
 
$12.45
Third Quarter
$13.02
 
$11.20
Second Quarter
$12.81
 
$10.77
First Quarter
$11.62
 
$9.34
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
$12.47
 
$10.77
Third Quarter
$13.66
 
$11.30
Second Quarter
$13.82
 
$11.93
First Quarter
$13.57
 
$10.55

II. Dividends
The Company paid dividends on its common stock of $0.40 and $0.36 in 2016 and 2015 , respectively. On January 18, 2017, the Company announced an increase in its quarterly dividend from $0.10 per share to $0.11 per share for the fourth quarter of 2016.
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are the principal assets of the Company and, as such, provide the main source of payment of dividends by the Company. See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Dividend Restrictions,” which is incorporated by reference herein, for a discussion of statutory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Company and the Bank. The payment of dividends by the Company and the Bank may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines. There are no such comparable statutory restrictions on the Company’s Investment Managers’ and Wealth Advisors’ ability to pay dividends.

III. Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans will be included in the definitive Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 27, 2017 and is incorporated herein by reference.

IV. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.

V. Issuer Repurchases
The Company received a notice of non-objection from the Federal Reserve for a share repurchase program of up to $20 million of the Company’s outstanding common shares. Under the program, shares may be repurchased from time to time in the open market for a two-year period. The Company’s board of directors approved the program on January 27, 2016.

23





 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period
(a) Total number of shares purchased
 
(b) Average price paid per share
 
(c) Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans
 
(d) Maximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans
October 1 - 31, 2016
70,400

 
$
12.91

 
754,842

 
$
11,055,274

November 1 - 30, 2016
30,700

 
12.80

 
785,542

 
10,661,737

December 1 - 31, 2016

 
n/a

 
785,542

 
10,661,737

Total
101,100

 
$
12.88

 
785,542

 
$
10,661,737


VI. Performance Graph
The Total Return Performance Graph set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock, based on the market price of the Company’s common stock, with the total return on companies within the NASDAQ Composite Index and companies within the SNL $5B-$10B Bank Index. The calculation of cumulative return assumes a $100 investment in the Company’s common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the SNL $5B-$10B Bank Index on December 31, 2011. It also assumes that all dividends are reinvested during the relevant periods.
A2016Q410-K_CHARTX16189.JPG
___________
Source: SNL
 
Year Ending December 31,
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
BPFH
$
100.00

 
$
113.98

 
$
163.36

 
$
178.93

 
$
155.21

 
$
234.45

NASDAQ Composite Index
100.00

 
117.45

 
164.57

 
188.84

 
201.98

 
219.89

SNL Bank $5B-$10B
100.00

 
117.63

 
181.48

 
186.94

 
212.96

 
305.09


24





ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table represents selected financial data for the last five fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 . The data set forth below does not purport to be complete. It should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere herein, including the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes. All items presented below, if applicable, have been adjusted for discontinued operations related to the divestiture of Davidson Trust Company in 2012.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
At December 31:
 
 
(In thousands, except share data)
 
 
Total balance sheet assets
$
7,970,474

 
$
7,542,508

 
$
6,797,874

 
$
6,437,109

 
$
6,465,005

Loans held for sale
3,464

 
8,072

 
7,099

 
6,123

 
308,390

Total loans (excluding loans held for sale)
6,114,354

 
5,719,212

 
5,269,936

 
5,112,459

 
4,814,136

Allowance for loan losses
78,077

 
78,500

 
75,838

 
76,371

 
84,057

Cash and investments (1)
1,507,845

 
1,474,737

 
1,175,610

 
1,034,236

 
1,050,025

Goodwill and intangible assets
169,279

 
185,089

 
191,800

 
130,784

 
135,054

Deposits
6,085,146

 
6,040,437

 
5,453,879

 
5,110,370

 
4,885,059

Deposits held for sale

 

 

 

 
194,084

Borrowed funds
980,192

 
625,902

 
507,009

 
575,970

 
668,087

Total shareholders’ equity
768,481

 
746,613

 
703,911

 
633,688

 
603,102

Nonperforming assets
19,005

 
27,347

 
45,111

 
45,538

 
64,361

Net loans (charged-off)/ recovered
6,512

 
4,217

 
5,867

 
2,314

 
(8,757
)
Assets under management and advisory:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wealth Management and Trust
$
7,008,000

 
$
7,976,000

 
$
9,274,000

 
$
4,565,000

 
$
3,941,000

Investment Management
10,571,000

 
9,952,000

 
10,772,000

 
10,401,000

 
8,444,000

Wealth Advisory
9,989,000

 
9,688,000

 
9,883,000

 
9,336,000

 
8,052,000

Inter-company relationships
(11,000
)
 
(21,000
)
 
(22,000
)
 
(22,000
)
 
(20,000
)
Total assets under management and advisory
$
27,557,000

 
$
27,595,000

 
$
29,907,000

 
$
24,280,000

 
$
20,417,000

For The Year Ended December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
200,438

 
$
185,770

 
$
179,701

 
$
174,018

 
$
183,276

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
 
(10,000
)
 
(3,300
)
Net interest income after provision/ (credit) for loan losses
207,373

 
187,325

 
186,101

 
184,018

 
186,576

Fees and other income
158,787

 
161,169

 
140,798

 
136,341

 
115,113

Operating expense excluding restructuring and impairment of goodwill
253,408

 
251,457

 
226,390

 
220,705

 
226,085

Restructuring expense
2,017

 
3,724

 
739

 

 
5,911

Impairment of goodwill
9,528

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
101,207

 
93,313

 
99,770

 
99,654

 
69,693

Income tax expense
30,963

 
30,392

 
32,365

 
32,963

 
20,935

Net income from continuing operations
70,244

 
62,921

 
67,405

 
66,691

 
48,758

Net income from discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

 
7,792

 
7,635

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
4,157

 
4,407

 
4,750

 
3,948

 
3,122

Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

 
$
70,535

 
$
53,271

(Continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

25





 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
At December 31:
 
 
(In thousands, except share data)
 
 
Per Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total diluted earnings per share
$
0.81

 
$
0.74

 
$
0.80

 
$
0.68

 
$
0.61

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
$
0.74

 
$
0.66

 
$
0.72

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.52

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
81,264,273

 
80,885,253

 
78,921,480

 
77,373,817

 
76,019,991

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding
83,209,126

 
83,393,090

 
81,308,144

 
78,753,524

 
76,973,516

Cash dividends per share
$
0.40

 
$
0.36

 
$
0.32

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.04

Book value per share (2)
$
8.61

 
$
8.38

 
$
7.91

 
$
7.34

 
$
6.92

Selected Operating Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.95
%
 
0.91
%
 
1.04
%
 
1.13
%
 
0.84
%
Return on average common equity (3)
9.44
%
 
9.01
%
 
10.56
%
 
11.73
%
 
9.16
%
Return on average tangible common equity (3)
13.38
%
 
13.34
%
 
14.45
%
 
15.83
%
 
12.62
%
Efficiency ratio, FTE Basis (non-GAAP) (4)
66.91
%
 
68.37
%
 
67.19
%
 
67.90
%
 
72.27
%
Net interest margin (5)
2.93
%
 
2.92
%
 
2.98
%
 
3.05
%
 
3.22
%
Total fees and other income/ total revenue (6)
44.20
%
 
46.45
%
 
43.93
%
 
43.93
%
 
38.58
%
Asset Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) to total loans (excluding loans held for sale)
0.28
%
 
0.46
%
 
0.84
%
 
0.88
%
 
1.26
%
Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.24
%
 
0.36
%
 
0.66
%
 
0.71
%
 
1.00
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans (excluding loans held for sale)
1.28
%
 
1.37
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.49
%
 
1.75
%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans (excluding loans held for sale)
4.51

 
2.95

 
1.72

 
1.71

 
1.38

Other Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend payout ratio
49
%
 
49
%
 
40
%
 
35
%
 
7
%
Total equity to total assets ratio
9.64
%
 
9.90
%
 
10.35
%
 
9.84
%
 
9.33
%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP) (7)
6.98
%
 
6.98
%
 
7.03
%
 
7.22
%
 
7.39
%
Tier 1 common equity/ risk weighted assets (7)
10.00
%
 
9.80
%
 
9.24
%
 
9.93
%
 
8.73
%
____________
nm - not meaningful
(1)
Cash and investments includes the following line items from the consolidated balance sheets: cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, and stock in Federal Home Loan Banks.
(2)
Book value per share is calculated by reducing the Company’s total equity by the preferred stock balance, then dividing that value by the total common shares outstanding as of the end of that period.


26





(3)
The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the Return on Average Common Equity ratio and the Return on Average Tangible Common Equity ratio, to provide information for investors to effectively analyze financial trends of ongoing business activities, and to enhance comparability with peers across the financial sector.
The Company calculates Average Common Equity by adjusting Average Equity to exclude Average Non-convertible Preferred Equity. When Average Non-convertible Preferred Equity is excluded, the Company also reduces Net Income Attributable to the Company by dividends paid on that preferred equity.
The Company calculates Average Tangible Common Equity by adjusting Average Equity to exclude Average Non-convertible Preferred Equity and Average Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net. When Average Non-convertible Preferred Equity and Average Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net are excluded, the Company also reduces Net Income Attributable to the Company by dividends paid on that preferred equity and adds back amortization of intangibles, net of tax.
Reconciliations from the Company’s GAAP Return on Average Equity ratio to the Non-GAAP Return on Average Common Equity ratio, and the Non-GAAP Return on Average Tangible Common Equity ratio are presented below:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Total average shareholders’ equity
$
769,617

 
$
729,489

 
$
666,216

 
$
615,795

 
$
579,990

LESS: Average Series D preferred stock (non-convertible)
(47,753
)
 
(47,753
)
 
(47,753
)
 
(33,921
)
 

Average common equity (non-GAAP)
721,864

 
681,736

 
618,463

 
581,874

 
579,990

LESS: Average goodwill and intangible assets, net
(181,976
)
 
(188,533
)
 
(144,658
)
 
(132,908
)
 
(136,486
)
Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP)
539,888

 
493,203

 
473,805

 
448,966

 
443,504

 
 
 
 
 


 


 


Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

 
$
70,535

 
$
53,271

Less: Dividends on Series D preferred stock
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
 
(2,297
)
 

Common net income (non-GAAP)
68,153

 
61,450

 
65,340

 
68,238

 
53,271

ADD: Amortization of intangibles, net of tax (35%)
4,083

 
4,362

 
3,143

 
2,813

 
2,840

Tangible common net income (non-GAAP)
$
72,236

 
$
65,812

 
$
68,483

 
$
71,051

 
$
56,111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on Average Equity
9.31
%
 
8.90
%
 
10.33
%
 
11.45
%
 
9.16
%
Return on Average Common Equity (non-GAAP)
9.44
%
 
9.01
%
 
10.56
%
 
11.73
%
 
9.16
%
Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP)
13.38
%
 
13.34
%
 
14.45
%
 
15.83
%
 
12.62
%

(4)
The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the Efficiency Ratio on a Fully Taxable Equivalent (“FTE”) basis, to provide information for investors to effectively analyze financial trends of ongoing business activities, and to enhance comparability with peers across the financial sector.
The Company calculates the Efficiency Ratio, FTE basis, by reducing operating expenses by amortization of intangibles, impairment of goodwill, and restructuring expense and increasing total revenue by the FTE adjustment. A reconciliation from the Unadjusted Efficiency Ratio to the Efficiency Ratio, FTE Basis, as Adjusted, is presented below:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Total operating expense (GAAP)
$
264,953

 
$
255,181

 
$
227,129

 
$
220,705

 
$
231,996

Less: Amortization of intangibles
6,282

 
6,711

 
4,836

 
4,327

 
4,369

Less: Goodwill impairment
9,528

 

 

 

 

Less: Restructuring expense
2,017

 
3,724

 
739

 

 
5,911

Total operating expense (excluding amortization of intangibles, goodwill impairment, and restructuring) (non-GAAP)
$
247,126

 
$
244,746

 
$
221,554

 
$
216,378

 
$
221,716

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
200,438

 
$
185,770

 
$
179,701

 
$
174,018

 
$
183,276

Fees and other income
158,787

 
161,169

 
140,798

 
136,341

 
115,113

FTE income
10,130

 
11,035

 
9,249

 
8,326

 
8,384

Total revenue (FTE basis)
$
369,355

 
$
357,974

 
$
329,748

 
$
318,685

 
$
306,773

Efficiency Ratio, unadjusted, before FTE revenue, deduction of amortization of intangibles, goodwill impairment, and restructuring expense
73.76
%
 
73.55
%
 
70.87
%
 
71.11
%
 
77.75
%
Efficiency Ratio, FTE Basis excluding amortization of intangibles, goodwill impairment, and restructuring expense
66.91
%
 
68.37
%
 
67.19
%
 
67.90
%
 
72.27
%

27






(5)
Net interest margin represents net interest income on a fully-taxable equivalent basis as a percent of average interest-earning assets.
(6)
Total revenue is defined as net interest income plus fees and other income.
(7)
The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets ratio, to provide information for investors to effectively analyze financial trends of ongoing business activities, and to enhance comparability with peers across the financial sector.
The Company calculates tangible assets by adjusting total assets to exclude goodwill and intangible assets. The Company calculates tangible common equity by adjusting total shareholders’ equity to exclude goodwill, intangible assets, and, the equity from the Series D preferred stock (non-convertible).
A reconciliation from the Company’s GAAP Total Shareholders’ Equity to Total Assets ratio to the Non-GAAP Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets ratio and to the Non-GAAP Tier 1 Common Equity to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is presented below:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Total balance sheet assets
$
7,970,474

 
$
7,542,508

 
$
6,797,874

 
$
6,437,109

 
$
6,465,005

LESS: Goodwill and intangible assets, net
(169,279
)
 
(185,089
)
 
(191,800
)
 
(130,784
)
 
(135,054
)
Tangible assets (non-GAAP)
$
7,801,195

 
$
7,357,419

 
$
6,606,074

 
$
6,306,325

 
$
6,329,951

Total shareholders’ equity
$
768,481

 
$
746,613

 
703,911

 
633,688

 
603,102

LESS: Goodwill and intangible assets, net
(169,279
)
 
(185,089
)
 
(191,800
)
 
(130,784
)
 
(135,054
)
Series D Preferred Stock (non-convertible)
(47,753
)
 
(47,753
)
 
(47,753
)
 
(47,753
)
 

Total adjustments
(217,032
)
 
(232,842
)
 
(239,553
)
 
(178,537
)
 
(135,054
)
Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP)
$
551,449

 
$
513,771

 
$
464,358

 
$
455,151

 
$
468,048

Total Equity/Total Assets
9.64
%
 
9.90
%
 
10.35
%
 
9.84
%
 
9.33
%
Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets (non-GAAP)
7.07
%
 
6.98
%
 
7.03
%
 
7.22
%
 
7.39
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Risk Weighted Assets (a)
$
5,716,037

 
$
5,449,239

 
$
5,073,973

 
$
4,668,531

 
$
4,627,791

Tier 1 Common Equity (a)
$
571,663

 
$
534,241

 
$
468,902

 
$
463,627

 
$
404,088

Tier 1 Common Equity/ Risk Weighted Assets (a)
10.00
%
 
9.80
%
 
9.24
%
 
9.93
%
 
8.73
%
____________
(a)
Risk Weighted Assets were calculated under the regulatory rules in effect at the time of the original filing of the Federal Reserve report for the respective periods. Components of Tier 1 Common Equity, for all years presented, are based on the capital rules currently in effect.


28





ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, the notes thereto, and other statistical information included in this annual report.

Executive Summary
The Company offers a wide range of private banking and wealth management services to high net worth individuals, families, businesses and select institutions through its four reportable segments: Private Banking, Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory. This Executive Summary provides an overview of the most significant aspects of our operating segments and the Company’s operations in 2016 . Details of the matters addressed in this summary are provided elsewhere in this document and, in particular, in the sections immediately following.
Net income attributable to the Company was $71.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to net income attributable to the Company of $64.9 million in 2015 and $68.8 million in 2014 . The Company recognized diluted earnings per share of $0.81 for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.74 in 2015 and $0.80 in 2014 .
Key items that affected the Company’s 2016 results include:
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $200.4 million , an increase of $14.7 million , or 8% , compared to 2015 . The 2016 increase was due to higher volume in the investment and loan portfolios, lower rates paid on borrowings, and higher yields on investments. This was partially offset by lower average yields on loans and an increase in the average volume of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased one basis point to 2.93% in 2016 from 2.92% in 2015 , after decreasing six basis points from 2.98% in 2014 .
Recurring fees and income, which includes investment management fees, wealth advisory fees, wealth management and trust fees, other banking fee income, and gain on sale of loans, net, for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $151.7 million , a decrease of $5.4 million , or 3% , from 2015 . The 2016 decrease was due to decreases in wealth management and trust fees and investment management fees, partially offset by increases in other banking fee income.
The Company recorded a credit to the provision for loan losses of $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to a credit to the provision for loan losses of $1.6 million in 2015 . The 2016 credit to the provision for loan losses was primarily due to net recoveries, a decline in loss factors and a reduction in criticized loans, partially offset by the mix in the loan portfolio and loan growth.
The Company recorded total operating expenses of $265.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to total operating expenses of $255.2 million in 2015 . Excluding goodwill impairment and restructuring charges in 2016 and restructuring charges in 2015, total operating expenses increased $2.0 million , or 1% in 2016 from 2015. Increases in salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, and contract services expenses were partially offset by decreases in marketing and business development, professional fees, and other expenses.
Assets under management and advisory (“AUM”) remained flat during 2016 at $27.6 billion due to negative net flows of $1.5 billion and the disposition of certain accounts amounting to $0.4 billion, offset by market appreciation of $1.9 billion . Negative net flows were seen in all three wealth management segments.


29





Private Banking
The following table presents a summary of selected financial data for the Private Banking segment for 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 .
 
As of and for the year ended December 31,
 
2016 vs. 2015
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
(In thousands)
Net interest income
$
202,702

 
$
189,501

 
$
183,424

 
$
13,201

 
7
%
 
$
6,077

 
3
 %
Fees and other income
18,947

 
11,352

 
10,617

 
7,595

 
67
%
 
735

 
7
 %
Total revenues
221,649

 
200,853

 
194,041

 
20,796

 
10
%
 
6,812

 
4
 %
Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
 
(5,380
)
 
nm

 
4,845

 
(76
)%
Operating expenses
125,116

 
116,575

 
111,901

 
8,541

 
7
%
 
4,674

 
4
 %
Income before income taxes
103,468

 
85,833

 
88,540

 
17,635

 
21
%
 
(2,707
)
 
(3
)%
Income tax expense
33,120

 
27,844

 
29,032

 
5,276

 
19
%
 
(1,188
)
 
(4
)%
Net income attributable to the Company
$
70,348

 
$
57,989

 
$
59,508

 
$
12,359

 
21
%
 
$
(1,519
)
 
(3
)%
Total loans
$
6,114,354

 
$
5,719,212

 
$
5,269,936

 
$
395,142

 
7
%
 
$
449,276

 
9
 %
Assets
$
7,816,671

 
$
7,361,202

 
$
6,611,191

 
$
455,469

 
6
%
 
$
750,011

 
11
 %
Deposits (1)
$
6,161,118

 
$
6,109,921

 
$
5,518,980

 
$
51,197

 
1
%
 
$
590,941

 
11
 %
____________
nm - not meaningful
(1)
Deposits presented in this table do not include intercompany eliminations related to deposits in the Bank from Wealth and Investment affiliates or the Holding Company.
The Company’s Private Banking segment reported net income attributable to the Company of $70.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to net income attributable to the Company of $58.0 million in 2015 and $59.5 million in 2014 . The $12.4 million , or 21% , increase in 2016 was due to increased net interest income, increased banking fee income, a higher credit to the provision for loan losses, and a $2.9 million gain on sale of offices in Southern California, partially offset by increased operating expenses, including in particular higher salaries and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses. The 2015 decrease in net income was due to a lower credit to the provision for loan losses and increased operating expenses, including in particular higher salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, and marketing and business development expenses, partially offset by higher net interest income.
Total loans at the Bank increased $0.4 billion , or 7% , to $6.1 billion , or 78% of total assets at the Bank, at December 31, 2016 from $5.7 billion , or 78% of total assets at the Bank, at December 31, 2015 . A discussion of the Company’s loan portfolio can be found below in Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality.”
Deposits at the Bank increased $0.1 billion , or 1% , to $6.2 billion in 2016 from $6.1 billion in 2015 . A discussion of the Company’s deposits can be found below in Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition.”


30





Wealth Management and Trust
The following table presents a summary of selected financial data for the Wealth Management and Trust segment for 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 .
 
As of and for the year ended December 31,
 
2016 vs. 2015
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
(In thousands)
Wealth management and trust fees
$
43,980

 
$
51,309

 
$
34,582

 
$
(7,329
)
 
(14
)%
 
$
16,727

 
48
 %
Other income
421

 
2,027

 
2

 
(1,606
)
 
(79
)%
 
2,025

 
nm

Total revenues
44,401

 
53,336

 
34,584

 
(8,935
)
 
(17
)%
 
18,752

 
54
 %
Operating expenses, before restructuring and impairment of goodwill
53,299

 
50,750

 
28,662

 
2,549

 
5
 %
 
22,088

 
77
 %
Restructuring expense
2,017

 
3,724

 
739

 
(1,707
)
 
(46
)%
 
2,985

 
nm

Impairment of goodwill
9,528

 

 

 
9,528

 
nm

 

 
nm

Total operating expenses
64,844

 
54,474

 
29,401

 
10,370

 
19
 %
 
25,073

 
85
 %
Income/ (loss) before income taxes
(20,443
)
 
(1,138
)
 
5,183

 
(19,305
)
 
nm

 
(6,321
)
 
nm

Income tax expense/ (benefit)
(8,279
)
 
(350
)
 
2,201

 
(7,929
)
 
nm

 
(2,551
)
 
nm

Net income/ (loss) attributable to the Company
$
(12,164
)
 
$
(788
)
 
$
2,982

 
$
(11,376
)
 
nm

 
$
(3,770
)
 
nm

AUM
$
7,008,000

 
$
7,976,000

 
$
9,274,000

 
$
(968,000
)
 
(12
)%
 
$
(1,298,000
)
 
(14
)%
____________
nm - not meaningful
The Company’s Wealth Management and Trust segment reported a net loss attributable to the Company of $12.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to a net loss attributable to the Company of $0.8 million in 2015 and net income attributable to the Company $3.0 million in 2014 . The 2016 net loss was primarily due to a $9.5 million goodwill impairment charge and a $7.3 million decrease in wealth management and trust fee revenue due to the decrease in AUM. Additionally, there were increases in salaries and employee benefits expense and occupancy and equipment expense, partially offset by lower restructuring expense. The year ended December 31, 2015 was the first full year of the integration of the Bank’s wealth management business and Banyan. The decrease in net income in 2015 was primarily related to lower revenue as a result of employee turnover and the related loss of clients who followed the departed employees. In addition, there were increased operating expenses for legal fees, employee retention, restructuring expenses, and amortization of intangible assets. Also in 2015, the $2.0 million liability for contingent consideration recorded upon acquisition of Banyan was reversed and recorded as other income, which was not repeated in 2016.
AUM decreased $1.0 billion , or 12% , to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2016 from $8.0 billion at December 31, 2015 . In 2016 , the decrease in AUM was primarily the result of net outflows of $0.7 billion and the disposition of $0.4 billion of certain accounts, partially offset by market appreciation of $0.1 billion. In 2015, the decrease in AUM was primarily the result of net outflows of $1.1 billion and negative market action of $0.1 billion. Additionally, AUM decreased $0.1 billion due to the disposition of certain accounts in the fourth quarter of 2015.


31





Investment Management
The following table presents a summary of selected financial data for the Investment Management segment for 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 .
 
As of and for the year ended December 31,
 
2016 vs. 2015
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
(In thousands)
Investment management fees
$
44,410

 
$
45,694

 
$
47,123

 
$
(1,284
)
 
(3
)%
 
$
(1,429
)
 
(3
)%
Other income and net interest income
49

 
15

 
18

 
34

 
nm

 
(3
)
 
(17
)%
Total revenues
44,459

 
45,709

 
47,141

 
(1,250
)
 
(3
)%
 
(1,432
)
 
(3
)%
Operating expenses
32,863

 
33,690

 
34,848

 
(827
)
 
(2
)%
 
(1,158
)
 
(3
)%
Income before income taxes
11,596

 
12,019

 
12,293

 
(423
)
 
(4
)%
 
(274
)
 
(2
)%
Income tax expense
3,789

 
3,956

 
4,078

 
(167
)
 
(4
)%
 
(122
)
 
(3
)%
Noncontrolling interests
2,077

 
2,265

 
2,519

 
(188
)
 
(8
)%
 
(254
)
 
(10
)%
Net income attributable to the Company
$
5,730

 
$
5,798

 
$
5,696

 
$
(68
)
 
(1
)%
 
$
102

 
2
 %
AUM
$
10,571,000

 
$
9,952,000

 
$
10,772,000

 
$
619,000

 
6
 %
 
$
(820,000
)
 
(8
)%
The Company’s Investment Management segment reported net income attributable to the Company of $5.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to net income attributable to the Company of $5.8 million in 2015 and $5.7 million in 2014 . The $0.1 million , or 1% , decrease in 2016 was primarily due to a decrease in investment management fee revenue, partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses, including in particular salaries and employee benefits expense and intangible amortization. The decrease in investment management fees was due to the timing of changes in AUM during the year and when fees are billed.
AUM increased $0.6 billion , or 6% , to $10.6 billion at December 31, 2016 from $10.0 billion at December 31, 2015 . In 2016 , the increase in AUM was primarily the result of market appreciation of $1.3 billion, partially offset by net outflows of $0.7 billion. In 2015, the decrease in AUM was primarily the result of net outflows of $0.7 billion and negative market action of $0.1 billion.

Wealth Advisory
The following table presents a summary of selected financial data for the Wealth Advisory segment for 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 .
 
As of and for the year ended December 31,
 
2016 vs. 2015
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
(In thousands)
Wealth advisory fees
$
50,581

 
$
50,437

 
$
48,082

 
$
144

 
 %
 
$
2,355

 
5
 %
Other income and net interest income
121

 
127

 
127

 
(6
)
 
(5
)%
 

 
 %
Total revenues
50,702

 
50,564

 
48,209

 
138

 
 %
 
2,355

 
5
 %
Operating expenses
34,791

 
35,379

 
33,213

 
(588
)
 
(2
)%
 
2,166

 
7
 %
Income before income taxes
15,911

 
15,185

 
14,996

 
726

 
5
 %
 
189

 
1
 %
Income tax expense
6,084

 
5,819

 
5,653

 
265

 
5
 %
 
166

 
3
 %
Noncontrolling interests
2,080

 
2,138

 
2,189

 
(58
)
 
(3
)%
 
(51
)
 
(2
)%
Net income attributable to the Company
$
7,747

 
$
7,228

 
$
7,154

 
$
519

 
7
 %
 
$
74

 
1
 %
AUM
$
9,989,000

 
$
9,688,000

 
$
9,883,000

 
$
301,000

 
3
 %
 
$
(195,000
)
 
(2
)%
The Company’s Wealth Advisory segment reported net income attributable to the Company of $7.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to net income attributable to the Company of $7.2 million in 2015 and 2014 . Decreases in operating expenses in 2016, including in particular professional fees and intangible amortization, as well as increased wealth advisory fee revenue led to the 7% increase net income attributable to the Company.

32





AUM increased $0.3 billion , or 3% , to $10.0 billion at December 31, 2016 from $9.7 billion at December 31, 2015 . In 2016, the increase in AUM was the result of market appreciation of $0.4 billion, partially offset by net outflows of $0.1 billion. In 2015, the decrease in AUM was the result of negative market action of $0.1 billion and net outflows of $0.1 billion.
The Wealth Advisory segment revenue is more resistant to fluctuations in market conditions than Investment Management segment revenue since financial planning fees are typically less correlated to the equity markets.

Critical Accounting Policies
Critical accounting policies are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. The Company believes that its most critical accounting policies upon which its financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) is an estimate of the inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio as of the consolidated balance sheet dates. Management estimates the level of the allowance based on all relevant information available. Changes to the required level in the allowance result in either a provision for loan loss expense, if an increase is required, or a credit to the provision, if a decrease is required. Loan losses are charged to the allowance when available information confirms that specific loans, or portions thereof, are uncollectible. Recoveries on loans previously charged-off are credited to the allowance when received in cash.
The Company’s allowance is accounted for in accordance with guidance issued by various regulatory agencies, including: the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (December 2006); SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 102, Selected Loan Loss Methodology and Documentation Issues ; Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310, Receivables (“ASC 310”); and ASC 450, Contingencies .
The allowance consists of three primary components: general reserves on pass graded loans, allocated reserves on non-impaired special mention and substandard loans, and the specific reserves on impaired loans. The calculation of the allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and estimates designed to reflect the inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio at the measurement date.
General reserves are calculated for each loan pool consisting of pass graded loans segregated by portfolio segment by applying estimated net loss percentages based upon the Bank’s actual historical net charge-offs and, adjusted as appropriate, on a consistent manner based upon consideration of qualitative factors to arrive at a total loss factor for each portfolio segment. The rationale for qualitative adjustments is to more accurately reflect the current inherent risk of loss in the respective portfolio segments than would be determined through the sole consideration of the Bank’s actual historical net charge-off rates. The numerical factors assigned to each qualitative factor are based upon observable data, if applicable, as well as management’s analysis and judgment. The qualitative factors considered by the Company include:
Volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual, and adversely graded loans,
Volume and terms of loans,
Concentrations of credit,
Management’s experience, as well as loan underwriting and loan review policy and procedures,
Economic and business conditions impacting the Bank’s loan portfolio, as well as consideration of collateral values, and
External factors, including consideration of loss factor trends, competition, and legal and regulatory requirements.
The Bank makes an independent determination of the applicable loss rate for these factors based on relevant local market conditions, credit quality, and portfolio mix. Each quarter, management reviews the loss factors to determine if there have been any changes in its loan portfolio, market conditions, or other risk indicators which would result in a change to the current loss factor.

33





Allocated reserves on non-impaired special mention and substandard loans reflect management’s assessment of increased risk of losses associated with these types of adversely graded loans. An allocated reserve is assigned to these pools of loans based upon management’s consideration of the credit attributes of individual loans within each pool of loans, including consideration of loan to value ratios, past due status, strength and willingness of the guarantors, and other relevant attributes, as well as the qualitative factors considered for the general reserve as discussed above. These considerations are determined separately for each type of portfolio segment. The allocated reserves are a multiple of the general reserve for each respective portfolio segments, with a greater multiple for loans with increased risk ( i.e. , special mention loans versus substandard loans).
A loan is considered impaired in accordance with ASC 310 when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the loan, expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, impairment may be determined based upon the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell, if the loan is “collateral dependent.” A loan is collateral dependent if repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral or sale of the underlying collateral. For collateral dependent loans, appraisals are generally used to determine the fair value. When a collateral dependent loan becomes impaired, an updated appraisal of the collateral is obtained, if appropriate. Appraised values are generally discounted for factors such as the Bank’s intention to liquidate the property quickly in a foreclosure sale or the date when the appraisal was performed if the Bank believes that collateral values have declined since the date the appraisal was done. The Bank may use a broker opinion of value in addition to an appraisal to validate the appraised value. In certain instances, the Bank may consider broker opinions of value as well as other qualitative factors while an appraisal is being prepared.
If the loan is deemed to be collateral dependent, generally the difference between the book balance (client balance less any prior charge-offs or client interest payments applied to principal) and the fair value of the collateral is taken as a partial charge-off through the allowance for loan losses in the current period. If the loan is not determined to be collateral dependent, then a specific allocation to the general reserve is established for the difference between the book balance of the loan and the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Charge-offs for loans not considered to be collateral dependent are made when it is determined a loss has been incurred. Impaired loans are removed from the general loan pools. There may be instances where the loan is considered impaired although based on the fair value of underlying collateral or the discounted expected future cash flows there is no impairment to be recognized. In addition, all loans which are classified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are considered impaired.
In addition to the three primary components of the allowance for loan losses discussed above (general reserve, allocated reserves on non-impaired special mention and substandard loans, and the specific reserves on impaired loans), the Bank may also maintain an insignificant amount of additional allowance for loan losses (the unallocated allowance for loan losses). The unallocated reserve reflects the fact that the allowance for loan losses is an estimate and contains a certain amount of imprecision risk. It represents risks identified by Management that are not already captured in the qualitative factors discussed above. The unallocated allowance for loan losses is not considered significant by the Company and will remain at zero unless additional risk is identified.
While this evaluation process utilizes historical and other objective information, the classification of loans and the establishment of the allowance for loan losses rely to a great extent on the judgment and experience of management. While management evaluates currently available information in establishing the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review a financial institution’s allowance for loan losses as well as loan grades/classifications. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses or increases to adversely graded loans based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment
The Company allocates the cost of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Other intangible assets identified in acquisitions generally consist of advisory contracts, trade names, and non-compete agreements. The value attributed to advisory contracts is based on the time period over which they are expected to generate economic benefits. The advisory contracts are generally amortized over 8-15 years, depending on the contract. Trade names are not amortized.

34





Long-lived intangible assets are subject to the impairment provisions of ASC 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“ASC 360”). Long-lived intangible assets are tested for recoverability by comparing the net carrying value of the asset or asset group to the undiscounted net cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of that asset (asset group) when events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its net undiscounted cash flows, then an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, determined based upon the discounted value of the expected cash flows generated by the asset. The intangible impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level, and each affiliate with goodwill and/or intangible assets is considered a reporting unit for goodwill and intangible impairment testing purposes.
The excess of the purchase price for acquisitions over the fair value of the net assets acquired, including other intangible assets, is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, defined as the affiliate level, at least annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently when events or circumstances occur that indicate that it is more likely than not that an impairment has occurred, based on the guidance in ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). Goodwill impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In accordance with ASC 350, intangible assets with an indefinite useful economic life are not amortized, but are subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts are impaired.
An entity may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill (“Step 0”). In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an entity assesses relevant events and circumstances, such as the following:
Macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic conditions, limitations on accessing capital, or other developments in equity and credit markets.
Industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which an entity operates, an increased competitive environment, a decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics (consider in both absolute terms and relative to peers), a change in the market for an entity’s products or services, or a regulatory or political development.
Overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. 
Other relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers; contemplation of bankruptcy; or litigation.  
Events affecting a reporting unit such as a change in the composition or carrying amount of its net assets, a more-likely-than-not expectation of selling or disposing all, or a portion, of a reporting unit, the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit, or recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial statements of a subsidiary that is a component of a reporting unit. 
If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances such as those described in the preceding paragraph, an entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the first and second steps of the goodwill impairment test, as described below, are unnecessary.
Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit. Significant judgment is applied when goodwill is assessed for impairment. This judgment includes developing cash flow projections, selecting appropriate discount rates, identifying relevant market comparables, incorporating general economic and market conditions, and selecting an appropriate control premium. The selection and weighting of the various fair value techniques may result in a higher or lower fair value. Judgment is applied in determining the weightings that are most representative of fair value.
The first step (“Step 1”) of impairment testing requires a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to carrying value to identify potential impairment. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the second step of the impairment test (“Step 2”) is completed to measure the amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill impairment loss, if any.
The fair value of the reporting unit is determined using generally accepted approaches to valuation commonly referred to as the income approach, market approach, and cost approach. Within each category, a variety of methodologies exist to assist in the estimation of fair value. Generally a valuation consultant will be engaged to assist with the valuation.

35





BPFH has three reportable segments that have goodwill: Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory. Boston Private Wealth is the only reporting unit within the Wealth Management and Trust segment. Anchor and DGHM are the reporting units within Investment Management. DGHM does not have any remaining goodwill. BOS and KLS are the reporting units within the Wealth Advisory segment. Because discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of Anchor, KLS, and BOS, they are all considered individual reporting units.
For the reporting units within the Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust segments, the Company utilizes both the income and market approaches to determine fair value of the reporting units. The income approach is primarily based on discounted cash flows derived from assumptions of income statement activity. For the market approach, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and revenue multiples of comparable companies are selected and applied to the financial services reporting unit’s applicable metrics.
The aggregate fair values of the reporting units are compared to market capitalization as an assessment of the appropriateness of the fair value measurements. A control premium analysis is performed to determine whether the implied control premium was within range of overall control premiums observed in the market place.
Step 2 of impairment testing is necessary only if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Step 2 requires an assignment of the reporting unit’s fair value to the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, using the acquisition method accounting guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill to determine the goodwill impairment loss to be recognized, if any.
If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized for the excess (i.e., recorded goodwill must be written down to the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill). After a goodwill impairment loss for a reporting unit is measured and recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill becomes the new accounting basis for that goodwill.
Income Tax Estimates
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). The deferred tax assets and/or liabilities are determined by multiplying the differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting basis for assets and liabilities by the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such differences are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes for a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense/ (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets are estimated based on our assessment of the realizability of such amounts. Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and, in particular, any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets.
In accordance with ASC 740, deferred tax assets are to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of the tax benefit depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carry-back and carry-forward periods.
Management considered the following items in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance:
Cumulative pre-tax income, as adjusted for permanent book-to-tax differences, during the 2014 through 2016 period.
Deferred tax assets are expected to reverse in periods when there will be taxable income.
The Company projects sufficient future taxable income to be generated by operations during the available carryforward period.
Certain tax planning strategies are available, such as reducing investments in tax-exempt securities.
The Company has not had any operating loss or tax credit carryovers expiring unused in recent years.
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2016 will be realized based upon the ability to generate future taxable income, as well as the availability of current and historical taxable income. The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2015 is net of a valuation allowance for capital losses. Capital losses are deductible to the extent of offsetting capital gains and the Company did not anticipate that it would generate capital gains before the capital losses expired. Therefore, the Company had recorded a valuation allowance on capital losses in excess of

36





capital gains as of December 31, 2015 . The Company does not have any capital losses in excess of capital gains as of December 31, 2016.


Results of Operations
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014
Net Income. The Company recorded net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 of $70.2 million , compared to net income from continuing operations of $62.9 million and $67.4 million in 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Net income attributable to the Company, which includes income from both continuing and discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $71.6 million , compared to income of $64.9 million and $68.8 million in 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The Company recognized diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 of $0.74 per share, compared to earnings of $0.66 per share and $0.72 per share in 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Diluted earnings per share attributable to common shareholders, which includes both continuing and discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $0.81 per share, compared to earnings of $0.74 per share and $0.80 per share in 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Net income from continuing operations in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 was offset by dividends paid on preferred stock and increases in the redemption value of certain redeemable noncontrolling interests, which reduce income available to common shareholders. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 16: Earnings Per Share” for further detail on the charges made to arrive at income attributable to the common shareholder.
The Company’s 2016 earnings benefited from higher net interest income, and a larger credit to the provision for loan losses, partially offset by the goodwill impairment charge.
The Company’s 2015 earnings were impacted by higher operating expenses, particularly salaries and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses related to the full year impact of the Banyan acquisition, as well as restructuring expense. These changes were partially offset by higher net interest income, the credit to the provision for loan losses, and increases in fee-based revenue.
The Company’s 2014 earnings benefited from the credit to the provision for loan losses, increases in fee-based revenue, and net interest income. These changes were partially offset by higher operating expenses, particularly salaries and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses.
The following discussions are based on the Company’s continuing operations, unless otherwise stated.


37


Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
The following table presents selected financial highlights:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016 vs. 2015
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
(In thousands)
Net interest income
$
200,438

 
$
185,770

 
$
179,701

 
$
14,668

 
8
 %
 
$
6,069

 
3
 %
Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
 
(5,380
)
 
nm

 
4,845

 
(76
)%
Fees and other income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment management fees
44,410

 
45,694

 
47,123

 
(1,284
)
 
(3
)%
 
(1,429
)
 
(3
)%
Wealth advisory fees
50,581

 
50,437

 
48,082

 
144

 
 %
 
2,355

 
5
 %
Wealth management and trust fees
43,980

 
51,309

 
34,582

 
(7,329
)
 
(14
)%
 
16,727

 
48
 %
Other banking fee income
12,050

 
8,440

 
7,033

 
3,610

 
43
 %
 
1,407

 
20
 %
Gain on sale of loans, net
667

 
1,207

 
2,158

 
(540
)
 
(45
)%
 
(951
)
 
(44
)%
Other income
7,099

 
4,082

 
1,820

 
3,017

 
74
 %
 
2,262

 
nm

Total fees and other income
158,787

 
161,169

 
140,798

 
(2,382
)
 
(1
)%
 
20,371

 
14
 %
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses
253,408

 
251,457

 
226,390

 
1,951

 
1
 %
 
25,067

 
11
 %
Restructuring expense
2,017

 
3,724

 
739

 
(1,707
)
 
(46
)%
 
2,985

 
nm

Impairment of goodwill
9,528

 

 

 
9,528

 
nm

 

 
nm

Total operating expenses
264,953

 
255,181

 
227,129

 
9,772

 
4
 %
 
28,052

 
12
 %
Income before income taxes
101,207

 
93,313

 
99,770

 
7,894

 
8
 %
 
(6,457
)
 
(6
)%
Income tax expense
30,963

 
30,392

 
32,365

 
571

 
2
 %
 
(1,973
)
 
(6
)%
Net income from continuing operations
70,244

 
62,921

 
67,405

 
7,323

 
12
 %
 
(4,484
)
 
(7
)%
Net income from discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

 
(870
)
 
(14
)%
 
251

 
4
 %
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
4,157

 
4,407

 
4,750

 
(250
)
 
(6
)%
 
(343
)
 
(7
)%
Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

 
$
6,703

 
10
 %
 
$
(3,890
)
 
(6
)%
________________
nm - not meaningful

Net Interest Income and Margin
Net interest income represents the difference between interest earned, primarily on loans and investments, and interest paid on funding sources, primarily deposits and borrowings. Interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin (“NIM”) is the amount of net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent (“FTE”) basis, expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. The average rate earned on earning assets is the amount of annualized taxable equivalent interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities is equal to annualized interest expense as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities. When credit quality declines and loans are placed on nonaccrual status, NIM can decrease because the same assets are earning less income. $63.7 million of loans that were graded substandard but were still accruing interest income at December 31, 2016 could be placed on nonaccrual status if their credit quality declines further.
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $200.4 million , an increase of $14.7 million , or 8% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $6.1 million , or 3% , from 2014 to 2015 . The increase for the year was due to higher volume in the investment and loan portfolios, lower rates paid on borrowings, and higher yields on investments. This was partially offset by lower average yields on loans and an increase in the average volume of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. NIM was 2.93% , 2.92% , and 2.98% for the year s ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.
The following tables present the composition of the Company’s NIM on a FTE basis for the year s ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 ; however, the discussion following these tables reflects non-FTE data.

38


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Average Balance
 
Interest Income/ Expense
 
Average Yield/ Rate
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET:
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
AVERAGE ASSETS
(In thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Investments (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable Investment Securities
$
373,937

 
$
343,130

 
$
279,438

 
$
6,230

 
$
4,403

 
$
3,162

 
1.67
%
 
1.28
%
 
1.13
%
Non-Taxable Investment Securities (2)
270,320

 
245,402

 
225,346

 
8,850

 
7,320

 
5,751

 
3.27
%
 
2.98
%
 
2.55
%
Mortgage-Backed Securities
615,873

 
527,057

 
337,552

 
12,416

 
10,933

 
6,925

 
2.02
%
 
2.07
%
 
2.05
%
Federal Funds Sold and Other
152,616

 
167,847

 
285,783

 
1,890

 
1,390

 
1,359

 
1.24
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.47
%
Total Cash and Investments
1,412,746

 
1,283,436

 
1,128,119

 
29,386

 
24,046

 
17,197

 
2.08
%
 
1.87
%
 
1.52
%
Loans: (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial (2)
1,081,658

 
1,000,139

 
846,030

 
43,250

 
42,879

 
40,419

 
4.00
%
 
4.29
%
 
4.78
%
Commercial Real Estate (2)
1,964,544

 
1,820,142

 
1,851,602

 
80,369

 
76,770

 
80,399

 
4.09
%
 
4.22
%
 
4.34
%
Construction and Land
134,651

 
156,669

 
148,410

 
5,385

 
5,404

 
6,012

 
4.00
%
 
3.45
%
 
4.05
%
Residential
2,284,478

 
2,183,830

 
2,066,776

 
70,553

 
67,648

 
64,984

 
3.09
%
 
3.10
%
 
3.14
%
Home Equity
120,878

 
117,520

 
110,611

 
4,310

 
4,084

 
3,960

 
3.57
%
 
3.48
%
 
3.58
%
Other Consumer
176,683

 
167,297

 
136,323

 
4,516

 
3,872

 
3,120

 
2.56
%
 
2.31
%
 
2.29
%
Total Loans
5,762,892

 
5,445,597

 
5,159,752

 
208,383

 
200,657

 
198,894

 
3.62
%
 
3.68
%
 
3.82
%
Total Earning Assets
7,175,638

 
6,729,033

 
6,287,871

 
237,769

 
224,703

 
216,091

 
3.31
%
 
3.34
%
 
3.41
%
Less: Allowance for Loan Losses
78,368

 
78,164

 
76,990

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Due from Banks (Non-interest Bearing)
39,669

 
39,513

 
39,381

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Assets
430,972

 
410,375

 
374,782

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL AVERAGE ASSETS
$
7,567,911

 
$
7,100,757

 
$
6,625,044

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AVERAGE LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Deposits (4):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW
$
553,981

 
$
516,720

 
$
508,618

 
$
437

 
$
318

 
$
312

 
0.08
%
 
0.06
%
 
0.06
%
Savings
75,977

 
72,275

 
70,209

 
89

 
81

 
119

 
0.12
%
 
0.11
%
 
0.17
%
Money Market
2,960,702

 
2,894,615

 
2,619,930

 
11,422

 
10,871

 
8,701

 
0.39
%
 
0.38
%
 
0.33
%
Certificates of Deposits
565,274

 
597,153

 
611,285

 
4,623

 
4,732

 
4,970

 
0.82
%
 
0.79
%
 
0.81
%
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
4,155,934

 
4,080,763

 
3,810,042

 
16,571

 
16,002

 
14,102

 
0.40
%
 
0.39
%
 
0.37
%
Junior Subordinated Debentures
106,363

 
106,363

 
106,363

 
2,427

 
3,875

 
3,872

 
2.28
%
 
3.64
%
 
3.64
%
FHLB Borrowings and Other
652,998

 
516,237

 
503,995

 
8,203

 
8,021

 
9,167

 
1.26
%
 
1.55
%
 
1.79
%
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
4,915,295

 
4,703,363

 
4,420,400

 
27,201

 
27,898

 
27,141

 
0.55
%
 
0.59
%
 
0.61
%
Noninterest Bearing Demand Deposits (4)
1,736,637

 
1,542,254

 
1,406,007

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payables and Other Liabilities
126,039

 
103,669

 
111,664

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Average Liabilities
6,777,971

 
6,349,286

 
5,938,071

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
20,323

 
21,982

 
20,757

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Shareholders’ Equity
769,617

 
729,489

 
666,216

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL AVERAGE LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$
7,567,911

 
$
7,100,757

 
$
6,625,044

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income - on a FTE Basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
210,568

 
$
196,805

 
$
188,950

 
 
 
 
 
 
FTE Adjustment (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,130

 
11,035

 
9,249

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income (GAAP Basis)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
200,438

 
$
185,770

 
$
179,701

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Spread
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.76
%
 
2.75
%
 
2.80
%
Net Interest Margin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.93
%
 
2.92
%
 
2.98
%
________________________

39

Table of Contents




(1)
Available-for-sale investment securities are shown in the average balance sheet at amortized cost.
(2)
Interest income on non-taxable investments and loans is presented on a FTE basis using statutory rates. The discussion following these tables reflects non-FTE data, except where noted.
(3)
Includes loans held for sale and nonaccrual loans.
(4)
Includes deposits held for sale, if any.

Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table describes the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volumes (changes in average balance multiplied by prior year average rate) and (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (change in average interest rate multiplied by prior year average balance), while (iii) changes attributable to the combined impact of volumes and rates have been allocated proportionately to separate volume and rate categories. Changes in rate are presented on a non-FTE basis in the table below.
 
2016 vs. 2015
 
2015 vs. 2014
Change Due To
 
Change Due To
Rate
 
Volume
 
Total
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Total
(In thousands)
Interest income on interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and investments (1)
$
2,527

 
$
2,279

 
$
4,806

 
$
4,025

 
$
2,275

 
$
6,300

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial (1)
(717
)
 
2,758

 
2,041

 
(4,378
)
 
5,601

 
1,223

Commercial real estate (1)
(2,581
)
 
5,949

 
3,368

 
(2,278
)
 
(1,351
)
 
(3,629
)
Construction and land
797

 
(816
)
 
(19
)
 
(929
)
 
321

 
(608
)
Residential
(204
)
 
3,109

 
2,905

 
(973
)
 
3,637

 
2,664

Home equity
108

 
118

 
226

 
(118
)
 
242

 
124

Consumer and other
419

 
225

 
644

 
35

 
717

 
752

Total interest and dividend income
349

 
13,622

 
13,971

 
(4,616
)
 
11,442

 
6,826

Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW
$
95

 
$
24

 
$
119

 
$
1

 
$
5

 
$
6

Savings
4

 
4

 
8

 
(41
)
 
3

 
(38
)
Money market
300

 
251

 
551

 
1,205

 
965

 
2,170

Certificates of deposit
149

 
(258
)
 
(109
)
 
(124
)
 
(114
)
 
(238
)
Junior subordinated debentures
(1,448
)
 

 
(1,448
)
 
3

 

 
3

FHLB borrowings and other
(1,707
)
 
1,889

 
182

 
(1,364
)
 
218

 
(1,146
)
Total interest expense
(2,607
)
 
1,910

 
(697
)
 
(320
)
 
1,077

 
757

Net interest income
$
2,956

 
$
11,712

 
$
14,668

 
$
(4,296
)
 
$
10,365

 
$
6,069

____ ________
(1)
Interest income on non-taxable investments and loans is presented on a non-FTE basis in this Rate-Volume table. The discussion following this table also reflects non-FTE data, except where noted.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased 8% from 2015 to 2016 , after increasing 3% from 2014 to 2015 . The increase in net interest income in 2016 was due to higher volume in the loan and investment portfolios, a decrease in the average rate paid on borrowings, and higher yields on investments, all of which was partially offset by an increase in the average volume of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. The increase in net interest income in 2015 was due to higher volume in the loan and investment portfolios, higher yields on investments, and a decrease in the average rate paid on borrowings, all of which was partially offset by lower average yields on loans and an increase in the average volume of interest-bearing deposits and rates paid on money market deposits. These changes are discussed in more detail below.
The Company’s net interest margin, on a FTE basis, increased one basis point to 2.93% in 2016 from 2.92% in 2015 , after decreasing six basis points in 2015 from 2.98% in 2014 . The increase in the Company’s net interest margin in 2016 was primarily related to the higher yields on investments and lower interest rates paid on the junior subordinated debt and

40

Table of Contents




FHLB and other borrowings. The decrease in the Company’s net interest margin in 2015 was primarily related to the lower interest rates earned on loans as borrowers refinanced at lower market rates and new loans originated at lower rates. 
Interest and Dividend Income . Interest and dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $227.6 million , an increase of $14.0 million , or 7% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $6.8 million , or 3% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was primarily due to higher volume of loans and higher volume and yields on investments, partially offset by lower loan yields on commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans. The 2015 increase was primarily due to higher volume of loans and higher volume and yields on investments, partially offset by lower loan yields.
The Bank generally has interest income that is either recovered or reversed related to nonaccruing loans each quarter. Based on the net amount recovered or reversed, the impact on interest income and related yields can be either positive or negative. In addition, the Bank collects prepayment penalties on certain commercial loans that pay off prior to maturity which could also impact interest income and related yields positively. The amount and timing of prepayment penalties varies from quarter to quarter.
Interest income on commercial and industrial loans (including other commercial loans and commercial tax exempt loans), on a non-FTE basis, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $36.4 million , an increase of $2.0 million , or 6% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $1.2 million , or 4% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was primarily the result of an eight percent increase in average balance, partially offset by a seven basis point decrease in average yield. The 2015 increase was primarily the result of an 18 percent increase in average balance, partially offset by a 48 basis point decrease in average yield. The 2016 and 2015 decreases in the average yield were the result of market conditions leading to lower rates due to competition for higher quality loans as discussed below in Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality.” The 2016 and 2015 increases in average balance were due to organic growth in the loan portfolio in all three regions.
Interest income on commercial real estate loans, on a non-FTE basis, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $80.1 million , an increase of $3.4 million , or 4% , compared to 2015 , after decreasing $3.6 million , or 5% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was primarily the result of an eight percent increase in average balance, partially offset by a 14 basis point decrease in average yield. The 2015 decrease was the result of a 12 basis point decrease in average yield and a two percent decrease in average balance. The 2016 and 2015 decreases in the average yield were the result of market conditions leading to lower rates due to competition for higher quality loans as discussed below in Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality.” The 2016 increase and 2015 decrease in average balance was due to organic fluctuations in the loan portfolio.
Interest income on construction and land loans for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $5.4 million , flat as compared to 2015 , after decreasing $0.6 million , or 10% , in 2015 from 2014 . In 2016 , a 14 percent decrease in average balance was offset by a 55 basis point increase in average yield. The 2015 decrease was the result of a 60 basis point decrease in average yield and a six percent decrease in average balance. The 2016 and 2015 decreases in the average yield were the result of market conditions leading to lower rates due to competition for higher quality loans as discussed below in Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality.” The 2016 decrease and 2015 increase in average balance was due to organic fluctuations in the loan portfolio.
Interest income on residential mortgage loans for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $70.6 million , an increase of $2.9 million , or 4% , compared to 2015 , after also increasing $2.7 million , or 4% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was primarily the result of a five percent increase in average balance, partially offset by a one basis point decrease in average yield. The 2015 increase was primarily the result of a six percent increase in average balance, partially offset by a five basis point decrease in average yield. The 2016 and 2015 decreases in the average yields were primarily due to adjustable rate mortgage (“ARM”) loans repricing to lower rates, clients refinancing into lower rates and new loan originations at historically low rates. The declines in U.S. Treasury yields and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the indexes to which the ARMs are typically linked, have decreased the yields on these mortgage loans. The 2016 and 2015 increases in the average balances were due to the organic growth of the residential loan portfolio at the Bank.
Interest income on home equity loans for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $4.3 million , an increase of $0.2 million , or 6% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $0.1 million , or 3% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was primarily the result of a nine basis point increase in average yield and a three percent increase in average balance. The 2015 increase was primarily the result of a six percent increase in average balance, partially offset by a 10 basis point decrease in average yield. The 2016 increase in the average yield was primarily due to the increase in the prime rate in December 2015. The 2015 decrease in average yield was primarily due to lower market rates on consumer loans. The 2016 and 2015 increases in average balances were primarily due to client demand.

41

Table of Contents




Interest income on other consumer loans for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $4.5 million , an increase of $0.6 million , or 17% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $0.8 million , or 24% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was primarily the result of a 25 basis point increase in average yield and a six percent increase in average balance. The 2015 increase was primarily the result of a 23% increase in average balance and a two basis point increase in average yield. The 2016 and 2015 increases in average yield were primarily due to higher market rates. The 2016 and 2015 increases in average balances were primarily due to client demand.
Investment income, on a non-FTE basis, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $26.3 million , an increase of $4.8 million , or 22% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $6.3 million , or 41% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was the result of a 19 basis point increase in the average yield and a 10% increase in average balance. The 2015 increase was the result of a 33 basis point increase in the average yield and a 14% increase in average balance. The changes in the average balances in 2016 and 2015 were primarily due to timing and volume of deposit balances as compared to the level of loans outstanding. The changes in the average yields in 2016 and 2015 were primarily due to higher dividends paid on FHLB stock. Investment decisions are made based on anticipated liquidity, loan demand, and asset-liability management considerations.
Interest expense. Interest expense on deposits and borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $27.2 million , a decrease of $0.7 million , or 2% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $0.8 million , or 3% , in 2015 from 2014 .
Interest expense on deposits for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $16.6 million , an increase of $0.6 million , or 4% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $1.9 million , or 13% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 increase was primarily the result of a one basis point increase in average rate paid on deposits and a two percent increase in the average balance of deposits. The 2015 increase was primarily the result of a two basis point increase in average rate paid on deposits and a seven percent increase in the average balance of deposits. The increase in average balance in 2016 and 2015 was driven by the increase in money market accounts and partially offset by decreases in certificates of deposit accounts. The increase in rates paid in 2016 and 2015 was also driven by the increase in rates paid on money market accounts.
Interest paid on borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $10.6 million , a decrease of $1.3 million , or 11% , compared to 2015 , after decreasing $1.1 million , or 9% , in 2015 from 2014 . The 2016 decrease was primarily the result of a 31 basis point decrease in average rate paid on Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”) borrowings and other and a 136 basis point decrease in the average rate paid on junior subordinated debentures. This was partially offset by a 26% increase in average balance of FHLB borrowings and other. The 2015 decrease was primarily the result of a 24 basis point decrease in average rate paid on FHLB borrowings and other. This was partially offset by a 2% increase in average balance of FHLB borrowings and other. The 2016 and 2015 decreases in the average rate paid were primarily due to the higher-rate FHLB borrowings maturing and being replaced with current lower rates. Additionally, the 2016 decrease in rate paid on junior subordinated debentures is related to the hedge of $75 million of the outstanding debentures which, prior to maturing on December 30, 2015, effectively fixed the interest rate payments on that portion of the debentures at 4.45%. The Company did not renew the hedge when it matured at the end of 2015, and reverted to the debenture's stated rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.68%.

Discussion of Noninterest Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
Provision/ (credit) for loan losses. For the year ended December 31, 2016 , the provision/ (credit) for loan losses was a credit of $6.9 million , compared to credits of $1.6 million and $6.4 million in 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The 2016 credit to the provision for loan losses was primarily due to net recoveries, a decline in loss factors and a reduction in criticized loans, partially offset by the mix in the loan portfolio and loan growth. The 2015 credit to the provision for loan losses was primarily due to improved loss history, a decrease in criticized loans, and net recoveries, partially offset by loan growth in 2015.
The provision/ (credit) for loan losses is determined as a result of the required level of the allowance for loan losses, estimated by management, which reflects the inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet dates. The factors used by management to determine the level of the allowance for loan losses include the trends in problem loans, economic and business conditions, strength of management, real estate collateral values, and underwriting standards. For further details, see Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality” below.
Fees and other income. For the year ended December 31, 2016 , fees and other income was $158.8 million , a decrease of $2.4 million , or 1% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $20.4 million , or 14% , from 2014 to 2015 . The 2016 decrease is primarily due to decreases in wealth management and trust fee income and investment management fee income, partially offset by higher banking fee income and the 2016 gain on sale of offices. The 2015 increase was primarily due to increases in fee-based income including wealth management and trust fee income, wealth advisory fee income, banking fee

42

Table of Contents




income, and other income, partially offset by lower investment management fee income and lower gains on sale of loans and OREO.
Investment management fee income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $44.4 million , a decrease of $1.3 million , or 3% , compared to 2015 , after a decrease of $1.4 million , or 3% , from 2014 to 2015 . AUM at the Investment Managers increased $0.6 billion , or 6% , to $10.6 billion at December 31, 2016 from $10.0 billion at December 31, 2015 . In 2016 , the increase in AUM was the result of market appreciation of $1.3 billion partially offset by net outflows of $0.7 billion. Investment management fees are typically calculated based on a percentage of AUM. Changes in revenue generally lag one quarter behind changes in AUM. The 2015 decrease in AUM was primarily the result of net outflows of $0.7 billion and negative market action of $0.1 billion.
Wealth advisory fee income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $50.6 million , flat as compared to 2015 , after an increase of $2.4 million , or 5% , from 2014 to 2015 . AUM as of December 31, 2016 , managed by the Wealth Advisors was $10.0 billion , an increase of $0.3 billion , or 3% , compared to December 31, 2015 . AUM changes for the Wealth Advisors in 2016 were primarily the result of market appreciation of $0.4 billion, partially offset by net outflows of $0.1 billion. AUM changes for the Wealth Advisors in 2015 were primarily the result of negative market action of $0.1 billion and net outflows of $0.1 billion.
Wealth management and trust fee income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $44.0 million , a decrease of $7.3 million , or 14% , after an increase of $16.7 million , or 48% , from 2014 to 2015 . AUM in the Wealth Management and Trust segment decreased $1.0 billion , or 12% , to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2016 from $8.0 billion at December 31, 2015 . AUM decreases in 2016 were the result of net outflows of $0.7 billion and the disposition of certain accounts of $0.4 billion, partially offset by market appreciation of $0.1 billion. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to the acquisition of Banyan in the fourth quarter of 2014, which added $4.3 billion in AUM. The Wealth Management and Trust segment experienced higher than expected net outflows in 2016 and 2015 related to the integration of the wealth management operations of Boston Private Bank and the operations of Banyan into the newly-created Boston Private Wealth. During integration, Boston Private Wealth experienced the departure of certain client-facing employees over the course of the year which lead to an increase in AUM outflows as a result of certain clients following the departed employees. Wealth management and trust fees are typically calculated based on a percentage of AUM.
Gain on sale of offices for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $2.9 million . The gain relates to the sale of two Southern California offices during 2016 and included $104 million of deposits. The rationale for the sale was to better position the Company’s resources within the Southern California market.
Other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $3.4 million , a decrease of $0.3 million , or 8% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $2.9 million from 2014 to 2015 . The decrease in 2016 was due to the $2.0 million reversal of contingent consideration in 2015 that was not repeated in 2016, partially offset by increases in the market value adjustments on derivatives and gains on the rabbi trust investments. The 2015 increase was due to the $2.0 million reversal of the contingent consideration as well as gains on cost method investments. The 2015 reversal of $2.0 million of contingent consideration had been recorded upon acquisition of Banyan in 2014 and was reversed and recorded as other income in 2015.
Total Operating Expense. Total operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $265.0 million , an increase of $9.8 million , or 4% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $28.1 million , or 12% , from 2014 to 2015 . Included in operating expense was a charge for the impairment of goodwill of $9.5 million in 2016 . Also included in operating expense were restructuring expenses of $2.0 million in 2016 , $3.7 million in 2015 , and $0.7 million in 2014 . Excluding the goodwill impairment and the restructuring expense, operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $2.0 million , or 1% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $25.1 million , or 11% , from 2014 to 2015 .
Salaries and employee benefits expense, the largest component of operating expense, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $163.8 million , an increase of $4.4 million , or 3% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $12.8 million , or 9% , from 2014 to 2015 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to higher fixed and variable compensation. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to the acquisition of Banyan, partially offset by decreases in variable, bonus and incentive compensation.
Occupancy and equipment expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $39.1 million , an increase of $1.9 million , or 5% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $6.1 million , or 20% , from 2014 to 2015 . The increase in 2016 was due to increases in telecommunications and rent expenses. The increase in 2015 was due to the acquisition of Banyan, and increased rent and depreciation related to occupying new office space at some of the Company’s affiliates.
Professional services expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $11.6 million , a decrease of $1.3 million , or 10% , compared to the same period in 2015 after an increase of $0.4 million , or 3% , from 2014 to 2015 . The 2016 decrease was due to lower legal and consulting expenses in the Wealth Management and Trust and Wealth Advisory segments, partially

43

Table of Contents




offset by higher consulting fees at the Bank. The 2015 increase was due to higher legal and consulting expenses in the Wealth Management and Trust segment, partially offset by the 2014 acceleration of certain fee-sharing arrangements in the Investment Management segment which was not repeated in 2015.
Marketing and business development expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $7.6 million , a decrease of $1.4 million , or 16% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $1.1 million , or 13% , from 2014 to 2015 . The decrease in 2016 was related to lower marketing spending across all segments as compared to 2015. The increase in 2015 was related to additional marketing programs in the Investment Managers and Wealth Advisory segments as well as increases in marketing spend at the Bank.
Goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $9.5 million . This charge related to goodwill impairment taken at Boston Private Wealth. There were no goodwill impairment charges taken in 2015 or 2014. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for a discussion of the annual goodwill impairment testing and resulting impairment of goodwill.
Restructuring expense of $2.0 million was incurred in the year ended December 31, 2016 to further refine the management structure within the Wealth Management and Trust segment. Restructuring expense incurred in 2015 of $3.7 million was also related to refining the management structure within the Wealth Management and Trust segment, while $0.7 million of expense was incurred in 2014 related to the acquisition of Banyan. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2: Restructuring” for further detail.
Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $14.6 million , a decrease of $1.6 million , or 10% , compared to 2015 , after increasing $2.1 million , or 15% from 2014 to 2015 . The 2016 decrease was primarily due to lower administrative expenses across all segments. The 2015 increase was primarily due to the acquisition of Banyan.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense for continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $31.0 million . The effective tax rate for continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 30.6% , compared to effective tax rates of 32.6% and 32.4% in 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The effective tax rate for 2016 was lower than 2015 primarily due to the 2015 out-of-period adjustment related to the deductibility of executive compensation, as well as an increase in tax credits and tax exempt interest in 2016. The effective tax rate and expense for 2015 was slightly higher than 2014 primarily due to an out-of-period adjustment related to the deductibility of executive compensation that was recorded during 2015. This out-of-period adjustment was partially offset by an increase in earnings from tax-exempt investments in 2015. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 17: Income Taxes” for further detail.
Net Income from Discontinued Operations. Net income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 , was $5.5 million , a decrease of $0.9 million , or 14% , compared to 2015 , after an increase of $0.3 million , or 4% , from 2014 to 2015 . The 2016 and 2015 fluctuations were due to changes in revenue received from Westfield. All net income from discontinued operations relates to a revenue sharing agreement with Westfield which continues through December 2017. After the December 2017 payments are received in 2018, the Company will not receive additional net income from Westfield.



44

Table of Contents




Financial Condition

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and Discussion
 
December 31,
 
$
Change
 
%
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(In thousands)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total cash and investments
$
1,507,845

 
$
1,474,737

 
$
33,108

 
2
 %
Loans held for sale
3,464

 
8,072

 
(4,608
)
 
(57
)%
Total loans
6,114,354

 
5,719,212

 
395,142

 
7
 %
Less: allowance for loan losses
78,077

 
78,500

 
(423
)
 
(1
)%
Net loans
6,036,277

 
5,640,712

 
395,565

 
7
 %
Goodwill and intangible assets
169,279

 
185,089

 
(15,810
)
 
(9
)%
Other assets
253,609

 
233,898

 
19,711

 
8
 %
Total assets
$
7,970,474

 
$
7,542,508

 
$
427,966

 
6
 %
Liabilities and Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
6,085,146

 
$
6,040,437

 
$
44,709

 
1
 %
Total borrowings
980,192

 
625,902

 
354,290

 
57
 %
Other liabilities
119,683

 
111,468

 
8,215

 
7
 %
Total liabilities
7,185,021

 
6,777,807

 
407,214

 
6
 %
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
16,972

 
18,088

 
(1,116
)
 
(6
)%
Total shareholders’ equity
768,481

 
746,613

 
21,868

 
3
 %
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and shareholders’ equity
$
7,970,474

 
$
7,542,508

 
$
427,966

 
6
 %
Total Assets. Total assets increased $0.4 billion to $8.0 billion at December 31, 2016 from $7.5 billion at December 31, 2015 . This increase was due to the increase in loans and investments.
Cash and Investments. Total cash and investments (consisting of cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, and stock in the FHLBs) increased $33.1 million , or 2% , to $1.5 billion , or 19% of total assets at December 31, 2016 from $1.5 billion , or 20% of total assets at December 31, 2015 . The increase was due to the $179.6 million , or 17% , increase in available-for-sale securities, and the $8.9 million , or 25% , increase in stock in the FHLBs, partially offset by the $132.1 million , or 55% , decrease in cash and cash equivalents and the $23.3 million , or 20% decrease in held-to-maturity securities. The changes in cash and investments were the net result of short-term fluctuations in liquidity due to changes in levels of deposits, borrowings and loans outstanding.
The majority of the investments held by the Company are held by the Bank. The Bank’s investment policy requires management to maintain a portfolio of securities which will provide liquidity necessary to facilitate funding of loans, to cover deposit fluctuations, and to mitigate the Bank’s overall balance sheet exposure to interest rate risk, while at the same time earning a satisfactory return on the funds invested. The securities in which the Bank may invest are subject to regulation and are generally limited to securities that are considered “investment grade.”
Purchases of investment securities, net of investment maturities, calls, principal payments, and sales, used $184.0 million of cash during the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to $240.2 million in net purchases for the year ended December 31, 2015 . Net proceeds are generally used to purchase new investments or fund a portion of loan growth. The timing of sales and reinvestments is based on various factors, including management’s evaluation of interest rate trends, credit risk, and the Company’s liquidity. The Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio carried a total of $4.6 million of unrealized gains and $23.7 million of unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 , compared to $7.6 million of unrealized gains and $7.2 million of unrealized losses at December 31, 2015 . For information regarding the weighted average yield and maturity of investments, see Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4: Investment Securities.”
No impairment losses were recognized through earnings related to investment securities during the year s ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 . The amount of investment securities in an unrealized loss position greater than 12 months, as well as the total amount of unrealized losses, was primarily due to changes in interest rates since the securities were purchased.
The Company had no intent to sell any securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 , and it was not more likely than not that the Company would be forced to sell any of these securities prior to the full recovery of all unrealized losses.

45

Table of Contents




The following table summarizes the Company’s carrying value (fair value) of available-for-sale investments at the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agencies
$
39,936

 
$
21,251

 
$
16,882

Government-sponsored entities
336,664

 
344,562

 
274,253

Municipal bonds
293,397

 
268,644

 
235,248

Mortgage-backed securities (1)
570,327

 
427,041

 
283,704

Other
23,808

 
23,012

 
19,906

Total available-for-sale
$
1,264,132

 
$
1,084,510

 
$
829,993

______________________
(1)
All mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored entities.
Additionally, at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , the Company held $93.1 million and $116.4 million , respectively, of held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost. All of the held-to-maturity securities were mortgage-backed securities which were guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored entities.
Loans held for sale. Loans held for sale decreased $4.6 million , or 57% , to $3.5 million at December 31, 2016 from $8.1 million at December 31, 2015 . The balance of loans held for sale usually relates to the timing and volume of residential loans originated for sale and the ultimate sale transaction which is typically executed within a short-time following the loan origination.
Goodwill and intangible assets, net. Goodwill and intangible assets decreased $15.8 million , or 9% , to $169.3 million at December 31, 2016 from $185.1 million at December 31, 2015 . The decrease was due to the impairment of goodwill at Boston Private Wealth and amortization of intangible assets. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for a discussion of the annual goodwill impairment testing and resulting impairment of goodwill.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets such as trade names are subject to annual impairment tests, or more frequently, if there is indication of impairment, based on guidance in ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other . Long-lived intangible assets such as advisory contracts are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“ASC 360”).
Management performed its annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing during the fourth quarters of 2016 and 2015 for applicable reporting units. The 2016 goodwill impairment testing indicated that Boston Private Wealth failed Step 1 and the resulting Step 2 test indicated goodwill impairment of $9.5 million. The estimated fair value for all other applicable reporting units exceeded the carrying value in 2016 and 2015, and as a result no other impairment was evident. There was no additional testing required for long-lived intangible assets in 2016 or 2015.
The estimated fair value of Boston Private Wealth was $68.0 million as compared to a carrying value of $76.9 million, resulting in a deficit of $8.9 million, or 11.6%. The estimated fair value of Anchor was $87.0 million as compared to a carrying value of $81.6 million, an excess of $5.4 million, or 6.6%.
Due to the narrow margin between the fair value and the carrying value of Anchor, Anchor will continue to be at risk for potential goodwill impairment. The Company will monitor Anchor’s actual results versus the projections used in the 2016 valuation, changes in AUM, as well as changes to the various inputs used in the 2016 valuation for a triggering event prior to the 2017 annual impairment testing.
Even though the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge for Boston Private Wealth in 2016, there could be additional goodwill impairment in the future should Boston Private Wealth’s actual results not meet projections. In addition to financial results, other inputs to the valuation, such as the discount rate and market assumptions, could negatively affect the estimated fair value of Boston Private Wealth in the future. The Company will continue to monitor Boston Private Wealth’s actual results versus the projections used in the 2016 valuation, changes in AUM, as well as changes to the various inputs used in the 2016 valuation for a triggering event prior to the 2017 annual impairment testing.

46

Table of Contents




Total other assets. Total other assets, consisting of OREO, premises and equipment, net, fees receivable, accrued interest receivable, deferred income taxes, net, and other assets, increased $19.7 million , or 8% , to $253.6 million at December 31, 2016 , compared to $233.9 million at December 31, 2015 .
OREO increased $0.9 million , or over 100%, to $1.7 million at December 31, 2016 from $0.8 million at December 31, 2015 . In 2016, two properties were added to OREO, one of which was subsequently sold, and the three properties held at December 31, 2015 were also sold. In 2015, one property in OREO was sold. The balance at December 31, 2016 represented one property. The balance at December 31, 2015 represented three properties.
Deferred income taxes, net, increased $3.8 million , or 7% , to $55.5 million at December 31, 2016 from $51.7 million at December 31, 2015 . The increase was primarily due to the current year tax effect of other comprehensive income, partially offset by current year deferred tax expense. At December 31, 2016 , no valuation allowance on the net deferred tax asset was required due primarily to the ability to generate future taxable income as well as the availability of current and historical taxable income.
The Company does not have any capital losses in excess of capital gains as of December 31, 2016 .
Other assets, which consist primarily of Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI), prepaid expenses, investment in partnerships, interest rate derivatives, and other receivables, increased $9.6 million , or 8% , to $130.8 million at December 31, 2016 from $121.2 million at December 31, 2015 . The increase was primarily due to increases in derivatives and cost method investments, partially offset by decreases in security deposits and accounts receivable.
Deposits. Total deposits increased $44.7 million , or 1% , to $6.1 billion , at December 31, 2016 from $6.0 billion at December 31, 2015 . Deposits are the principal source of the Bank’s funds for use in lending, investments, and liquidity. Certificates of deposits represented approximately 9% and 10% of total deposits at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 10: Deposits” for further information.
The following table sets forth the average balances and interest rates paid on the Bank’s deposits:
 
Year ended December 31, 2016
Average
Balance
 
Average
Rate
 
(In thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
Checking accounts
$
1,736,637

 
%
Interest bearing deposits:
 
 
 
NOW
553,981

 
0.08
%
Savings
75,977

 
0.12
%
Money market
2,960,702

 
0.39
%
Certificates of deposit
565,274

 
0.82
%
Total interest bearing deposits
$
4,155,934

 
0.40
%
Total deposits
$
5,892,571

 
0.28
%
Certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or greater had the following schedule of maturities:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(In thousands)
Less than 3 months remaining
$
109,766

 
$
169,359

3 to 6 months remaining
59,661

 
93,746

6 to 12 months remaining
125,229

 
96,784

More than 12 months remaining
45,974

 
52,088

Total
$
340,630

 
$
411,977

Borrowings. Total borrowings (consisting of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, federal funds purchased, FHLB borrowings, and junior subordinated debentures) increased $354.3 million , or 57% , to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2016 from $0.6 billion at December 31, 2015 .

47

Table of Contents




Repurchase agreements increased $1.4 million , or 2% , to $59.6 million at December 31, 2016 from $58.2 million at December 31, 2015 . Repurchase agreements are generally linked to commercial demand deposit accounts with an overnight sweep feature.
From time to time, the Company purchases federal funds from the FHLB and other banking institutions to supplement its liquidity position. At December 31, 2016 , the Company had $80.0 million outstanding in federal funds purchased. The Company had no federal funds purchased outstanding at December 31, 2015 .
FHLB borrowings increased $272.9 million , or 59% , to $734.2 million at December 31, 2016 from $461.3 million at December 31, 2015 . FHLB borrowings are generally used to provide additional funding for loan growth when the rate of loan growth exceeds deposit growth and to manage interest rate risk, but can also be used as an additional source of liquidity for the Bank. During 2016, the Company had $0.3 million of prepayment penalties related to the prepayment of FHLB borrowings, compared to no prepayment penalties related to the prepayment of FHLB borrowings in 2015 and prepayment penalties of $0.8 million in 2014. The purpose of these prepayment transactions was to reduce higher cost borrowings.
Total other liabilities. Total other liabilities, which consist primarily of accrued interest, accrued bonus, interest rate derivatives, and other accrued expenses increased $8.2 million , or 7% , to $119.7 million at December 31, 2016 from $111.5 million at December 31, 2015 . The increase was primarily due to an increase in volume of interest rate swap derivatives.

Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality
Loans. Total portfolio loans increased $395.1 million , or 7% , to $6.1 billion , or 77% of total assets, at December 31, 2016 , from $5.7 billion , or 76% of total assets, at December 31, 2015 . Increases were recorded in commercial real estate loans of $241.3 million, or 12%, residential loans of $150.3 million, or 7%, commercial and industrial loans of $45.2 million, or 5%, and home equity and other consumer loans of $36.9 million, or 13%, partially offset by construction and land loans which decreased $78.6 million, or 43%.
The Bank specializes in lending to individuals, real estate investors, and middle market businesses, including corporations, partnerships, associations and nonprofit organizations. Loans made by the Bank to individuals may include residential mortgage loans and mortgage loans on investment or vacation properties, unsecured and secured personal lines of credit, home equity loans, and overdraft protection. Loans made by the Bank to businesses include commercial and mortgage loans, revolving lines of credit, working capital loans, equipment financing, community lending programs, and construction and land loans. The types and sizes of loans the Bank originates are limited by regulatory requirements.
The Bank’s loans are affected by the economic and real estate markets in which they are located. Generally, commercial real estate, construction, and land loans are affected more than residential loans in an economic downturn.
Geographic concentration. The following table presents the Company’s outstanding loan balance concentrations at December 31, 2016 based on the location of the regional offices to which they are attributed.
 
New England
 
San Francisco Bay Area
 
Southern California
 
Total
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
Commercial and industrial loans
$
493,451

 
8
%
 
$
50,578

 
1
%
 
$
67,341

 
1
%
 
$
611,370

 
10
%
Commercial tax exempt loans
317,691

 
5
%
 
69,064

 
1
%
 
11,849

 
%
 
398,604

 
6
%
Commercial real estate loans
1,012,284

 
17
%
 
637,042

 
10
%
 
652,918

 
11
%
 
2,302,244

 
38
%
Construction and land loans
47,434

 
1
%
 
29,629

 
1
%
 
27,776

 
%
 
104,839

 
2
%
Residential loans
1,456,592

 
24
%
 
473,102

 
8
%
 
450,167

 
7
%
 
2,379,861

 
39
%
Home equity loans
87,280

 
2
%
 
25,129

 
%
 
6,408

 
%
 
118,817

 
2
%
Consumer and other loans
186,680

 
3
%
 
7,517

 
%
 
4,422

 
%
 
198,619

 
3
%
Total loans (1)
$
3,601,412

 
59
%
 
$
1,292,061

 
21
%
 
$
1,220,881

 
20
%
 
$
6,114,354

 
100
%
________________________
(1)
Regional percentage totals may not reconcile due to rounding.

48

Table of Contents




Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the Bank’s outstanding loan balances for certain loan categories at the dates indicated and the percent of each category to total Bank loans. The table does not include immaterial loans at the Holding Company or at Wealth and Investment affiliates.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial loans
$
611,370

 
10
%
 
$
633,019

 
11
%
 
$
541,087

 
10
%
 
$
513,595

 
10
%
 
$
495,011

 
10
%
Commercial tax exempt
398,604

 
6
%
 
331,767

 
6
%
 
294,761

 
6
%
 
231,855

 
4
%
 
182,066

 
4
%
Commercial real estate loans
2,302,244

 
38
%
 
2,060,903

 
36
%
 
1,905,640

 
36
%
 
1,933,997

 
38
%
 
1,820,599

 
38
%
Construction and land loans
104,839

 
2
%
 
183,434

 
3
%
 
125,349

 
2
%
 
153,917

 
3
%
 
137,570

 
3
%
Residential loans
2,379,861

 
39
%
 
2,229,540

 
39
%
 
2,132,095

 
41
%
 
2,032,294

 
40
%
 
1,906,089

 
39
%
Home equity loans
118,817

 
2
%
 
119,828

 
2
%
 
114,859

 
2
%
 
113,660

 
2
%
 
123,551

 
3
%
Consumer and other loans
198,619

 
3
%
 
160,721

 
3
%
 
156,145

 
3
%
 
133,002

 
3
%
 
148,728

 
3
%
Subtotal Bank loans
6,114,354

 
100
%
 
5,719,212

 
100
%
 
5,269,936

 
100
%
 
5,112,320

 
100
%
 
4,813,614

 
100
%
Less: Allowance for loan losses
78,077

 
 
 
78,500

 
 
 
75,838

 
 
 
76,371

 
 
 
84,057

 
 
Net Bank loans
$
6,036,277

 
 
 
$
5,640,712

 
 
 
$
5,194,098

 
 
 
$
5,035,949

 
 
 
$
4,729,557

 
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans. Commercial and industrial loans include working capital and revolving lines of credit, term loans for equipment and fixed assets, and Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans.
Commercial Tax Exempt Loans. Commercial tax exempt loans include loans to not-for-profit private schools, colleges, and public charter schools.
Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate loans are generally acquisition financing for commercial properties such as office buildings, retail properties, apartment buildings, and industrial/warehouse space. In addition, tax exempt commercial real estate loans are provided for affordable housing development and rehabilitation. These loans are often supplemented with federal, state, and/or local subsidies.
Construction and Land Loans. Construction and land loans include loans for financing of new developments as well as financing for improvements to existing buildings.
Residential Loans. While the Bank has no minimum size for mortgage loans, it concentrates its origination activities in the “Jumbo” segment of the market. This segment consists of loans secured by single-family and one- to four- unit properties in excess of the amount eligible for purchase by the Federal National Mortgage Association, which was $417 thousand at December 31, 2016 for the “General” limit and $523 thousand to $626 thousand for single-family properties for the “High-Cost” limit, depending on which specific geographic region of the Bank’s primary market areas the loan was originated. The majority of the Bank’s residential loan portfolio, including jumbo mortgage loans, are ARMs. The ARM loans the Bank originates generally have a fixed interest rate for the first 3 to 7 years and then adjust annually based on a market index such as U.S. Treasury or LIBOR yields. ARM loans may negatively impact the Bank’s interest income when they reprice if yields on U.S. Treasuries or LIBOR are lower than the yields at the time of origination. If rates reset higher, the Bank could see increased delinquencies if clients’ ability to make payments is impacted by the higher payments.
Home Equity Loans. Home equity loans consist of balances outstanding on second mortgages and home equity lines of credit extended to individual clients. Personal lines of credit are typically for high net worth clients whose assets may not be liquid due to investments or closely held stock. The amount of home equity loans typically depends on client demand.
Consumer and Other Loans. Consumer and other loans consist of balances outstanding on consumer loans including personal lines of credit, and loans arising from overdraft protection extended to individual and business clients. Personal lines of credit are typically for high net worth clients whose assets may not be liquid due to investments or closely held stock. The amount of consumer and other loans typically depends on client demand.
Portfolio Mix. The portfolio mix of the Bank’s loans as of December 31, 2016 remained stable as compared to prior years as evidenced by the Loan Portfolio Composition table presented above. Commercial real estate loans comprised 38% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, up from 36% as of December 31, 2015. Residential loans comprised 39% of

49

Table of Contents




the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, unchanged from 39% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015. Commercial and industrial loans comprised 10% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, down from 11% as of December 31, 2015. Commercial tax exempt loans comprised 6% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, unchanged from 6% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015. Consumer and other loans comprised 3% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, unchanged from 3% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015. Construction and land loans comprised 2% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, down from 3% as of December 31, 2015. Home equity loans comprised 2% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016, unchanged from 2% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015.
The following table discloses the scheduled contractual maturities of loans in the Bank’s portfolio at December 31, 2016 . Loans having no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. The following table also sets forth the dollar amounts of loans that are scheduled to mature after one year segregated between fixed and adjustable interest rate loans.
 
Amounts due:
 
One year or less
 
After one through five years
 
Beyond five years
 
Total
 
Balance
 
Percent
 
Balance
 
Percent
 
Balance
 
Percent
 
Balance
 
Percent
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial loans
$
261,451

 
4
%
 
$
182,150

 
3
%
 
$
167,769

 
3
%
 
$
611,370

 
10
%
Commercial tax exempt loans

 
%
 
30,697

 
%
 
367,907

 
6
%
 
398,604

 
6
%
Commercial real estate loans
181,784

 
3
%
 
822,107

 
14
%
 
1,298,353

 
21
%
 
2,302,244

 
38
%
Construction and land loans
39,272

 
1
%
 
13,781

 
%
 
51,786

 
1
%
 
104,839

 
2
%
Residential loans

 
%
 
1,216

 
%
 
2,378,645

 
39
%
 
2,379,861

 
39
%
Home equity loans

 
%
 
1,712

 
%
 
117,105

 
2
%
 
118,817

 
2
%
Consumer and other loans
193,185

 
3
%
 
3,786

 
%
 
1,648

 
%
 
198,619

 
3
%
Total loans
$
675,692

 
11
%
 
$
1,055,449

 
17
%
 
$
4,383,213

 
72
%
 
$
6,114,354

 
100
%
 
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Total
 
Balance
 
Percent
 
Balance
 
Percent
 
Balance
 
Percent
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial loans
$
140,708

 
3
%
 
$
209,211

 
4
%
 
$
349,919

 
7
%
Commercial tax exempt loans
355,454

 
6
%
 
43,150

 
1
%
 
398,604

 
7
%
Commercial real estate loans
881,218

 
16
%
 
1,239,242

 
23
%
 
2,120,460

 
39
%
Construction and land loans
21,956

 
%
 
43,611

 
1
%
 
65,567

 
1
%
Residential loans
457,091

 
9
%
 
1,922,770

 
35
%
 
2,379,861

 
44
%
Home equity loans

 
%
 
118,817

 
2
%
 
118,817

 
2
%
Consumer and other loans
1,137

 
%
 
4,297

 
%
 
5,434

 
%
Total loans
$
1,857,564

 
34
%
 
$
3,581,098

 
66
%
 
$
5,438,662

 
100
%
Scheduled contractual maturities typically do not reflect the actual maturities of loans. The average maturity of loans is substantially less than their average contractual terms because of prepayments and, in the case of conventional mortgage loans, due on sale clauses, which generally gives the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower sells the real property subject to the mortgage. The average life of mortgage loans tends to increase when current market rates are substantially higher than rates on existing mortgage loans and decrease when current market rates are substantially lower than rates on existing mortgages (due to refinancing of adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans at lower rates). Under the latter circumstances, the weighted average yield on loans decreases as higher yielding loans are repaid or refinanced at lower rates. In addition, due to the likelihood that the Bank will, consistent with industry practice, “rollover” a significant portion of commercial real estate and commercial loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing credit on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. A portion of such loans also may not be repaid due to the borrowers’ inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.

50

Table of Contents




The interest rates charged on loans vary with the degree of risk, maturity, and amount of the loan and are further subject to competitive pressures, market rates, the availability of funds, and legal and regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2016 , approximately 66% of the Bank’s outstanding loans due after one year had interest rates that were either floating or adjustable in nature. See Part II. Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk - Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk.”
Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table is an analysis of the Company’s allowances for loan losses for the periods indicated:
 
Year ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Total loans outstanding
$
6,114,354

 
$
5,719,212

 
$
5,269,936

 
$
5,112,459

 
$
4,814,136

Average loans outstanding (1)
5,762,892

 
5,445,597

 
5,159,752

 
4,973,394

 
4,959,316

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year
$
78,500

 
$
75,838

 
$
76,371

 
$
84,057

 
$
96,114

Charged-off loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total commercial and industrial (2)
(2,851
)
 
(253
)
 
(717
)
 
(218
)
 
(4,968
)
Commercial real estate loans

 
(1,400
)
 
(3,160
)
 
(2,712
)
 
(8,306
)
Construction and land loans
(400
)
 

 
(1,100
)
 
(100
)
 
(710
)
Residential loans
(605
)
 
(313
)
 
(263
)
 
(2,008
)
 
(2,944
)
Home equity loans

 

 

 
(360
)
 
(129
)
Consumer and other loans
(93
)
 
(70
)
 
(56
)
 
(19
)
 
(128
)
Total charged-off loans
(3,949
)
 
(2,036
)
 
(5,296
)
 
(5,417
)
 
(17,185
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total commercial and industrial (2)
3,212

 
2,471

 
2,231

 
1,219

 
1,811

Commercial real estate loans
6,040

 
2,482

 
3,975

 
5,218

 
3,503

Construction and land loans
1,117

 
1,158

 
2,581

 
1,232

 
2,425

Residential loans
65

 
141

 
2,152

 
24

 
472

Home equity loans

 

 
15

 
24

 
68

Consumer and other loans
27

 
1

 
209

 
14

 
149

Total recoveries
10,461

 
6,253

 
11,163

 
7,731

 
8,428

Net loans (charged-off)/ recoveries
6,512

 
4,217

 
5,867

 
2,314

 
(8,757
)
Provision/(credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
 
(10,000
)
 
(3,300
)
Allowance for loan losses, end of year
$
78,077

 
$
78,500

 
$
75,838

 
$
76,371

 
$
84,057

Net loans charged-off/ (recoveries) to average loans
(0.11
)%
 
(0.08
)%
 
(0.11
)%
 
(0.05
)%
 
0.18
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.28
 %
 
1.37
 %
 
1.44
 %
 
1.49
 %
 
1.75
%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans (3)
4.51

 
2.95

 
1.72

 
1.71

 
1.38

________________________
(1)
Includes loans held for sale.
(2)
Includes both commercial and industrial loans and commercial tax exempt loans.
(3)
Excludes loans in the held for sale category that are on nonaccrual status.
The allowance for loan losses is formulated based on the judgment and experience of management. See Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies” for details on the Company’s allowance for loan loss policy.

51

Table of Contents




The following table represents the allocation of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and the percent of loans in each category to total loans as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Amount
 
%(1)
 
Amount
 
%(1)
 
Amount
 
%(1)
 
Amount
 
%(1)
 
Amount
 
%(1)
 
(In thousands)
Loan category:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total commercial and industrial (2)
$
12,751

 
16
%
 
$
15,814

 
17
%
 
$
14,114

 
18
%
 
$
12,837

 
17
%
 
$
11,825

 
17
%
Commercial real estate loans
50,412

 
38
%
 
44,215

 
36
%
 
43,854

 
34
%
 
44,979

 
35
%
 
52,497

 
35
%
Construction and land loans
3,039

 
2
%
 
6,322

 
3
%
 
4,041

 
2
%
 
4,465

 
3
%
 
5,016

 
3
%
Residential loans
10,449

 
39
%
 
10,544

 
39
%
 
10,374

 
41
%
 
10,732

 
40
%
 
10,892

 
39
%
Home equity loans
1,035

 
2
%
 
1,085

 
2
%
 
1,003

 
2
%
 
1,020

 
2
%
 
1,085

 
3
%
Consumer and other loans
391

 
3
%
 
520

 
3
%
 
382

 
3
%
 
322

 
3
%
 
540

 
3
%
Unallocated (3)

 
%
 

 
%
 
2,070

 
%
 
2,016

 
%
 
2,202

 
%
Total allowance for loan losses
$
78,077

 
100
%
 
$
78,500

 
100
%
 
$
75,838

 
100
%
 
$
76,371

 
100
%
 
$
84,057

 
100
%
_________________
(1)
Percent refers to the amount of loans in each category as a percent of total loans.
(2)
Includes both commercial and industrial loans and commercial tax exempt loans.
(3)
As of December 31, 2015, the unallocated reserve was allocated to the qualitative factors as part of the general reserves (ASC 450). The allocation had no effect on the 2015 provision/ (credit) for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses decreased $0.4 million from $78.5 million, or 1.37% of total loans, at December 31, 2015 to $78.1 million, or 1.28% of total loans, at December 31, 2016 . The decrease in the overall allowance for loan losses was due to a decline in loss factors and a reduction in criticized loans, partially offset by the mix in the loan portfolio and loan growth.
An analysis of the risk in the loan portfolio as well as management judgment is used to determine the estimated appropriate amount of the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s allowance for loan losses is comprised of three primary components (general reserves, allocated reserves on non-impaired special mention and substandard loans, and specific reserves on impaired loans). See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 6: Allowance for Loan Losses” for an analysis of the Company’s allowance for loan losses.
The following table presents a summary of loans charged-off, net of recoveries, by geography, for the periods indicated. The geography assigned to the data is based on the location of the regional offices to which the loans are attributed.
 
For the year ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Net loans (charged-off)/ recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New England
$
1,954

 
$
(502
)
 
$
(1,686
)
 
$
(2,422
)
 
$
(5,593
)
San Francisco Bay Area
4,693

 
4,217

 
3,671

 
2,576

 
(2,768
)
Southern California
(135
)
 
502

 
3,882

 
2,160

 
289

Pacific Northwest
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
(685
)
Total net loans (charged-off)/ recoveries
$
6,512

 
$
4,217

 
$
5,867

 
$
2,314

 
$
(8,757
)
Nonperforming assets. The Company’s nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and OREO. OREO consists of real estate acquired through foreclosure proceedings and real estate acquired through acceptance of deeds in lieu of foreclosure.
The Bank’s policy is to discontinue the accrual of interest on a loan when the collectability of principal or interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement is in doubt. Despite a loan having a current payment status, if the Bank has reason to believe it may not collect all principal and interest on the loan in accordance with the related contractual terms, the Bank will generally discontinue the accrual of interest income and will apply any future interest payments received to principal. Of the $17.3 million of loans on nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2016, $5.1 million, or 29%, had a current payment status, $2.2 million, or 13%, were 30-89 days past due, and $10.0 million, or 58%, were 90 days or more past due. Of

52

Table of Contents




the $26.6 million of loans on nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2015, $8.0 million, or 30%, had a current payment status, $0.9 million, or 3%, were 30-89 days past due, and $17.7 million, or 67%, were 90 days or more past due.
The Bank continues to evaluate the underlying collateral of each nonperforming loan and pursue the collection of interest and principal. Where appropriate, the Bank obtains updated appraisals on collateral. Reductions in fair values of the collateral for nonaccrual loans, if they are collateral dependent, could result in additional future provision for loan losses depending on the timing and severity of the decline. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 5: Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality” for further information on nonperforming loans.
The Bank’s policy for returning a loan to accrual status requires the loan to be brought current and for the client to show a history of making timely payments (generally six consecutive months). For nonaccruing TDRs, a return to accrual status generally requires timely payments for a period of six months in accordance with restructured terms, along with meeting other criteria.
Delinquencies. The past due status of a loan is determined in accordance with its contractual repayment terms. All loan types are reported past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more. Loans 30-89 days past due increased $2.0 million, or 15%, to $15.1 million as of December 31, 2016 from $13.1 million as of December 31, 2015 . Loan delinquencies can be attributed to many factors, such as continuing weakness in, or deteriorating, economic conditions in the region in which the collateral is located, the loss of a tenant or lower lease rates for commercial borrowers, or the loss of income for consumers and the resulting liquidity impacts on the borrowers. Further deterioration in the credit condition of these delinquent loans could lead to the loans going to nonaccrual status and/or being downgraded. Downgrades would generally result in additional provision for loan losses. Past due loans may be included with accruing substandard loans.
In certain instances, although very infrequently, loans that have become 90 days or more past due may remain on accrual status if the value of the collateral securing the loan is sufficient to cover principal and interest and the loan is in the process of collection. There were no loans 90 days or more past due, but still accruing, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Impaired Loans. When management determines that it is probable that the Bank will not collect all principal and interest on a loan in accordance with the original loan terms, the loan is considered impaired. Certain impaired loans may continue to accrue interest based on factors such as the restructuring terms, if any, the historical payment performance, the value of collateral, and the financial condition of the borrower. Impaired commercial loans and impaired construction loans are typically, in accordance with ASC 310, individually evaluated for impairment. Large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans may be collectively evaluated for impairment. Such groups of loans may include, but are not limited to, residential loans, home equity loans, and consumer loans. However, if the terms of any of such loans are modified in a troubled debt restructuring, then such loans would be individually evaluated for impairment in the allowance for loan and lease losses.
Loans that are individually evaluated for impairment require an analysis to determine the amount of impairment, if any. For collateral dependent loans, impairment would be indicated as a result of the carrying value of the loan exceeding the estimated collateral value, less costs to sell, or, for loans not considered to be collateral dependent, the net present value of the projected cash flow, discounted at the loan’s contractual effective interest rate. Generally, when a collateral dependent loan becomes impaired, an updated appraisal of the collateral, if appropriate, is obtained. If the impaired loan has not been upgraded to a performing status within a reasonable amount of time, the Bank will continue to obtain updated appraisals, as deemed necessary, especially during periods of declining property values. Normally, shortfalls in the analysis of collateral dependent loans would result in the impairment amount being charged-off to the allowance for loan losses. Shortfalls on cash flow dependent loans may be carried as specific allocations to the general reserve unless a known loss is determined to have occurred, in which case such known loss is charged-off. Based on the impairment analysis, the provision could be higher or lower than the amount of provision associated with a loan prior to its classification as impaired. See Part II. Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies” for detail on the Company’s treatment of impaired loans in the allowance for loan losses.
Impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment in the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $26.0 million as of December 31, 2016 , a decrease of $13.2 million, or 34%, compared to $39.2 million at December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2016, $11.4 million of the individually evaluated impaired loans had $1.1 million in specific reserve allocations. The remaining $14.6 million of individually evaluated impaired loans did not have specific reserve allocations due to the adequacy of collateral, prior charge-offs taken, interest collected and applied to principal, or a combination of these items. As of December 31, 2015, $15.9 million of individually evaluated impaired loans had $1.6 million in specific reserve allocations, and the remaining $23.3 million of individually evaluated impaired loans did not have specific reserve allocations.
The Bank may, under certain circumstances, restructure loans as a concession to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. Such loans are classified as TDRs and are included in impaired loans. TDRs typically result from the Bank’s loss mitigation activities which, among other things, could include rate reductions, payment extensions, and/or principal

53

Table of Contents




forgiveness. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, TDRs totaled $18.1 million and $30.6 million, respectively. The decrease in TDRs primarily related to the payoff of three loans in New England and one loan in the San Francisco Bay Area. As of December 31, 2016, $12.4 million of the $18.1 million of TDRs were on accrual status. As of December 31, 2015, $18.6 million of the $30.6 million of TDR loans were on accrual status. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors for loans whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.
The following table sets forth information regarding nonaccrual loans, OREO, loans past due 90 days or more but still accruing, delinquent loans 30-89 days past due as to interest or principal held by the Bank, and TDRs at the dates indicated.
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
$
17,315

 
$
26,571

 
$
44,182

 
$
44,762

 
$
60,745

OREO
1,690

 
776

 
929

 
776

 
3,616

Total nonperforming assets
$
19,005

 
$
27,347

 
$
45,111

 
$
45,538

 
$
64,361

Loans past due 90 days or more, but still accruing
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
65

 
$
3,556

Delinquent loans 30-89 days past due (1)
$
15,137

 
$
13,094

 
$
6,960

 
$
13,742

 
$
46,376

Troubled debt restructured loans (2)
$
18,078

 
$
30,583

 
$
44,768

 
$
54,479

 
$
54,533

Nonaccrual loans as a % of total loans
0.28
%
 
0.46
%
 
0.84
%
 
0.88
%
 
1.26
%
Nonperforming assets as a % of total assets
0.24
%
 
0.36
%
 
0.66
%
 
0.71
%
 
1.00
%
Delinquent loans 30-89 days past due as a % of total loans (3)
0.25
%
 
0.23
%
 
0.13
%
 
0.27
%
 
0.96
%
_____________________
(1)
Excludes 30-89 day delinquent loans held for sale of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2012.
(2)
Includes $5.7 million, $12.0 million, $20.5 million, $26.1 million, and $27.8 million also reported in nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2016 , 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012 respectively.
(3)
Excludes loans past due 90 days or more, but still accruing, of $0.1 million and $3.6 million, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively.
A rollforward of nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is presented in the table below:
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
(In thousands)
Nonaccrual loans, beginning of year
$
26,571

 
$
44,182

Transfers in to nonaccrual status
10,388

 
16,763

Transfers out to OREO
(1,944
)
 

Transfers out to accrual status
(2,075
)
 
(6,763
)
Charge-offs
(3,679
)
 
(2,037
)
Paid off/ paid down
(11,946
)
 
(25,574
)
Nonaccrual loans, end of year
$
17,315

 
$
26,571


54

Table of Contents




The following table presents a summary of credit quality by geography, based on the location of the regional offices:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(In thousands)
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
New England
$
10,081

 
$
19,572

San Francisco Bay Area
2,989

 
4,977

Southern California
4,245

 
2,022

Total nonaccrual loans
$
17,315

 
$
26,571

Loans 30-89 days past due and accruing:
 
 
 
New England
$
10,311

 
$
7,118

San Francisco Bay Area
591

 
2,806

Southern California
4,235

 
3,170

Total loans 30-89 days past due
$
15,137

 
$
13,094

Accruing substandard loans:
 
 
 
New England
$
10,972

 
$
22,026

San Francisco Bay Area
15,890

 
19,990

Southern California
36,809

 
16,398

Total accruing substandard loans
$
63,671

 
$
58,414





55

Table of Contents




The following table presents a summary of the credit quality by loan type. The loan type assigned to the credit quality data is based on the purpose of the loan.
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(In thousands)
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
572

 
$
1,019

Commercial tax exempt

 

Commercial real estate
4,583

 
11,232

Construction and land
179

 
3,297

Residential
10,908

 
9,661

Home equity
1,072

 
1,306

Consumer and other
1

 
56

Total nonaccrual loans
$
17,315

 
$
26,571

Loans 30-89 days past due and accruing:
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
1,619

 
$
2,667

Commercial tax exempt

 

Commercial real estate
3,096

 
2,620

Construction and land

 

Residential
4,182

 
7,140

Home equity
245

 
40

Consumer and other
5,995

 
627

Total loans 30-89 days past due
$
15,137

 
$
13,094

Accruing substandard loans:
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
9,277

 
$
11,455

Commercial tax exempt

 

Commercial real estate
49,696

 
33,705

Construction and land
3,297

 
4,600

Residential
1,399

 
6,675

Home equity

 

Consumer and other
2

 
1,979

Total accruing substandard loans
$
63,671

 
$
58,414




56

Table of Contents




Interest income recorded on nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs and interest income that would have been recorded if the nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs had been performing in accordance with their original terms for the full year or, if originated during the year, since origination are presented in the table below:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
$
17,315

 
$
26,571

 
$
44,182

 
$
44,762

 
$
60,745

Interest income recorded during the year on these loans (1)
322

 
315

 
1,202

 
512

 
1,452

Interest income that would have been recorded on these nonaccrual loans during the year if the loans had been performing in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding for the full year or since origination, if held for part of the year
1,091

 
2,041

 
3,001

 
3,320

 
5,245

Accruing troubled debt restructured loans
12,401

 
18,614

 
24,305

 
28,398

 
26,680

Interest income recorded during the year on these accruing TDR loans
652

 
822

 
1,094

 
1,194

 
1,128

Interest income that would have been recorded on these accruing TDR loans during the year if the loans had been performing in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding for the full year or since origination, if held for part of the year
685

 
1,239

 
1,618

 
1,824

 
1,681

___________
(1)
Represents interest income recorded while loans were in a performing status, prior to being placed on nonaccrual status and any interest income recorded on a cash basis while the loan was on nonaccrual status.
Potential Problem Loans. Loans that evidence weakness or potential weakness related to repayment history, the borrower’s financial condition, or other factors are reviewed by the Bank’s management to determine if the loan should be adversely classified. Delinquent loans may or may not be adversely classified depending upon management’s judgment with respect to each individual loan. The Bank classifies certain loans as “substandard,” “doubtful,” or “loss” based on criteria consistent with guidelines provided by banking regulators. Potential problem loans consist of accruing substandard loans where known information about possible credit problems of the related borrowers causes management to have doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in classification of such loans as nonperforming at some time in the future. Management cannot predict the extent to which economic conditions may worsen or other factors which may impact borrowers and the potential problem loans. Triggering events for loan downgrades include updated appraisal information, inability of borrowers to cover debt service payments, loss of tenants or notification by the tenant of non-renewal of lease, inability of borrowers to sell completed construction projects, and the inability of borrowers to sell properties. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that other loans will not become 90 days or more past due, be placed on nonaccrual, be restructured, or require increased allowance coverage and provision for loan losses.
The Bank has identified approximately $63.7 million in potential problem loans at December 31, 2016 , an increase of $5.3 million, or 9%, compared to $58.4 million at December 31, 2015 . This increase was primarily due to the downgrade of accruing substandard commercial real estate loans in the Southern California region which increased $16.3 million during 2016 partially offset by reductions in the New England and San Francisco Bay Area regions. Numerous factors impact the level of potential problem loans including economic conditions and real estate values. These factors affect the borrower’s liquidity and, in some cases, the borrower’s ability to comply with loan covenants such as debt service coverage. When there is a loss of a major tenant in a commercial real estate building, the appraised value of the building generally declines. Loans may be downgraded when this occurs as a result of the additional risk to the borrower in obtaining a new tenant in a timely manner and negotiating a lease with similar or better terms than the previous tenant. In many cases, these loans are still current and paying as agreed, although future performance may be impacted.


57

Table of Contents




Liquidity
Liquidity is defined as the Company’s ability to generate adequate cash to meet its needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Company were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The Company manages its liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. The Company’s objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace.
At December 31, 2016 , the Company’s cash and cash equivalents on a consolidated basis amounted to $106.6 million . The Holding Company’s cash and cash equivalents amounted to $54.7 million at December 31, 2016 . Management believes that the Company on a consolidated basis and the Holding Company have adequate liquidity to meet their commitments for the foreseeable future.
Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. At December 31, 2016 , consolidated cash and cash equivalents and securities available-for-sale, less securities pledged against current borrowings, amounted to $1.3 billion, or 16% of total assets, an increase of $0.1 billion, or 7%, from balances at December 31, 2015 . Future loan growth may depend upon the Company’s ability to grow its core deposit levels. In addition, the Company has access to available borrowings through the FHLB totaling $0.9 billion as of December 31, 2016 compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2015 . Combined, this liquidity totals $2.2 billion, or 28% of assets and 37% of total deposits as of December 31, 2016 compared to $2.4 billion, or 31% of assets and 39% of total deposits as of December 31, 2015 .
The Bank has various internal policies and guidelines regarding liquidity, both on- and off-balance sheet, loans-to-assets ratio, and limits on the use of wholesale funds. These policies and/or guidelines require certain minimum or maximum balances or ratios be maintained at all times. In light of the provisions in the Bank’s internal liquidity policies and guidelines, the Bank will carefully manage the amount and timing of future loan growth along with its relevant liquidity policies and balance sheet guidelines.
Holding Company Liquidity. The Company and some of the Company’s majority-owned affiliates hold put and call options that would require the Company to purchase (and the majority-owned affiliates to sell) the remaining noncontrolling interests in these companies at the then fair value generally as determined by the respective agreements. At December 31, 2016 , the estimated maximum redemption value for these affiliates related to outstanding put options was $17.0 million , all of which could be redeemed within the next 12 months, under certain circumstances, and is classified on the consolidated balance sheets as redeemable noncontrolling interests. These put and call options are discussed in detail in Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 14: Noncontrolling Interests.”
The Holding Company’s primary sources of funds are dividends from its affiliates and access to the capital and debt markets. The Holding Company recognized $5.5 million in net income from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2016 related to a revenue sharing agreement with Westfield. This revenue sharing agreement is in effect through December 2017, and the terms of this agreement are discussed in detail in Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2: Acquisitions, Asset Sales, and Divestitures.” Other than the revenue sharing agreement with Westfield, divestitures are not ongoing sources of funds for the Holding Company. After the December 2017 payments are received in 2018, the Company will not receive additional net income from Westfield. Dividends from the Bank are limited by various regulatory requirements relating to capital adequacy and retained earnings. See Part II. Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholders Matters, and Issuers Purchases of Equity Securities” for further details.
The Bank pays dividends to the Holding Company, subject to the approval of the Bank’s board of directors, depending on its profitability and asset growth. If regulatory agencies were to require banks to increase their capital ratios, or impose other restrictions, the Bank may be constrained in its ability to pay dividends to the Holding Company and/or to grow.
Although the Bank’s capital currently exceeds regulatory requirements for capital, the Holding Company could downstream additional capital to increase the rate that the Bank could grow. Depending upon the amount of capital downstreamed by the Holding Company, the approval of the Holding Company’s board of directors may be required prior to the payment, if any.
The Company is required to pay interest quarterly on its junior subordinated debentures. The estimated cash outlay for 2017 for the interest payments is approximately $2.7 million based on the debt outstanding at December 31, 2016 and estimated LIBOR.
The Company presently plans to pay cash dividends on its common stock on a quarterly basis dependent upon a number of factors such as profitability, Holding Company liquidity, and the Company’s capital levels on a consolidated basis.

58

Table of Contents




However, the ultimate declaration of dividends by the board of directors of the Company will depend on consideration of, among other things, recent financial trends and internal forecasts, regulatory limitations, alternative uses of capital deployment, general economic conditions, and regulatory changes to capital requirements. Based on the current quarterly dividend rate of $0.11 per share, as announced by the Company on January 18, 2017, and estimated shares outstanding, the Company estimates that the amount to be paid out for dividends to common shareholders in 2017 will be approximately $36.7 million. The estimated dividend payments in 2017 could increase or decrease if the Company’s board of directors vote to increase or decrease, respectively, the current quarterly dividend rate, and/or the number of shares outstanding changes significantly.
Based on the stock outstanding of 6.95% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, and the dividend rate, the Company expects to pay $3.5 million in cash dividends on preferred stock in 2017. Although the rate of interest is set in the terms of the preferred stock, the quarterly preferred stock dividend payments are subject to approval by the Company’s board of directors.

In the first quarter of 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved, and received regulatory non-objection for, a share repurchase program of up to $20 million of the Company’s outstanding common shares. Under the program, shares may be repurchased from time to time in the open market for a two-year period. During 2016, the Company repurchased $9.3 million of its common stock, leaving $10.7 million available to be repurchased. The amount and timing of additional repurchases, if any, will be based on the Company’s continuous evaluation of the program.
Bank Liquidity. The Bank has established various borrowing arrangements to provide additional sources of liquidity and funding. Management believes that the Bank currently has adequate liquidity available to respond to current demands. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Boston, and as such, has access to short- and long-term borrowings from that institution. The FHLB can change the advance amounts that banks can utilize based on a bank’s current financial condition as obtained from publicly available data such as FDIC Call Reports. Decreases in the amount of FHLB borrowings available to the Bank would lower its liquidity and possibly limit the Bank’s ability to grow in the short-term. Management believes that the Bank has adequate liquidity to meet its commitments for the foreseeable future.
In addition to the above liquidity, the Bank has access to the Federal Reserve discount window facility, which can provide short-term liquidity as “lender of last resort,” brokered deposits, and federal funds lines. The use of non-core funding sources, including brokered deposits and borrowings, by the Bank may be limited by regulatory agencies. Generally, the regulatory agencies prefer that banks rely on core-funding sources for liquidity.
From time to time, the Bank purchases federal funds from the FHLB and other banking institutions to supplement its liquidity position. At December 31, 2016 , the Bank had unused federal fund lines of credit totaling $485.0 million with correspondent institutions to provide it with immediate access to overnight borrowings, compared to $565.0 million at December 31, 2015 . At December 31, 2016 the Bank had $80.0 million outstanding borrowings under these federal funds lines. There were no outstanding borrowings under these federal funds lines at December 31, 2015 .
The Bank has also negotiated brokered deposit agreements with several institutions that have nationwide distribution capabilities. At December 31, 2016 , the Bank had $738.3 million of brokered deposits (net of premiums paid) outstanding under these agreements, compared to $577.4 million at December 31, 2015 .
If the Bank was no longer able to utilize the FHLB for borrowing, collateral currently used for FHLB borrowings could be transferred to other facilities such as the Federal Reserve’s discount window. Additionally, the Bank could increase its usage of brokered deposits. Other borrowing arrangements may have higher rates than the FHLB would typically charge.

Consolidated cash flow comparison for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations totaled $100.6 million and $87.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income of continuing operations. Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations increased $13.1 million from 2015 to 2016 primarily driven by an increase in net income from continuing operations and impairment of goodwill in 2016.
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations totaled $692.8 million and $694.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Investing activities of the Company include certain loan activities, investment activities and capital expenditures. Cash used in investing activities of continuing operations decreased $2.0 million from 2015 to 2016 primarily due to decreased purchases of investments, decreased maturities, redemptions, and principal payments, and a lower net increase in portfolio loans.

59

Table of Contents




Net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations totaled $454.5 million and $667.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations decreased $212.5 million from 2015 to 2016 . The decrease in cash provided by financing activities is related primarily to a lower net increase in deposits, increased repayments of long-term FHLB borrowings, and the decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase. These changes were partially offset by increased short-term FHLB borrowings and federal funds purchased in 2016.
Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations totaled $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 , compared to cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . Cash flows from operating activities of discontinued operations relate to the ongoing revenue sharing agreement with a divested affiliate.

Consolidated cash flow comparison for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations totaled $87.5 million and $100.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income of continuing operations. Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations decreased $13.4 million from 2014 to 2015 due primarily to a deferred tax benefit in 2015, compared to a deferred tax expense in 2014. These changes were partially offset by a greater volume of proceeds from loans held for sale, the decreased credit to the provision for loan losses, and increased equity compensation in 2015 than in 2014.
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations totaled $694.8 million and $368.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Investing activities of the Company include certain loan activities, investment activities and capital expenditures. Cash used in investing activities of continuing operations increased $326.6 million from 2014 to 2015 and was due primarily to the increase in portfolio loans and increased purchases of investments in 2015 than in 2014, and the 2014 sale of portfolio loans, which was not repeated in 2015. These changes were partially offset by the 2014 cash paid for the Boston Private Bank acquisition of Banyan.
Net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations totaled $667.0 million and $241.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations increased $425.1 million from 2014 to 2015 . The increase in cash provided by financing activities related primarily to a higher net increase in deposits, the increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and the increase in FHLB borrowings. These changes were partially offset by increased dividend payments.
Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations totaled $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to net cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations of $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . Cash flows from operating activities of discontinued operations relate to the ongoing revenue sharing agreement with a divested affiliate.

Capital Resources
Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016 was $768.5 million , compared to $746.6 million at December 31, 2015 , an increase of $21.9 million , or 3% . The increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily the result of net income, and amortization of stock compensation, partially offset by dividends paid, the change in other comprehensive income/ (loss), and the repurchase of common stock.
As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. For example, under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory guidelines. The Bank’s capital and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Similarly, the Company is also subject to capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve with respect to certain non-banking activities, including adjustments in connection with off-balance sheet items.
Effective January 1, 2015, the Company and the Bank adopted the BASEL III regulatory capital framework. Under BASEL III, the Company and the Bank were required to implement a new risk-weighted capital measure Common Equity Tier I (“CETI”) as well as a phased in capital conservation buffer. In addition, capital requirements for all banking organizations were increased. In order to avoid limitations on distributions, including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus

60

Table of Contents




payments to executive officers, a capital conservation buffer must be held above the minimum risk-based capital requirements. The new rules are phased-in through 2019. The Bank and Company were in compliance with all of the requirements of the capital conservation buffer as of December 31, 2016.
To be categorized as “well capitalized”, the Company and the Bank must maintain specified minimum capital ratios. In addition, the Company and the Bank cannot be subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action to be considered “well capitalized”. Both the Company and the Bank maintained capital at levels that would be considered “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2016 under the applicable regulations. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 24: Regulatory Matters” for additional details, including the regulatory capital and capital ratios table.

Contractual Obligations
The schedules below present a detail of the maturities of the Company’s contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2016 . See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes 11 through 13” for terms of borrowing arrangements and interest rates.
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
Less than 1
Year
 
1-3
Years
 
3-5
Years
 
More than 
5 Years
 
(In thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings
$
734,205

 
$
490,271

 
$
169,743

 
$
64,552

 
$
9,639

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
59,624

 
59,624

 

 

 

Federal fund purchased
80,000

 
80,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debentures
106,363

 

 

 

 
106,363

Operating lease obligations
158,212

 
18,553

 
37,176

 
34,786

 
67,697

Deferred compensation and benefits (1)
28,979

 
1,214

 
5,326

 
6,203

 
16,236

Data processing
6,419

 
6,419

 

 

 

Bonus and commissions
11,171

 
11,171

 

 

 

Severance accrual
1,977

 
1,676

 
301

 

 

Other long-term obligations
434

 
257

 
177

 

 

Total contractual obligations at December 31, 2016
$
1,187,384

 
$
669,185

 
$
212,723

 
$
105,541

 
$
199,935

___________
(1)
Includes supplemental executive retirement plans, deferred compensation plan, salary continuation plans, long term incentive plans, and split dollar life insurance.
The amounts below related to commitments to originate loans, unused lines of credit, and standby letters of credit are at the discretion of the client and may never actually be drawn upon. The contractual amount of the Company’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk are as follows:  
 
Payments Due by Period
Total
 
Less than 1
Year
 
1-3
Years
 
3-5
Years
 
More than 
5 Years
 
(In thousands)
Unadvanced portion of loans, unused lines of credit, and commitments to originate loans
$
1,449,400

 
$
645,169

 
$
186,604

 
$
12,713

 
$
604,914

Standby letters of credit
38,391

 
36,602

 
1,765

 
24

 

Forward commitments to sell loans
9,663

 
9,663

 

 

 

Total commitments at December 31, 2016
$
1,497,454

 
$
691,434

 
$
188,369

 
$
12,737

 
$
604,914

 

61

Table of Contents




Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company and its affiliates own equity interests in certain limited partnerships and limited liability companies. Most of these are investment vehicles that are managed by the Company’s investment adviser affiliates. The Company accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting so the total amount of assets and liabilities of the investment partnerships are not included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Impact of Accounting Estimates
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change, in the near term, relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, evaluation of potential impairment of goodwill and other intangibles, and income tax estimates.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.
Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation. See Part II. Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk - Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-04,  Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40) - Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure . The amendments in this update clarify that an in substance foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. The new guidance was effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)  (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 replaces existing revenue recognition standards and expands the disclosure requirements for revenue agreements with customers. Under the new standard, a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration which the company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments such as loans and securities. Therefore, the Company’s net interest income will not be impacted by this new standard. ASU 2014-09 is effective in the first quarter of 2018. Although the Company does not anticipate any material impact of ASU 2014-09, the Company is still assessing the full impact of implementation on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Instruments - Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management must evaluate whether conditions and events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and then whether its plans alleviate that doubt. ASU 2014-15 was effective in 2016 and management performed the required evaluation and concluded that there were no such conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,  Leases (Topic 842) . This ASU update amends current lease accounting and requires all leases, other than short-term leases, to be reported on the balance sheet through the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability for future lease obligations. The amended guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods and will require transition

62

Table of Contents




utilizing a modified retrospective approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The Company expects that this ASU will gross up the assets and liabilities on the balance sheet related to the lease assets and liabilities.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09,  Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This update is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based plans such as income tax consequences, classification of awards as either liabilities or equity on the balance sheet, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those years. Although early adoption is permitted, the Company did not adopt this ASU prior to 2017. The Company does not expect that this ASU will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements although fluctuations in the Company’s stock price between issuance date and settlement date of employee share-based transactions will lead to fluctuations in earnings once this ASU is implemented. In addition, the Company anticipates that certain stock options will expire unexercised, due to being out of the money, and the previous tax benefits will be reversed.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13,  Financial Instruments (Topic 326)  (“ASU 2016-13”). This update is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the amendments in this update replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is available as of the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not plan on adopting early. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) (“ASU 2016-15”). This update is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. The Company does not expect that this ASU will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). This update is the result of the first phase of a two phase project by the FASB to reduce the cost and complexity of the goodwill impairment test. The objective of Phase 1 of the project, which resulted in ASU 2017-04, is to simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Instead, under the amendments in ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. Under the provisions of this update, an entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment, or Step 0 test, for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. This ASU will be effective for any annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company has elected to early adopt this ASU as of January 1, 2017. The adoption of this ASU could increase or decrease the amount of a goodwill impairment charge should any of the Company's reporting units with goodwill fail a Step 1 test in the future, as compared to the amount of a goodwill impairment charge under the existing standards depending on the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets.


63

Table of Contents




ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk
The Company considers interest rate risk to be a significant market risk for the Bank. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a result of changes in interest rates. Consistency in the Company’s earnings is related to the effective management of interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates, and on the degree of fluctuation of investment management fee income due to movements in the bond and equity markets.
Fee income from our Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust businesses is not directly dependent on market interest rates and may provide the Company a relatively stable source of income in varying market interest rate environments. However, this fee income is generally based upon the value of AUM and, therefore, can be significantly affected by changes in the values of equities and bonds. Furthermore, performance fees and partnership income earned by some of the Company’s affiliates, as managers of limited partnerships, are directly dependent upon short-term investment performance that can fluctuate significantly with changes in the capital markets. The Company does not have any trading operations for its own account.
In addition to directly impacting net interest income (“NII”), changes in the level of interest rates can also affect (i) the amount of loans originated and sold by the Company, (ii) the ability of borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans, (iii) the average maturity of loans and mortgage-backed securities, (iv) the rate of amortization of premiums paid on securities and, (v) the amount of unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.
The principal objective of the Bank’s asset/liability management (“ALM”) is to maximize profit potential while minimizing the vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates by means of managing the ratio of interest rate-sensitive assets to interest rate-sensitive liabilities within specified maturities or repricing dates. The Bank’s actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of its Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of members of the Bank’s senior management. This committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that the Bank uses in its financial planning and budgeting process and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. The Bank may utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9: Derivatives and Hedging Activities” for additional information.
ALCO primarily manages interest rate risk by examining detailed simulations that model the impact various interest rate environments may have on NII and which take into account the re-pricing, maturity and prepayment characteristics of individual products and investments. ALCO most directly looks at the impact of parallel ramp scenarios over one-year and two-year horizons in which market interest rates are gradually increased or decreased up to 200 basis points. These particular simulation results, along with longer horizons and other complementary analyses that model interest rate shocks and economic value of equity (“EVE”), are reviewed to determine whether the exposure of NII to interest rate changes is within risk limits set and monitored at both the ALCO and Board levels. While ALCO and ALM practitioners review simulation assumptions to ensure reasonability, future results are not fully predictable. Both market assumptions and the actual re-pricing, maturity, and prepayment characteristics of individual products may differ from the estimates used in the simulations.
The Bank was in compliance with its applicable policy guidelines at all times during the year. ALCO reviews the results with regard to the established tolerance levels and recommends appropriate strategies to manage this exposure .
Model Methodologies
The base model is built as a static balance sheet simulation. Growth and/or contraction are not incorporated into the base model to avoid masking of the inherent interest rate risk in the balance sheet as it stands at a point in time, however, balance sheet adjustments may be incorporated into the model to reflect anticipated changes in certain balance sheet categories.
The model utilizes the FHLB, LIBOR, and Treasury yield curves in effect as of December 31, 2016 . Other market rates used in this analysis include the Prime rate and Federal Funds rate, which were 3.75% and 0.75% respectively, at December 31, 2016. All interest rate changes are assumed to occur in the first 12 months and remain flat thereafter. All market rates are floored at 0.00% (Federal Funds, Treasury yields, LIBOR, FHLB), while the Prime rate is floored at 3.00%. All points on the market yield curves increase/decrease congruently.

64

Table of Contents




The following table presents the estimated impact of interest rate changes on pro-forma NII for the Company over a 12-month period:
 
Twelve months beginning 1/1/2017
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
(In thousands)
Parallel Ramp Up 200 basis points
$
3,745

 
1.74
 %
Down Parallel Ramp 100 basis points
$
(3,073
)
 
(1.43
)%
 
 
 
 
 
Twelve months beginning 1/1/2016
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
(In thousands)
Parallel Ramp Up 200 basis points
$
3,561

 
1.80
 %
Down Parallel Ramp 100 basis points
$
(3,100
)
 
(1.57
)%
The Bank also uses interest rate sensitivity “gap” analysis to provide a general overview of its interest rate risk profile. An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of falling interest rates, a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to affect net interest income adversely.
At December 31, 2016 , the Company’s overall balance sheet was immediately asset-sensitive. The actual ability to reprice certain interest-bearing liabilities depends on other factors in addition to the movement of interest rates. These factors include competitor pricing, the current rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, and alternative products offered in the financial market place. Most importantly, non-maturity deposits do not have a formal re-pricing date and are priced based on management discretion.  They are gapped as re-pricing in 3-6 months when, in fact, they may not. The Bank does not attempt to perfectly match interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities and will selectively mismatch its assets and liabilities to a controlled degree when management considers such a mismatch both appropriate and prudent.
The repricing schedule for the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is measured on a cumulative basis. The simulation analysis is based on expected cash flows and repricing characteristics, and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the impact of changing interest rates on the prepayment speeds of certain assets and liabilities. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

65

Table of Contents




The following table presents the repricing schedule for the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2016 :
 
Within Three
Months
 
Over Three to
Six Months
 
Over Six to
Twelve
Months
 
Over One
Year to Five
Years
 
Over Five
Years
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Interest-earning assets (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing cash
$
71,150

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
71,150

Investment securities
75,984

 
35,220

 
60,311

 
548,511

 
637,185

 
1,357,211

FHLB stock
44,077

 

 

 

 

 
44,077

Loans held for sale (2)
3,464

 

 

 

 

 
3,464

Loans—Fixed rate (5)
157,722

 
141,056

 
210,766

 
1,130,993

 
362,896

 
2,003,433

Loans—Variable rate
1,840,481

 
305,161

 
424,852

 
1,268,818

 
271,609

 
4,110,921

Total interest-earning assets
$
2,192,878

 
$
481,437

 
$
695,929

 
$
2,948,322

 
$
1,271,690

 
$
7,590,256

Interest-bearing liabilities (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings and NOW accounts (4)
$

 
$
652,819

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
652,819

Money market accounts (4) (5)

 
3,102,048

 

 

 

 
3,102,048

Certificates of deposit
140,304

 
73,522

 
213,802

 
149,000

 
3

 
576,631

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 
59,624

 

 

 

 
59,624

Federal funds purchased
80,000

 

 

 

 

 
80,000

FHLB borrowings
422,842

 
8,652

 
59,223

 
234,748

 
8,740

 
734,205

Junior subordinated debentures
103,093

 

 

 

 
3,270

 
106,363

Total interest-bearing liabilities
$
746,239

 
$
3,896,665

 
$
273,025

 
$
383,748

 
$
12,013

 
$
5,311,690

Net interest sensitivity gap during the period
$
1,446,639

 
$
(3,415,228
)
 
$
422,904

 
$
2,564,574

 
$
1,259,677

 
$
2,278,566

Cumulative gap
$
1,446,639

 
$
(1,968,589
)
 
$
(1,545,685
)
 
$
1,018,889

 
$
2,278,566

 
 
Interest-sensitive assets as a percent of interest-sensitive liabilities (cumulative)
293.86
%
 
57.60
 %
 
68.56
 %
 
119.23
%
 
142.90
%
 
 
Cumulative gap as a percent of total assets
18.15
%
 
(24.70
)%
 
(19.39
)%
 
12.78
%
 
28.59
%
 
 
_____________
(1)
Adjustable and floating-rate assets are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than in the period in which they are due, and fixed rate assets are included in the periods in which they are scheduled to mature or have contractual returns of principal. Prepayments of principal based upon standard estimated prepayment speeds are also included in each time period.
(2)
Loans held for sale are typically sold within three months of origination.
(3)
Does not include $1.8 billion of demand accounts because they are non-interest bearing.
(4)
While savings, NOW and money market accounts can be withdrawn any time, management believes they have characteristics that make their effective maturity longer.
(5)
Does not include the economic effect of hedges. Our hedges are designed to protect our net interest income from interest rate changes on certain loans, deposits and borrowings. The interest rate sensitivity table reflects the sensitivity at current interest rates. As a result, the notional amounts of our hedges are not included in the table. For additional information on our Derivatives, see Part II. Item 8. “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 9: Derivatives and Hedging Activities.”
The preceding table does not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on the Company’s net interest income because the repricing of various assets and liabilities is discretionary and is subject to competitive and other factors. As a result, assets and liabilities indicated as repricing within the same period may in fact reprice at different times and at different rates.

66

Table of Contents




ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
106,557

 
$
238,694

Investment securities available-for-sale (amortized cost of $1,283,161 and $1,084,105 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)
1,264,132

 
1,084,510

Investment securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $92,604 and $116,384 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)
93,079

 
116,352

Stock in Federal Home Loan Banks
44,077

 
35,181

Loans held for sale
3,464

 
8,072

Total loans
6,114,354

 
5,719,212

Less: Allowance for loan losses
78,077

 
78,500

Net loans
6,036,277

 
5,640,712

Other real estate owned (“OREO”)
1,690

 
776

Premises and equipment, net
31,827

 
31,036

Goodwill
142,554

 
152,082

Intangible assets, net
26,725

 
33,007

Fees receivable
13,400

 
11,258

Accrued interest receivable
20,479

 
17,950

Deferred income taxes, net
55,460

 
51,699

Other assets
130,753

 
121,179

Total assets
$
7,970,474

 
$
7,542,508

Liabilities:
 
 
 
Deposits
$
6,085,146

 
$
6,040,437

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
59,624

 
58,215

Federal funds purchased
80,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
734,205

 
461,324

Junior subordinated debentures
106,363

 
106,363

Other liabilities
119,683

 
111,468

Total liabilities
7,185,021

 
6,777,807

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
16,972

 
18,088

Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; authorized: 2,000,000 shares; Series D, 6.95% Non-Cumulative Perpetual, issued and outstanding: 50,000 shares at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; liquidation preference: $1,000 per share
47,753

 
47,753

Common stock, $1.00 par value; authorized: 170,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: 83,731,769 shares at December 31, 2016 and 83,410,961 shares at December 31, 2015
83,732

 
83,411

Additional paid-in capital
597,454

 
600,670

Retained earnings/ (accumulated deficit)
47,929

 
12,886

Accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss)
(12,548
)
 
(1,500
)
Total Company’s shareholders’ equity
764,320

 
743,220

Noncontrolling interests
4,161

 
3,393

Total shareholders’ equity
768,481

 
746,613

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and shareholders’ equity
$
7,970,474

 
$
7,542,508

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67

Table of Contents




BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Interest and dividend income:
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
201,349

 
$
192,184

 
$
191,658

Taxable investment securities
6,230

 
4,403

 
3,162

Non-taxable investment securities
5,754

 
4,758

 
3,738

Mortgage-backed securities
12,416

 
10,933

 
6,925

Federal funds sold and other
1,890

 
1,390

 
1,359

Total interest and dividend income
227,639

 
213,668

 
206,842

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
16,571

 
16,002

 
14,102

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
8,008

 
7,959

 
9,108

Junior subordinated debentures
2,427

 
3,875

 
3,872

Repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings
195

 
62

 
59

Total interest expense
27,201

 
27,898

 
27,141

Net interest income
200,438

 
185,770

 
179,701

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
Net interest income after provision/ (credit) for loan losses
207,373

 
187,325

 
186,101

Fees and other income:
 
 
 
 
 
Investment management fees
44,410

 
45,694

 
47,123

Wealth advisory fees
50,581

 
50,437

 
48,082

Wealth management and trust fees
43,980

 
51,309

 
34,582

Other banking fee income
12,050

 
8,440

 
7,033

Gain on sale of loans, net
667

 
1,207

 
2,158

Gain/ (loss) on sale of investments, net
521

 
236

 
(7
)
Gain/ (loss) on OREO, net
306

 
124

 
957

Gain on sale of offices
2,862

 

 

Other
3,410

 
3,722

 
870

Total fees and other income
158,787

 
161,169

 
140,798

Operating expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
163,767

 
159,401

 
146,648

Occupancy and equipment
39,075

 
37,183

 
31,041

Professional services
11,576

 
12,861

 
12,473

Marketing and business development
7,626

 
9,063

 
7,989

Contract services and data processing
7,024

 
6,037

 
5,816

Amortization of intangibles
6,282

 
6,711

 
4,836

Impairment of goodwill
9,528

 

 

FDIC insurance
3,484

 
3,979

 
3,459

Restructuring
2,017

 
3,724

 
739

Other
14,574

 
16,222

 
14,128

Total operating expense
264,953

 
255,181

 
227,129

Income before income taxes
101,207

 
93,313

 
99,770

Income tax expense
30,963

 
30,392

 
32,365

Net income from continuing operations
70,244

 
62,921

 
67,405

Net income from discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net income before attribution to noncontrolling interests
75,785

 
69,332

 
73,565

(Continued)
 
 
 
 
 

68

Table of Contents




 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
4,157

 
4,407

 
4,750

Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

Adjustments to net income attributable to the Company to arrive at net income attributable to common shareholders
(4,063
)
 
(3,011
)
 
(4,000
)
Net income attributable to common shareholders for earnings per share calculation
$
67,565

 
$
61,914

 
$
64,815

Basic earnings per share attributable to common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
From continuing operations:
$
0.76

 
$
0.69

 
$
0.74

From discontinued operations:
$
0.07

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

Total attributable to common shareholders:
$
0.83

 
$
0.77

 
$
0.82

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
81,264,273

 
80,885,253

 
78,921,480

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
From continuing operations:
$
0.74

 
$
0.66

 
$
0.72

From discontinued operations:
$
0.07

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

Total attributable to common shareholders:
$
0.81

 
$
0.74

 
$
0.80

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding
83,209,126

 
83,393,090

 
81,308,144

 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

69

Table of Contents




BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
(11,358
)
 
(1,349
)
 
3,736

Reclassification adjustment for net realized (gain)/ loss included in net income
(331
)
 
(139
)
 
4

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
(11,689
)
 
(1,488
)
 
3,740

Unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges
(461
)
 
(1,554
)
 
(2,009
)
Reclassification adjustment for net realized (gain)/ loss included in net income
979

 
2,354

 
1,849

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges
518

 
800

 
(160
)
Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on other
123

 
(115
)
 
(80
)
Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net of tax
(11,048
)
 
(803
)
 
3,500

Total comprehensive income attributable to the Company, net
$
60,580

 
$
64,122

 
$
72,315

  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


70

Table of Contents




BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings/
(Accumulated
Deficit)
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/
(Loss)
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
Total
 
 
 
(In thousands, except share data)
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
47,753

 
$
79,838

 
$
616,334

 
$
(106,211
)
 
$
(4,197
)
 
$
171

 
$
633,688

Net income attributable to the Company

 

 

 
68,815

 

 

 
68,815

Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net

 

 

 

 
3,500

 

 
3,500

Dividends paid to common shareholders:
$0.32 per share

 

 
(25,829
)
 

 

 

 
(25,829
)
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders

 

 
(3,475
)
 

 

 

 
(3,475
)
Issuance of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
215

 
215

Net proceeds from issuance of:


 


 


 


 


 


 


1,801,446 shares of common stock

 
1,801

 
20,463

 

 

 

 
22,264

1,344,808 shares of incentive stock grants, net of 125,658 shares canceled or forfeited and 128,003 shares withheld for employee taxes

 
1,091

 
(2,700
)
 

 

 

 
(1,609
)
Amortization of stock compensation and employee stock purchase plan

 

 
6,239

 

 

 

 
6,239

Stock options exercised

 
232

 
1,575

 

 

 

 
1,807

Tax savings/ (deficiency) from certain stock compensation awards

 

 
1,294

 

 

 

 
1,294

Other equity adjustments

 

 
(2,998
)
 

 

 

 
(2,998
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
47,753

 
$
82,962

 
$
610,903

 
$
(37,396
)
 
$
(697
)
 
$
386

 
$
703,911

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
47,753

 
$
82,962

 
$
610,903

 
$
(37,396
)
 
$
(697
)
 
$
386

 
$
703,911

Net income attributable to the Company

 

 

 
64,925

 

 

 
64,925

Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net

 

 

 

 
(803
)
 

 
(803
)
Dividends paid to common shareholders: $0.36 per share

 

 
(16,703
)
 
(12,905
)
 

 

 
(29,608
)
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders

 

 
(1,737
)
 
(1,738
)
 

 

 
(3,475
)
Issuance of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
3,007

 
3,007

Net proceeds from issuance of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
138,463 shares of common stock

 
138

 
1,437

 

 

 

 
1,575

738,025 shares of incentive stock grants, net of 408,638 shares canceled or forfeited and 168,490 shares withheld for employee taxes

 
161

 
(2,251
)
 

 

 

 
(2,090
)
Amortization of stock compensation and employee stock purchase plan

 

 
9,820

 

 

 

 
9,820

Stock options exercised

 
150

 
1,056

 

 

 

 
1,206

Tax savings/ (deficiency) from certain stock compensation awards

 

 
(1,262
)
 

 

 

 
(1,262
)
Other equity adjustments

 

 
(593
)
 

 

 

 
(593
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
47,753

 
$
83,411

 
$
600,670

 
$
12,886

 
$
(1,500
)
 
$
3,393

 
$
746,613

(Continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

71

Table of Contents




 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings/
(Accumulated
Deficit)
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/
(Loss)
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
Total
 
 
 
(In thousands, except share data)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
47,753

 
$
83,411

 
$
600,670

 
$
12,886

 
$
(1,500
)
 
$
3,393

 
$
746,613

Net income attributable to the Company

 

 

 
71,628

 

 

 
71,628

Other comprehensive income/ (loss), net

 

 

 

 
(11,048
)
 

 
(11,048
)
Dividends paid to common shareholders:
$0.40 per share

 

 

 
(33,110
)
 

 

 
(33,110
)
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders

 

 

 
(3,475
)
 

 

 
(3,475
)
Issuance of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
768

 
768

Repurchase of 785,542 shares of common stock

 
(786
)
 
(8,537
)
 

 

 

 
(9,323
)
Net proceeds from issuance of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
165,934 shares of common stock

 
166

 
1,413

 

 

 

 
1,579

599,673 shares of incentive stock grants, net of 343,929 shares canceled or forfeited and 63,235 shares withheld for employee taxes

 
193

 
(930
)
 

 

 

 
(737
)
Conversion of warrants

 
517

 
(517
)
 

 

 

 

Amortization of stock compensation and employee stock purchase plan

 

 
4,112

 

 

 

 
4,112

Stock options exercised

 
231

 
1,494

 

 

 

 
1,725

Tax savings/ (deficiency) from certain stock compensation awards

 

 
(620
)
 

 

 

 
(620
)
Other equity adjustments

 

 
369

 

 

 

 
369

Balance at December 31, 2016
$
47,753

 
$
83,732

 
$
597,454

 
$
47,929

 
$
(12,548
)
 
$
4,161

 
$
768,481


  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


72

Table of Contents




BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

Adjustments to arrive at net income from continuing operations
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
4,157

 
4,407

 
4,750

Net pre-tax gain from operating activities of discontinued operations
(9,452
)
 
(11,234
)
 
(11,258
)
Tax expense from discontinued operations
3,911

 
4,823

 
5,098

Net income from continuing operations
70,244

 
62,921

 
67,405

Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
23,441

 
22,187

 
19,378

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
(4,157
)
 
(4,407
)
 
(4,750
)
Equity issued as compensation
4,112

 
9,820

 
6,239

Impairment of goodwill
9,528

 

 

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
Loans originated for sale
(80,539
)
 
(153,445
)
 
(71,858
)
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale
85,814

 
153,679

 
71,440

Gain on sale of offices
(2,862
)
 

 

Deferred income tax expense/ (benefit)
2,777

 
(4,575
)
 
5,058

Net decrease/ (increase) in other operating activities
(817
)
 
2,852

 
14,387

Net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities of continuing operations
100,606

 
87,477

 
100,899

Net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities
106,147

 
93,888

 
107,059

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases
(422,315
)
 
(506,529
)
 
(335,404
)
Sales
50,049

 
34,160

 
6,450

Maturities, redemptions, and principal payments
165,768

 
208,467

 
190,926

Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases

 

 
(48,835
)
Principal payments
22,522

 
23,741

 
19,263

(Investments)/ distributions in trusts, net
(508
)
 
(165
)
 
(385
)
(Purchase)/ redemption of Federal Home Loan Banks stock
(8,896
)
 
(2,900
)
 
6,331

Net increase in portfolio loans
(403,670
)
 
(452,675
)
 
(221,256
)
Proceeds from recoveries of loans previously charged-off
10,461

 
6,253

 
11,163

Proceeds from sale of OREO
1,337

 
277

 
1,102

Proceeds from sale of portfolio loans

 

 
58,568

Distributions related to sale of offices
(98,517
)
 

 

Capital expenditures, net of sale proceeds
(9,011
)
 
(5,419
)
 
(9,705
)
Cash received from dispositions, net of cash divested/ (cash paid for acquisitions, including cash paid for deferred acquisition obligations, net of cash acquired)

 

 
(44,845
)
Cash provided by/ (used in) other investing activities of continuing operations

 

 
(1,601
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) investing activities—continuing operations
(692,780
)
 
(694,790
)
 
(368,228
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) investing activities—discontinued operations

 

 

Net cash provided by/ (used in) investing activities
(692,780
)
 
(694,790
)
 
(368,228
)
(Continued)
 
 
 
 
 

73

Table of Contents




 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
148,303

 
586,558

 
343,509

Net (decrease)/ increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other
1,409

 
27,719

 
(71,857
)
Net (decrease)/ increase in short-term Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
310,000

 
40,000

 
10,000

Net increase/ (decrease) in federal funds purchased
80,000

 

 

Advances of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
134,779

 
123,636

 
55,000

Repayments of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
(171,898
)
 
(72,462
)
 
(62,104
)
Repurchase of common stock
(9,323
)
 

 

Dividends paid to common shareholders
(33,110
)
 
(29,608
)
 
(25,829
)
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
Tax savings/ (deficiency) from certain stock compensation awards
(620
)
 
(1,262
)
 
1,294

Proceeds from stock option exercises
1,725

 
1,206

 
1,807

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
842

 
(515
)
 
(353
)
Distributions paid to noncontrolling interests
(4,054
)
 
(4,611
)
 
(4,426
)
Other equity adjustments
(82
)
 
(199
)
 
(1,669
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities—continuing operations
454,496

 
666,987

 
241,897

Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities—discontinued operations

 

 

Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities
454,496

 
666,987

 
241,897

Net increase/ (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(132,137
)
 
66,085

 
(19,272
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
238,694

 
172,609

 
191,881

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
106,557

 
$
238,694

 
$
172,609

Supplementary schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
$
27,415

 
$
27,749

 
$
30,043

Cash paid for income taxes, net of (refunds received)
33,078

 
33,318

 
30,072

Change in unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale, net of tax
(11,689
)
 
(1,488
)
 
3,740

Change in unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of tax
518

 
800

 
(160
)
Change in unrealized gain/ (loss) on other, net of tax
123

 
(115
)
 
(80
)
Non-cash transactions:
 
 
 
 
 
Loans transferred into/ (out of) held for sale from/ (to) portfolio, net

 

 
56,967

Loans charged-off
(3,949
)
 
(2,036
)
 
(5,296
)
Loans transferred into/ (out of) other real estate owned from/ (to) held for sale or portfolio
1,944

 

 
298

Reversal of contingent consideration into income

 
2,026

 

Equity issued for acquisitions, including deferred acquisition obligations

 

 
21,007


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


74

Table of Contents
BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or “BPFH”), is a bank holding company (the “Holding Company”) with four reportable segments: Private Banking, Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory.
The Private Banking segment is comprised of the banking operations of Boston Private Bank & Trust Company (the “Bank” or “Boston Private Bank”), a trust company chartered by The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Boston Private Bank currently operates in three geographic markets: New England, the San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California.
In June 2016, the Bank entered into a definitive agreement to sell two of its offices in the Southern California market, located in Granada Hills and Burbank, California. The transaction closed in November 2016 and the Bank recognized a gain on sale of $2.9 million . The rationale for the sale was to better position the Company’s resources within the Southern California market.
The Wealth Management and Trust segment is comprised of the operations of Boston Private Wealth LLC (“Boston Private Wealth”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Boston Private Bank, and the trust operations of Boston Private Bank. The segment offers investment management, wealth management, family office, and trust services to individuals, families, and institutions. The Wealth Management and Trust segment operates in New England; South Florida; California; Madison, Wisconsin; and the Washington, D.C. area.
The Investment Management segment has two consolidated affiliates, Dalton, Greiner, Hartman, Maher & Co., LLC (“DGHM”) and Anchor Capital Advisors, LLC (“Anchor”) (together, the “Investment Managers”).
The Wealth Advisory segment has two consolidated affiliates, KLS Professional Advisors Group, LLC (“KLS”) and Bingham, Osborn & Scarborough, LLC (“BOS”) (together, the “Wealth Advisors” and, together with the Wealth Management and Trust and Investment Management segments, the “Wealth and Investment” businesses).
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation, and the portion of income allocated to owners other than the Company is included in “Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests” in the consolidated statements of operations. Redeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheets reflect the maximum redemption value of agreements with other owners. All accounts related to divested affiliates are included within the results of discontinued operations for all periods presented.
The financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S.”) (“GAAP”). Reclassifications of amounts in prior years’ consolidated financial statements are made whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation.
Use of Estimates
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change, in the near term, relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, evaluation of potential impairment of goodwill and other intangibles, and income tax estimates.

75

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of the Company’s activities are with clients within the New England, the San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California regions of the country. The Company does not believe it has any significant concentrations in any one industry, geographic location, or with any one client. Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4: Investment Securities,” highlights the types of securities in which the Company invests, and Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 5: Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality,” describes the concentration of the Private Banking loan data based on the location of the lender.
Statement of Cash Flows
For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities with 90 days or less, to be cash equivalents.
Cash and Due from Banks
The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances in an account with the Federal Reserve based upon a percentage of certain deposits. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the daily amounts required to be held in the aggregate for the Bank were $5.0 million and $4.6 million , respectively.
Investment Securities
Available-for-sale investment securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses credited or charged, net of the estimated tax effect, to accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss). Held-to-maturity investment securities are those which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are reported at amortized cost.
Premiums and discounts on the investment securities are amortized or accreted into net interest income by the level-yield method. Gains and losses on the sale of the available-for-sale investments are recognized at the trade date on a specific identification basis. Dividend and interest income is recognized when earned and is recorded on the accrual basis.
The Company conducts a quarterly review and evaluation of its investment securities to determine if the decline in fair value of a security below its amortized cost is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Other-than-temporary impairment losses are recognized on securities when: (i) the holder has an intention to sell the security; (ii) it is more likely than not that the security will be required to be sold prior to recovery; or (iii) the holder does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary losses are reflected in earnings as a charge against gain on sale of investments, net, to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss). The Company has no intention to sell any securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 nor is it more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell such securities prior to the recovery of the unrealized losses. As of December 31, 2016 , the Company believes that all impairments of investment securities are temporary in nature. No other-than-temporary impairment losses were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 .
Loans Held for Sale
Loans originated and held for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Fair value is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices. Unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Loans transferred to the held for sale category from the loan portfolio are transferred at the lower of cost or fair value, usually as determined at the individual loan level. If fair value is less than cost, then a charge for the difference will be made to the allowance for loan losses if the decline in value is due to credit issues. Gains or losses on the sale of loans are recognized at the time of sale on a specific identification basis. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis when earned.

76

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Loans
Loans are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of participations, deferred loan origination fees and costs, charge-offs, and interest payments applied to principal on nonaccrual loans. Loan origination fees, net of related direct incremental loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized into income over the contractual lives of the related loans as an adjustment to the loan yield, using the level-yield method. If a loan is paid off prior to maturity, the unamortized portion of net fees/cost is recognized into interest income. If a loan is sold, the unamortized portion of net fees/cost is recognized at the time of sale as a component of the gain or loss on sale of loans.
When the Company analyzes its loan portfolio to determine the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses, it categorizes the loans by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable based on the similarities in risk characteristics for the loans. The Company has determined that its portfolio segments and classes of financing receivables are one and the same, with the exception of the commercial and industrial portfolio segment, which consists of other commercial and industrial loans and commercial tax exempt loans. The level at which the Company develops and documents its allowance for loan loss methodology is consistent with the grouping of financing receivables based upon initial measurement attributes, risk characteristics, and the Company’s method for monitoring and assessing credit risks. These portfolio segments and classes of financing receivables are:
Commercial and industrial (portfolio segment)
Other commercial and industrial loans (class of financing receivable) - Commercial and industrial loans include working capital and revolving lines of credit, term loans for equipment and fixed assets, and Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans.
Commercial tax exempt loans (class of financing receivable) - Commercial tax exempt loans include loans to not-for-profit private schools, colleges, and public charter schools.
Commercial real estate (segment and class) - Commercial real estate loans are generally acquisition financing for commercial properties such as office buildings, retail properties, apartment buildings, and industrial/warehouse space. In addition, tax exempt commercial real estate loans are provided for affordable housing development and rehabilitation. These loans are often supplemented with federal, state, and/or local subsidies.
Construction and land (segment and class) - Construction and land loans include loans for financing of new developments as well as financing for improvements to existing buildings.
Residential mortgage (segment and class) - Residential mortgage loans consist of loans secured by single-family and one- to four- unit properties in excess of the amount eligible for purchase by the Federal National Mortgage Association, which was $417 thousand at December 31, 2016 for the “General” limit and $523 thousand to $626 thousand for single-family properties for the “High-Cost” limit, depending on which specific geographic region of the Bank’s primary market areas the loan was originated. While the Bank has no minimum size for mortgage loans, it concentrates its origination activities in the “Jumbo” segment of the market.
Home equity (segment and class) - Home equity loans consist of balances outstanding on second mortgages and home equity lines of credit extended to individual clients. Personal lines of credit are typically for high net worth clients whose assets may not be liquid due to investments or closely held stock. The amount of home equity loans typically depends on client demand.
Consumer and other (segment and class) - Consumer and other loans consist of balances outstanding on consumer loans including personal lines of credit, and loans arising from overdraft protection extended to individual and business clients. Personal lines of credit are typically for high net worth clients whose assets may not be liquid due to investments or closely held stock. The amount of consumer and other loans typically depends on client demand.
The past due status of a loan is determined in accordance with its contractual repayment terms. All portfolio segments are reported past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more.
The Bank’s policy is to discontinue the accrual of interest on a loan when the collectability of principal or interest is in doubt. When management determines that it is probable that the Bank will not collect all principal and interest on a loan in accordance with the original loan terms, the loan is designated as impaired. Impaired loans are usually commercial loans or construction and land loans, for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, and all loans restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. Accrual of interest income

77

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


is discontinued and all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income when a loan is initially classified as nonaccrual. Generally, interest received on nonaccrual loans is applied against principal or, on a limited basis, reported as interest income on a cash basis, when according to management’s judgment, the collectability of principal is reasonably assured. The Bank’s general policy for returning a loan to accrual status requires the loan to be brought current, for the client to show a history of making timely payments (generally six consecutive months), and when the financial position of the borrower and other relevant factors indicate there is no longer doubt as to the collectability of the loan.
The Bank’s loan commitments are generally short-term in nature with terms that are primarily variable. Given the limited interest rate exposure posed by the commitments, the Bank estimates the fair value of these commitments to be immaterial.
Credit Quality Indicators
The Bank uses a risk rating system to monitor the credit quality of its loan portfolio. Loan classifications are assessments made by the Bank of the status of the loans based on the facts and circumstances known to the Bank, including management’s judgment, at the time of assessment. Some or all of these classifications may change in the future if there are unexpected changes in the financial condition of the borrower, including but not limited to, changes resulting from continuing deterioration in general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Bank operates adversely affecting, among other things, real estate values. Such conditions, as well as other factors which adversely affect borrowers’ ability to service or repay loans, typically result in changes in loan default and charge-off rates, and increased provisions for loan losses, which would adversely affect the Company’s financial performance and financial condition. These circumstances are not entirely foreseeable and, as a result, it may not be possible to accurately reflect them in the Company’s analysis of credit risk. Generally, only commercial loans, including commercial real estate, other commercial and industrial loans, commercial tax exempt loans, and construction and land loans, are given a numerical grade.
A summary of the rating system used by the Bank follows:
Pass - All loans graded as pass are considered acceptable credit quality by the Bank and are grouped for purposes of calculating the allowance for loan losses. For residential, home equity, and consumer loans, the Bank classifies loans as pass unless there is known information such as delinquency or client requests for modifications which, due to financial difficulty, would then generally result in a risk rating such as special mention or more severe depending on the factors.
Special Mention - Loans rated in this category are defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the Bank’s credit position. These loans are currently protected but have the potential to deteriorate to a substandard rating. For commercial loans, the borrower’s financial performance may be inconsistent or below forecast, creating the possibility of liquidity problems and shrinking debt service coverage. In loans having this rating, the primary source of repayment is still good, but there is increasing reliance on collateral or guarantor support. Collectability of the loan is not yet in jeopardy. In particular, loans in this category are considered more variable than other categories, since they will typically migrate through categories more quickly.
Substandard - Loans rated in this category are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. A substandard credit has a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Substandard loans may be either still accruing or nonaccruing depending upon the severity of the risk and other factors such as the value of the collateral, if any, and past due status.
Doubtful - Loans rated in this category indicate that collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, is highly questionable and improbable. Loans in this category are usually on nonaccrual and classified as impaired.
Restructured Loans
When the Bank, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to a troubled borrower that it would not otherwise consider, the loan is classified as a restructured loan pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 470, Debt . The concession either stems from an agreement between the creditor and the Bank or is imposed by law or a court. The concessions may include:
Deferral of principal and/or interest payments
Lower interest rate as compared to a new loan with comparable risk and terms

78

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Extension of the maturity date
Reduction in the principal balance owed
All loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring, including commercial, residential, and consumer, are evaluated for impairment under ASC 310, Receivables .
Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual status for a period of at least six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered when assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of the restructuring or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.
A loan may be removed from a restructured classification after the next fiscal year end, if the restructured terms include a market interest rate and the borrower has demonstrated performance with the restructured terms.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) is an estimate of the inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio as of the consolidated balance sheet dates. Management estimates the level of the allowance based on all relevant information available. Changes to the required level in the allowance result in either a provision for loan loss expense, if an increase is required, or a credit to the provision, if a decrease is required. Loan losses are charged to the allowance when available information confirms that specific loans, or portions thereof, are uncollectible. Recoveries on loans previously charged-off are credited to the allowance when received in cash.
The Company’s allowance is accounted for in accordance with guidance issued by various regulatory agencies, including: the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (December 2006); Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 102, Selected Loan Loss Methodology and Documentation Issues ; ASC 310; and ASC 450, Contingencies .
The allowance consists of three primary components: general reserves on pass graded loans, allocated reserves on non-impaired special mention and substandard loans, and the specific reserves on impaired loans. The calculation of the allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and estimates designed to reflect the inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio at the measurement date.
General reserves are calculated for each loan pool consisting of pass graded loans segregated by portfolio segment, by applying estimated net loss percentages based upon the Bank’s actual historical net charge-offs and, adjusted as appropriate, on a consistent manner based upon consideration of qualitative factors to arrive at a total loss factor for each portfolio segment. The rationale for qualitative adjustments is to more accurately reflect the current inherent risk of loss in the respective portfolio segments than would be determined through the sole consideration of the Bank’s actual historical net charge-off rates. The numerical factors assigned to each qualitative factor are based upon observable data, if applicable, as well as management’s analysis and judgment. The qualitative factors considered by the Company include:
Volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual, and adversely graded loans,
Volume and terms of loans,
Concentrations of credit,
Management’s experience, as well as loan underwriting and loan review policy and procedures,
Economic and business conditions impacting the Bank’s loan portfolio, as well as consideration of collateral values, and
External factors, including consideration of loss factor trends, competition, and legal and regulatory requirements.
The Bank makes an independent determination of the applicable loss rate for these factors based on relevant local market conditions, credit quality, and portfolio mix. Each quarter, management reviews the loss factors to determine if there have been any changes in its loan portfolio, market conditions, or other risk indicators which would result in a change to the current loss factor.

79

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Allocated reserves on non-impaired special mention and substandard loans reflect management’s assessment of increased risk of losses associated with these types of adversely graded loans. An allocated reserve is assigned to these pools of loans based upon management’s consideration of the credit attributes of individual loans within each pool of loans, including consideration of loan to value ratios, past due status, strength and willingness of the guarantors, and other relevant attributes, as well as the qualitative factors considered for the general reserve as discussed above. These considerations are determined separately for each type of portfolio segment. The allocated reserves are a multiple of the general reserve for each respective portfolio segments, with a greater multiple for loans with increased risk ( i.e. , special mention loans versus substandard loans).
A loan is considered impaired in accordance with ASC 310 when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the loan, expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, impairment may be determined based upon the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell, if the loan is “collateral dependent.” A loan is collateral dependent if repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral or sale of the underlying collateral. For collateral dependent loans, appraisals are generally used to determine the fair value. When a collateral dependent loan becomes impaired, an updated appraisal of the collateral is obtained, if appropriate. Appraised values are generally discounted for factors such as the Bank’s intention to liquidate the property quickly in a foreclosure sale or the date when the appraisal was performed if the Bank believes that collateral values have declined since the date the appraisal was done. The Bank may use a broker opinion of value in addition to an appraisal to validate the appraised value. In certain instances, the Bank may consider broker opinions of value as well as other qualitative factors while an appraisal is being prepared.
If the loan is deemed to be collateral dependent, generally the difference between the book balance (client balance less any prior charge-offs or client interest payments applied to principal) and the fair value of the collateral is taken as a partial charge-off through the allowance for loan losses in the current period. If the loan is not determined to be collateral dependent, then a specific allocation to the general reserve is established for the difference between the book balance of the loan and the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Charge-offs for loans not considered to be collateral dependent are made when it is determined a loss has been incurred. Impaired loans are removed from the general loan pools. There may be instances where the loan is considered impaired although based on the fair value of underlying collateral or the discounted expected future cash flows there is no impairment to be recognized. In addition, all loans which are classified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are considered impaired.
In addition to the three primary components of the allowance for loan losses discussed above (general reserve, allocated reserves on non-impaired special mention and substandard loans, and the specific reserves on impaired loans), the Bank may also maintain an insignificant amount of additional allowance for loan losses (the unallocated allowance for loan losses). The unallocated reserve reflects the fact that the allowance for loan losses is an estimate and contains a certain amount of imprecision risk. It represents risks identified by Management that are not already captured in the qualitative factors discussed above. The unallocated allowance for loan losses is not considered significant by the Company and will remain at zero unless additional risk is identified.
While this evaluation process utilizes historical and other objective information, the classification of loans and the establishment of the allowance for loan losses rely to a great extent on the judgment and experience of management. While management evaluates currently available information in establishing the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review a financial institution’s allowance for loan losses as well as loan grades/classifications. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses or increases to adversely graded loans based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
Reserve for Unfunded Loan Commitments
The Company maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments for such items as unused portion of lines of credit and unadvanced construction loans. The reserve is maintained at a level that reflects the risk in these various commitments. Management determines the reserve percentages on a quarterly basis based on a percentage of the current historical loss rates for these portfolios. Once a loan commitment is funded, the reserve for unfunded loan commitment is reversed and a corresponding allowance for loan loss reserve is established. This unfunded loan commitment reserve is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other operating expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

80

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)
OREO is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure in partial or total satisfaction of certain loans. Properties are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan at the time of acquisition or the fair value, as established by a current appraisal, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, less estimated costs to sell. Any decline in fair value compared to the carrying value of a property at the time of acquisition is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent valuation adjustments to reflect declines in current fair value, as well as gains or losses on disposition are reported in gain/(loss) on OREO, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Expenses incurred for holding or maintaining OREO properties such as real estate taxes, utilities, and insurance are charged as incurred to other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Rental income earned, although generally minimal, is offset against other operating expenses.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment consists of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, equipment, art, buildings, and land. Equipment consists primarily of computer equipment. Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the terms of the leases, if shorter, for leasehold improvements. The estimated useful lives for leasehold improvements and buildings are 5-15 years and 40 years, respectively. The estimated useful life for furniture and fixtures is 2-10 years and is 3-5 years for computer equipment. The costs of improvements that extend the life of an asset are capitalized, while the cost of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Neither land nor art is depreciated.
Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment
The Company allocates the cost of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Other intangible assets identified in acquisitions generally consist of advisory contracts, trade names, and non-compete agreements. The value attributed to advisory contracts is based on the time period over which they are expected to generate economic benefits. The advisory contracts are generally amortized over 8-15 years, depending on the contract. Trade names are not amortized.
Long-lived intangible assets are subject to the impairment provisions of ASC 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“ASC 360”). Long-lived intangible assets are tested for recoverability by comparing the net carrying value of the asset or asset group to the undiscounted net cash flows to be generated from the use and eventual disposition of that asset (asset group) when events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its net undiscounted cash flows, then an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, determined based upon the discounted value of the expected cash flows generated by the asset. The intangible impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level, and each affiliate with goodwill and/or intangible assets is considered a reporting unit for goodwill and intangible impairment testing purposes.
The excess of the purchase price for acquisitions over the fair value of the net assets acquired, including other intangible assets, is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, defined as the affiliate level, at least annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently when events or circumstances occur that indicate that it is more likely than not that an impairment has occurred, based on the guidance in ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). Goodwill impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In accordance with ASC 350, intangible assets with an indefinite useful economic life are not amortized, but are subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts are impaired.
An entity may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill (“Step 0”). In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an entity assesses relevant events and circumstances, such as the following:
Macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic conditions, limitations on accessing capital, or other developments in equity and credit markets.
Industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which an entity operates, an increased competitive environment, a decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics (consider in both absolute terms and relative to peers), a change in the market for an entity’s products or services, or a regulatory or political development.

81

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. 
Other relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers; contemplation of bankruptcy; or litigation.  
Events affecting a reporting unit such as a change in the composition or carrying amount of its net assets, a more-likely-than-not expectation of selling or disposing all, or a portion, of a reporting unit, the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit, or recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial statements of a subsidiary that is a component of a reporting unit. 
If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances such as those described in the preceding paragraph, an entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the first and second steps of the goodwill impairment test, as described below, are unnecessary.
Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit. Significant judgment is applied when goodwill is assessed for impairment. This judgment includes developing cash flow projections, selecting appropriate discount rates, identifying relevant market comparables, incorporating general economic and market conditions, and selecting an appropriate control premium. The selection and weighting of the various fair value techniques may result in a higher or lower fair value. Judgment is applied in determining the weightings that are most representative of fair value.
The first step (“Step 1”) of impairment testing requires a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to carrying value to identify potential impairment. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the second step of the impairment test (“Step 2”) is completed to measure the amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill impairment loss, if any.
The fair value of the reporting unit is determined using generally accepted approaches to valuation commonly referred to as the income approach, market approach, and cost approach. Within each category, a variety of methodologies exist to assist in the estimation of fair value. Generally a valuation consultant will be engaged to assist with the valuation.
BPFH has three reportable segments that have goodwill: Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory. Boston Private Wealth is the only reporting unit within the Wealth Management and Trust segment. Anchor and DGHM are the reporting units within the Investment Management segment. DGHM does not have any remaining goodwill. BOS and KLS are the reporting units within the Wealth Advisory segment. Because discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of Anchor, KLS, and BOS, they are all considered reporting units.
For the reporting units within the Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust segments, the Company utilizes both the income and market approaches to determine fair value of the reporting units. The income approach is primarily based on discounted cash flows derived from assumptions of income statement activity. For the market approach, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and revenue multiples of comparable companies are selected and applied to the financial services reporting unit’s applicable metrics.
The aggregate fair values of the reporting units are compared to market capitalization as an assessment of the appropriateness of the fair value measurements. A control premium analysis is performed to determine whether the implied control premium was within range of overall control premiums observed in the market place.
Step 2 of impairment testing is necessary only if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Step 2 requires an assignment of the reporting unit’s fair value to the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, using the acquisition method accounting guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill to determine the goodwill impairment loss to be recognized, if any.
If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized for the excess (i.e., recorded goodwill must be written down to the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill). After a goodwill impairment loss for a reporting unit is measured and recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill becomes the new accounting basis for that goodwill.

82

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Income Tax Estimates
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). The deferred tax assets and/or liabilities are determined by multiplying the differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting basis for assets and liabilities by the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such differences are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes for a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense/ (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets are estimated based on our assessment of the realizability of such amounts. Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and, in particular, any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets.
In accordance with ASC 740, deferred tax assets are to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of the tax benefit depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carry-back and carry-forward periods.
Management considered the following items in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance:
Cumulative pre-tax income, as adjusted for permanent book-to-tax differences, during the 2014 through 2016 period.
Deferred tax assets are expected to reverse in periods when there will be taxable income.
The Company projects sufficient future taxable income to be generated by operations during the available carryforward period.
Certain tax planning strategies are available, such as reducing investments in tax-exempt securities.
The Company has not had any operating loss or tax credit carryovers expiring unused in recent years.
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2016 will be realized based upon the ability to generate future taxable income, as well as the availability of current and historical taxable income. The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2015 is net of a valuation allowance for capital losses. Capital losses are deductible to the extent of offsetting capital gains and the Company did not anticipate that it would generate capital gains before the capital losses expired. Therefore, the Company had recorded a valuation allowance on capital losses in excess of capital gains as of December 31, 2015 . The Company does not have any capital losses in excess of capital gains as of December 31, 2016.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company records derivatives on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. Derivatives used to hedge exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives used to hedge exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges.
For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is initially reported in other comprehensive income/ (loss) (a component of shareholders’ equity), net of tax, and subsequently reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings, and the ineffective portion, if any, of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. The Company assesses the effectiveness of each hedging relationship by comparing the changes in cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument with the changes in cash flows of the designated hedged transactions.
For derivatives designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in earnings together with the changes in the fair value of the related hedged item. Therefore, the net amount, if any, representing hedge ineffectiveness, is reflected in earnings.

83

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Investment Management, Wealth Advisory, and Wealth Management and Trust Fees
The Company generates fee income from providing wealth management, investment management and wealth advisory services through the Wealth and Investment businesses and from providing trust services to its clients at the Bank. Investment management fees are generally based upon the value of assets under management and are billed monthly, quarterly, or annually. Asset-based advisory fees are recognized as services are rendered and are based upon a percentage of the fair value of client assets managed. Certain wealth advisory fees are not asset-based and are negotiated individually with clients. Any fees collected in advance are deferred and recognized as income over the period earned. Performance-based advisory fees are generally assessed as a percentage of the investment performance realized on a client’s account, generally over an annual period, and are not recognized until any contingencies in the contract that could require the performance fee to be reduced have been eliminated.
Assets under management and advisory (“AUM”) at the Company’s consolidated affiliates are not included in the consolidated financial statements since they are held in a fiduciary or agency capacity and are not assets of the Company.
Stock-Based Incentive Plans
At December 31, 2016 , the Company has three stock-based incentive compensation plans. These plans encourage and enable the officers, employees, and non-employee directors of the Company to acquire an interest in the Company. The Company accounts for share-based awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation . Costs resulting from the issuance of such share-based payment awards are required to be recognized in the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of the award. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.
Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income/ (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock warrants, non-participating performance-based restricted stock, certain time-based restricted stock, and stock options, among others) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares could consist of: stock options, performance-based restricted stock, time-based restricted stock not participating in common stock dividends, warrants or other dilutive securities, and conversion of the convertible trust preferred securities. Additionally, when dilutive, interest expense (net of tax) related to the convertible trust preferred securities is added back to net income attributable to common shareholders. The calculation of diluted EPS excludes the potential dilution of common shares and the inclusion of any related expenses if the effect is antidilutive.
Unvested time-based restricted stock issued prior to 2013, which includes the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends, is considered to participate with common stock in undistributed earnings for purposes of computing EPS. Companies such as BPFH that have such participating securities are required to calculate basic EPS using the two-class method and diluted EPS using the more dilutive amount resulting from the application of either the two-class method or the if-converted method. Calculations of basic and diluted EPS under the two-class method (i) exclude from the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities, and (ii) exclude from the denominator the dilutive impact of the participating securities. Calculations of EPS under the if-converted method (i) include in the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities, and (ii) include the dilutive impact of the participating securities using the treasury stock method.
In 2013, the Company adjusted its time-based restricted stock grant agreements so that dividends would be accumulated and paid only upon vesting, only as to the amount of shares that vest. As a result of this adjustment, time-based restricted stock granted in or after 2013 no longer contains a right to receive non-forfeitable dividends, and therefore is not considered a participating security for purposes of the EPS calculation. Time-based restricted stock issued prior to 2013 was not modified and was still considered a participating security until it vested or was forfeited or canceled. All remaining time-based restricted stock issued prior to 2013 was fully vested, forfeited, or canceled during 2016.
For the calculation of the Company’s EPS, see Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 16: Earnings Per Share.”

84

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-04,  Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40) - Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure . The amendments in this update clarify that an in substance foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. The new guidance was effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)  (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 replaces existing revenue recognition standards and expands the disclosure requirements for revenue agreements with customers. Under the new standard, a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration which the company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments such as loans and securities. Therefore, the Company’s net interest income will not be impacted by this new standard. ASU 2014-09 is effective in the first quarter of 2018. Although the Company does not anticipate any material impact of ASU 2014-09, the Company is still assessing the full impact of implementation on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Instruments - Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management must evaluate whether conditions and events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and then whether its plans alleviate that doubt. ASU 2014-15 was effective in 2016 and management performed the required evaluation and concluded that there were no such conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,  Leases (Topic 842) . This ASU update amends current lease accounting and requires all leases, other than short-term leases, to be reported on the balance sheet through the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability for future lease obligations. The amended guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods and will require transition utilizing a modified retrospective approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The Company expects that this ASU will gross up the assets and liabilities on the balance sheet related to the lease assets and liabilities.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09,  Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This update is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based plans such as income tax consequences, classification of awards as either liabilities or equity on the balance sheet, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those years. Although early adoption is permitted, the Company did not adopt this ASU prior to 2017. The Company does not expect that this ASU will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements although fluctuations in the Company’s stock price between issuance date and settlement date of employee share-based transactions will lead to fluctuations in earnings once this ASU is implemented. In addition, the Company anticipates that certain stock options will expire unexercised, due to being out of the money, and the previous tax benefits will be reversed.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13,  Financial Instruments (Topic 326)  (“ASU 2016-13”). This update is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the amendments in this update replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is available as of the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not plan on adopting early. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) (“ASU 2016-15”). This update is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a

85

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


retrospective transition method. The Company does not expect that this ASU will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). This update is the result of the first phase of a two phase project by the FASB to reduce the cost and complexity of the goodwill impairment test. The objective of Phase 1 of the project, which resulted in ASU 2017-04, is to simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Instead, under the amendments in ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. Under the provisions of this update, an entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment, or Step 0 test, for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. This ASU will be effective for any annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company has elected to early adopt this ASU as of January 1, 2017. The adoption of this ASU could increase or decrease the amount of a goodwill impairment charge should any of the Company's reporting units with goodwill fail a Step 1 test in the future, as compared to the amount of a goodwill impairment charge under the existing standards depending on the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets.
 
2. RESTRUCTURING
In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company incurred restructuring charges related to the acquisition of Banyan Partners, LLC (“Banyan”). The purpose of this restructuring was to realign the management structure within the Wealth Management and Trust segment. The total cost of the restructuring incurred in the fourth quarter of 2014 was $0.7 million . In 2015, the Company incurred additional restructuring charges to further refine the management structure within the Wealth Management and Trust segment. The total cost of the restructuring charges in 2015 was $3.7 million .
In the first and second quarters of 2016, the Company incurred additional costs of $1.1 million and $0.9 million , respectively, in the continued refinement of the management structure within the Wealth Management and Trust segment. The Company does not anticipate any additional restructuring costs related to this plan as of the date of this filing.
Restructuring expenses incurred since the plans of restructuring were first implemented in 2014 totaled $6.4 million , all within the Wealth Management and Trust segment.
The following table presents a summary of the restructuring activity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
 
Severance Charges
 
Other Associated Costs
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Accrued charges at December 31, 2013
$
33

 
$

 
$
33

Costs incurred
739

 

 
739

Costs paid
(33
)
 

 
(33
)
Accrued charges at December 31, 2014
739

 

 
739

Costs incurred
3,434

 
290

 
3,724

Costs paid
(868
)
 
(290
)
 
(1,158
)
Accrued charges at December 31, 2015
3,305

 

 
3,305

Costs incurred
2,017

 

 
2,017

Costs paid
(3,345
)
 

 
(3,345
)
Accrued charges at December 31, 2016
$
1,977

 
$

 
$
1,977




86

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


3. ACQUISITIONS, ASSET SALES, AND DIVESTITURES
Asset Sales
In 2016, the Company sold two offices in the Southern California market, located in Granada Hills and Burbank, California. The sale consisted of certain assets and $104.0 million of deposits. This sale resulted in a gain of $2.9 million . The rationale for the sale was to better position the Company’s resources within the Southern California market.
Acquisitions
On October 2, 2014 , the Bank completed the acquisition of Banyan, a registered investment advisory firm headquartered in Palm Beach Gardens, Florida. At the time of acquisition, Banyan had approximately $4.3 billion in client assets and locations in New England; South Florida; Texas; California; Atlanta, Georgia; and Madison, Wisconsin.
In the transaction, Boston Private Bank acquired 100% of certain assets and liabilities of Banyan through the issuance of approximately 1.7 million shares of the Company’s stock, valued at $21.0 million , and $43.9 million in cash payments to Banyan shareholders, including $5.0 million in a holdback account for potential future claims. The total purchase price, including contingent consideration of $2.0 million , was $66.9 million . In 2015, due to the lower than initially estimated actual financial results for 2015 and projected financial results for 2016, the $2.0 million liability for the contingent consideration was reversed and recorded as Other Income. 2016 was the last year of any contingent consideration and the contractual minimum targets for contingent payments were not met.
Goodwill of $41.9 million was recorded as a result of the transaction. Goodwill of $39.9 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, representing all of the goodwill except for the portion associated with the reversal of the contingent consideration. Intangible assets for advisory contracts of $23.9 million were also recorded and are expected to be amortized over 10 years .
The rationale for the transaction was that by merging Banyan with the existing Boston Private Bank wealth management business, additional technical expertise and financial acumen would be generated. Banyan has been merged with the existing wealth management business from Boston Private Bank, and the combined company has been renamed Boston Private Wealth. As a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, Boston Private Wealth will also operate as part of the Wealth Management and Trust segment along with the trust operations of the Bank. These operations are reported separately from the Private Banking operations of the Bank.
Divestitures     
In 2009, the Company divested its interests in Westfield Capital Management Company, LP, formerly known as Westfield Capital Management Company, LLC (“Westfield”). While the Company will continue to have no significant involvement or influence on Westfield, it retains a 12.5% share in Westfield’s revenues (up to an annual maximum of $11.6 million) through December 2017 subject to certain conditions. The Company defers gains related to these payments until determinable. Such revenue share payments are included in net income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which the revenue is recognized. After the December 2017 payments are received in 2018, the Company will not receive additional net income from Westfield.


87

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


4.     INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The following table presents a summary of investment securities:
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
Value
Gains
 
Losses
 
(In thousands)
At December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agencies
$
40,704

 
$
86

 
$
(854
)
 
$
39,936

Government-sponsored entities
337,865

 
1,058

 
(2,259
)
 
336,664

Municipal bonds
296,271

 
2,116

 
(4,990
)
 
293,397

Mortgage-backed securities (1)
584,960

 
928

 
(15,561
)
 
570,327

Other
23,361

 
447

 

 
23,808

Total
$
1,283,161

 
$
4,635

 
$
(23,664
)
 
$
1,264,132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities (1)
$
93,079

 
$
1

 
$
(476
)
 
$
92,604

Total
$
93,079

 
$
1

 
$
(476
)
 
$
92,604

At December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agencies
$
21,214

 
$
64

 
$
(27
)
 
$
21,251

Government-sponsored entities
345,033

 
874

 
(1,345
)
 
344,562

Municipal bonds
263,661

 
5,099

 
(116
)
 
268,644

Mortgage-backed securities (1)
431,446

 
1,329

 
(5,734
)
 
427,041

Other
22,751

 
268

 
(7
)
 
23,012

Total
$
1,084,105

 
$
7,634

 
$
(7,229
)
 
$
1,084,510

Held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities (1)
$
116,352

 
$
294

 
$
(262
)
 
$
116,384

Total
$
116,352

 
$
294

 
$
(262
)
 
$
116,384

_________________
(1)
All mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or Government-sponsored entities.
In the tables below, the weighted average yield is calculated based on average amortized cost which does not include the effect of unrealized changes in fair value. Certain securities are callable before their final maturity. Additionally, certain securities (such as mortgage-backed securities) are shown within the table below based on their final (contractual) maturity, but, due to prepayments, are expected to have shorter lives.

88

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following table presents the maturities of available-for-sale investment securities, based on contractual maturity, and the weighted average yields of such securities as of December 31, 2016 :
 
U.S. government and agencies (1)
 
Government-sponsored entities (1)
Amortized
cost
 
Fair
value
 
Weighted
average
yield
 
Amortized
cost
 
Fair
value
 
Weighted
average
yield
(In thousands)
Within one year
$

 
$

 
%
 
$
38,009

 
$
38,036

 
0.98
%
After one, but within five years
20,771

 
20,842

 
1.45
%
 
205,992

 
206,665

 
1.71
%
After five, but within ten years
19,933

 
19,094

 
1.73
%
 
93,864

 
91,963

 
1.95
%
Greater than ten years

 

 
%
 

 

 
%
Total
$
40,704

 
$
39,936

 
1.59
%
 
$
337,865

 
$
336,664

 
1.69
%
 
Municipal bonds (1)
 
Mortgage-backed securities (2)
Amortized
cost
 
Fair
value
 
Weighted
average
yield (3)
 
Amortized
cost
 
Fair
value
 
Weighted
average
yield
(In thousands)
Within one year
$
11,561

 
$
11,583

 
2.18
%
 
$
4

 
$
4

 
1.98
%
After one, but within five years
91,141

 
90,947

 
2.02
%
 
12,306

 
12,338

 
2.25
%
After five, but within ten years
27,839

 
27,826

 
3.44
%
 
220,302

 
212,241

 
2.20
%
Greater than ten years
165,730

 
163,041

 
3.91
%
 
352,348

 
345,744

 
2.07
%
Total
$
296,271

 
$
293,397

 
3.22
%
 
$
584,960

 
$
570,327

 
2.12
%
 
Other (4)
Amortized
cost
 
Fair
value
 
Weighted
average
yield
(In thousands)
Within one year
$
23,361

 
$
23,808

 
%
After one, but within five years

 

 
%
After five, but within ten years

 

 
%
Greater than ten years

 

 
%
Total
$
23,361

 
$
23,808

 
%
The following table presents the maturities of held-to-maturity investment securities, based on contractual maturity, and the weighted average yields of such securities as of December 31, 2016 :
 
Mortgage-backed securities (2)
Amortized
cost
 
Fair
value
 
Weighted
average
yield
(In thousands)
Within one year
$

 
$

 
%
After one, but within five years

 

 
%
After five, but within ten years

 

 
%
Greater than ten years
93,079

 
92,604

 
2.26
%
Total
$
93,079

 
$
92,604

 
2.26
%
___________________
(1)
Certain securities are callable before their final maturity. 
(2)
Mortgage-backed securities are shown based on their final (contractual) maturity, but, due to prepayments, they are expected to have shorter lives.
(3)
Yield shown on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis.

89

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


(4)
Other securities consist of money market mutual funds and equity securities held by certain Wealth Advisory and Investment Management businesses.
The weighted average remaining maturity at December 31, 2016 was 9.1 years for available-for-sale investment securities, with $140.4 million of available-for-sale investment securities callable before maturity. The weighted average remaining maturity at December 31, 2015 was 9.9 years for available-for-sale investment securities, with $199.5 million of available-for-sale investment securities callable before maturity.
The weighted average remaining maturity for held-to-maturity investment securities was 12.9 years and 13.8 years at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.
The following table presents the proceeds from sales, gross realized gains and gross realized losses for available-for-sale investment securities that were sold during the following years:
 
Year Ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In thousands)
Proceeds from sales
$
50,049

 
$
34,160

 
$
6,450

Realized gains
522

 
272

 
16

Realized losses
(1
)
 
(36
)
 
(23
)
The following table presents information regarding securities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 having temporary impairment, due to the fair values having declined below the amortized cost of the individual securities, and the time period that the investments have been temporarily impaired.
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair
value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Fair
value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Fair
value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
# of
securities
 
(In thousands, except number of securities)
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agencies
$
19,094

 
$
(838
)
 
$
643

 
$
(16
)
 
$
19,737

 
$
(854
)
 
4

Government-sponsored entities
125,412

 
(2,259
)
 

 

 
125,412

 
(2,259
)
 
18

Municipal bonds
182,395

 
(4,957
)
 
2,720

 
(33
)
 
185,115

 
(4,990
)
 
109

Mortgage-backed securities (1)
492,008

 
(13,988
)
 
41,544

 
(1,573
)
 
533,552

 
(15,561
)
 
99

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
$
818,909

 
$
(22,042
)
 
$
44,907

 
$
(1,622
)
 
$
863,816

 
$
(23,664
)
 
230

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities (1)
$
87,483

 
$
(476
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
87,483

 
$
(476
)
 
15

Total
$
87,483

 
$
(476
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
87,483

 
$
(476
)
 
15


90

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
Fair
value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Fair
value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Fair
value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
# of
securities
 
(In thousands, except number of securities)
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agencies
$
4,935

 
$
(18
)
 
$
1,001

 
$
(9
)
 
$
5,936

 
$
(27
)
 
3

Government-sponsored entities
167,691

 
(1,345
)
 

 

 
167,691

 
(1,345
)
 
24

Municipal bonds
14,483

 
(43
)
 
3,173

 
(73
)
 
17,656

 
(116
)
 
12

Mortgage-backed securities (1)
318,156

 
(3,486
)
 
62,753

 
(2,248
)
 
380,909

 
(5,734
)
 
68

Other
47

 
(4
)
 
11

 
(3
)
 
58

 
(7
)
 
6

Total
$
505,312

 
$
(4,896
)
 
$
66,938

 
$
(2,333
)
 
$
572,250

 
$
(7,229
)
 
113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities (1)
$
40,606

 
$
(262
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
40,606

 
$
(262
)
 
5

Total
$
40,606

 
$
(262
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
40,606

 
$
(262
)
 
5

___________________
(1)
All mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or Government-sponsored entities.
The U.S. government and agencies securities, government-sponsored entities securities, and mortgage-backed securities in the table above had Standard and Poor’s credit ratings of AAA. The municipal bonds in the table above had Standard and Poor’s credit ratings of at least AA-. The other securities consisted of equity securities. At December 31, 2016 , the Company does not consider these investments other-than-temporarily impaired because the decline in fair value on investments is primarily attributed to changes in interest rates and not credit quality.
At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the amount of investment securities in an unrealized loss position greater than 12 months, as well as in total, was primarily due to changes in interest rates. The Company has no intent to sell any securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 and it is not more likely than not that the Company would be forced to sell any of these securities prior to the full recovery of all unrealized loss amounts. Subsequent to December 31, 2016 and through the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, no securities were downgraded to below investment grade, nor were any securities in an unrealized loss position sold.
The following table presents the concentration of securities with any one issuer that exceeds ten percent of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2016 :
 
Amortized cost
 
Fair value
(In thousands)
Government National Mortgage Association
$
80,984

 
$
79,550

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
144,305

 
143,638

Federal Home Loan Bank
119,811

 
119,141

Federal National Mortgage Association
331,705

 
327,294

Total
$
676,805

 
$
669,623

Cost method investments
The Company invests in low-income housing tax credits, which are included in other assets, to encourage private capital investment in the construction and rehabilitation of low-income housing. This program is an indirect subsidy that allows investors, such as the Company, in a flow-through limited liability entity, such as limited partnerships or limited liability companies that manage or invest in qualified affordable housing projects, to receive the benefits of the tax credits allocated to the entity that owns the qualified affordable housing project. The Company also holds partnership interests in venture capital funds formed to provide financing to small businesses and to promote community development.
The Company amortizes its investment in the low income housing tax credits using the proportional amortization method. Under the proportional amortization method, the Company amortizes the cost of its investment, in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits it receives to income tax expense. Included in income tax expense was amortization of $1.6

91

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


million , $1.3 million , and $1.0 million for the years ending December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Also included in income tax expense were the related tax benefits of $1.7 million , $1.3 million and $1.1 million for the years ending December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.
The Company had $34.2 million and $27.7 million in cost method investments included in other assets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively. In addition the Company had $11.3 million and $7.8 million in unadvanced funds related to commitments in these investments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Under the proportional amortization method, an investment must be tested for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the carrying amount of the investment will not be realized. There was no indication of impairment for the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015.

5.     LOAN PORTFOLIO AND CREDIT QUALITY
The Bank’s lending activities are conducted principally in the regions of New England, the San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California. The Bank originates single and multi-family residential loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, commercial tax exempt loans, construction and land loans, and home equity and other consumer loans. Most loans are secured by borrowers’ personal or business assets. The ability of the Bank’s single family residential and consumer borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the level of overall economic conditions within the Bank’s lending areas. Commercial, construction, and land borrowers’ ability to repay is generally dependent upon the health of the economy and real estate values, including, in particular, the performance of the construction sector. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changing conditions in the New England, the San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California economies and real estate markets.
Total loans include deferred loan origination (fees)/ costs, net, of $5.9 million and $5.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
Mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $58.6 million and $79.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, and are not included in the Company’s total loans.
In 2014, the Bank transferred $57.0 million of commercial real estate loans from its loan portfolio to the loans held for sale category, which subsequently sold for a for a $1.6 million gain.
The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio based on the portfolio segment as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
611,370

 
$
633,019

Commercial tax exempt
398,604

 
331,767

Total commercial and industrial
1,009,974

 
964,786

 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
2,302,244

 
2,060,903

Construction and land
104,839

 
183,434

Residential
2,379,861

 
2,229,540

Home equity
118,817

 
119,828

Consumer and other
198,619

 
160,721

Total
$
6,114,354

 
$
5,719,212


92

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following table presents nonaccrual loans receivable by class of receivable as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
572

 
$
1,019

Commercial tax exempt

 

Total commercial and industrial
572

 
1,019

 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
4,583

 
11,232

Construction and land
179

 
3,297

Residential
10,908

 
9,661

Home equity
1,072

 
1,306

Consumer and other
1

 
56

Total
$
17,315

 
$
26,571

The Bank’s policy is to discontinue the accrual of interest on a loan when the collectability of principal or interest is in doubt. In certain instances, although infrequent, loans that have become 90 days or more past due may remain on accrual status if the value of the collateral securing the loan is sufficient to cover principal and interest and the loan is in the process of collection. There were no loans 90 days or more past due, but still accruing, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 . The Bank’s policy for returning a loan to accrual status requires the loan to be brought current and for the client to show a history of making timely payments (generally six consecutive months). For TDRs, a return to accrual status generally requires timely payments for a period of six months in accordance with the restructured loan terms, along with meeting other criteria.
The following tables present the payment status of loans receivable by class of receivable as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
Accruing Past Due
 
Nonaccrual Loans
 
 
 
 
 
30-59 Days Past Due
 
60-89 Days Past Due
 
Total Accruing Past Due
 
Current
 
30-89 Days Past Due
 
90 Days or Greater Past Due
 
Total Non- accrual Loans
 
Current Accruing Loans
 
Total Loans Receivable
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
541

 
$
1,078

 
$
1,619

 
$
537

 
$

 
$
35

 
$
572

 
$
609,179

 
$
611,370

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
398,604

 
398,604

Commercial real estate
3,096

 

 
3,096

 
2,311

 
835

 
1,437

 
4,583

 
2,294,565

 
2,302,244

Construction and land

 

 

 
129

 
12

 
38

 
179

 
104,660

 
104,839

Residential
3,646

 
536

 
4,182

 
2,148

 
1,274

 
7,486

 
10,908

 
2,364,771

 
2,379,861

Home equity
245

 

 
245

 

 
80

 
992

 
1,072

 
117,500

 
118,817

Consumer and other
5,995

 

 
5,995

 
1

 

 

 
1

 
192,623

 
198,619

Total
$
13,523

 
$
1,614

 
$
15,137

 
$
5,126

 
$
2,201

 
$
9,988

 
$
17,315

 
$
6,081,902

 
$
6,114,354




93

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
December 31, 2015
 
Accruing Past Due
 
Nonaccrual Loans
 
 
 
 
 
30-59 Days Past Due
 
60-89 Days Past Due
 
Total Accruing Past Due
 
Current
 
30-89 Days Past Due
 
90 Days or Greater Past Due
 
Total Non- accrual Loans
 
Current Accruing Loans
 
Total Loans Receivable
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
2,329

 
$
338

 
$
2,667

 
$
726

 
$

 
$
293

 
$
1,019

 
$
629,333

 
$
633,019

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
331,767

 
331,767

Commercial real estate
2,091

 
529

 
2,620

 
5,912

 

 
5,320

 
11,232

 
2,047,051

 
2,060,903

Construction and land

 

 

 
149

 
34

 
3,114

 
3,297

 
180,137

 
183,434

Residential
6,267

 
873

 
7,140

 
924

 
874

 
7,863

 
9,661

 
2,212,739

 
2,229,540

Home equity
40

 

 
40

 
217

 

 
1,089

 
1,306

 
118,482

 
119,828

Consumer and other
235

 
392

 
627

 
24

 
9

 
23

 
56

 
160,038

 
160,721

Total
$
10,962

 
$
2,132

 
$
13,094

 
$
7,952

 
$
917

 
$
17,702

 
$
26,571

 
$
5,679,547

 
$
5,719,212

Nonaccrual and delinquent loans are affected by many factors, such as economic and business conditions, interest rates, unemployment levels, and real estate collateral values, among others. In periods of prolonged economic decline, borrowers may become more severely affected over time as liquidity levels decline and the borrower’s ability to continue to make payments deteriorates. With respect to real estate collateral values, the declines from the peak, as well as the value of the real estate at the time of origination versus the current value, can impact the level of problem loans. For instance, if the loan to value ratio at the time of renewal has increased due to the decline in the real estate value since origination, the loan may no longer meet the Bank’s underwriting standards and may be considered for classification as a problem loan dependent upon a review of risk factors.
Generally when a collateral dependent loan becomes impaired, an updated appraisal of the collateral, if appropriate, is obtained. If the impaired loan has not been upgraded to a performing status within a reasonable amount of time, the Bank will continue to obtain updated appraisals as deemed necessary, especially during periods of declining property values.
The past due status of a loan is determined in accordance with its contractual repayment terms. All loan types are reported past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more.
The following tables present the loan portfolio’s credit risk profile by internally assigned grade and class of receivable as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
By Loan Grade or Nonaccrual Status
 
 
 
Pass
 
Special Mention
 
Accruing Substandard
 
Nonaccrual Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
591,388

 
$
10,133

 
$
9,277

 
$
572

 
$
611,370

Commercial tax exempt
388,544

 
10,060

 

 

 
398,604

Commercial real estate
2,230,732

 
17,233

 
49,696

 
4,583

 
2,302,244

Construction and land
101,254

 
109

 
3,297

 
179

 
104,839

Residential
2,367,554

 

 
1,399

 
10,908

 
2,379,861

Home equity
117,745

 

 

 
1,072

 
118,817

Consumer and other
198,616

 

 
2

 
1

 
198,619

Total
$
5,995,833

 
$
37,535

 
$
63,671

 
$
17,315

 
$
6,114,354




94

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
December 31, 2015
 
By Loan Grade or Nonaccrual Status
 
 
 
Pass
 
Special Mention
 
Accruing Substandard
 
Nonaccrual Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
605,178

 
$
15,367

 
$
11,455

 
$
1,019

 
$
633,019

Commercial tax exempt
318,491

 
13,276

 

 

 
331,767

Commercial real estate
1,988,372

 
27,594

 
33,705

 
11,232

 
2,060,903

Construction and land
162,563

 
12,974

 
4,600

 
3,297

 
183,434

Residential
2,213,204

 

 
6,675

 
9,661

 
2,229,540

Home equity
118,522

 

 

 
1,306

 
119,828

Consumer and other
158,686

 

 
1,979

 
56

 
160,721

Total
$
5,565,016

 
$
69,211

 
$
58,414

 
$
26,571

 
$
5,719,212


95

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following tables present, by class of receivable, the balance of impaired loans with and without a related allowance, the associated allowance for those impaired loans with a related allowance, and the total unpaid principal on impaired loans:
 
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized while Impaired
 
(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
1,793

 
$
2,155

 
n/a
 
$
5,288

 
$
249

Commercial tax exempt

 

 
n/a
 

 

Commercial real estate
4,488

 
9,647

 
n/a
 
8,520

 
1,032

Construction and land
179

 
507

 
n/a
 
1,069

 
48

Residential
8,134

 
8,506

 
n/a
 
7,446

 
211

Home equity

 

 
n/a
 

 

Consumer and other

 

 
n/a
 

 

Subtotal
$
14,594

 
$
20,815

 
n/a
 
$
22,323

 
$
1,540

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
31

 
$
1

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
7,115

 
7,544

 
548

 
7,230

 
314

Construction and land

 

 

 
507

 

Residential
4,284

 
4,284

 
565

 
5,505

 
143

Home equity
37

 
37

 
22

 
3

 

Consumer and other

 

 

 

 

Subtotal
$
11,436

 
$
11,865

 
$
1,135

 
$
13,276

 
$
458

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
1,793

 
$
2,155

 
$

 
$
5,319

 
$
250

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
11,603

 
17,191

 
548

 
15,750

 
1,346

Construction and land
179

 
507

 

 
1,576

 
48

Residential
12,418

 
12,790

 
565

 
12,951

 
354

Home equity
37

 
37

 
22

 
3

 

Consumer and other

 

 

 

 

Total
$
26,030

 
$
32,680

 
$
1,135

 
$
35,599

 
$
1,998

___________________
(1)
Recorded investment represents the client loan balance net of historical charge-offs and historical nonaccrual interest paid, which was applied to principal.

96

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2015
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized while Impaired
 
(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
2,259

 
$
2,569

 
n/a
 
$
1,638

 
$
836

Commercial tax exempt

 

 
n/a
 

 

Commercial real estate
12,116

 
20,113

 
n/a
 
17,885

 
1,494

Construction and land
1,097

 
2,132

 
n/a
 
3,027

 
92

Residential
7,788

 
8,576

 
n/a
 
9,384

 
269

Home equity

 

 
n/a
 
42

 
2

Consumer and other

 

 
n/a
 
545

 
61

Subtotal
$
23,260

 
$
33,390

 
n/a
 
$
32,521

 
$
2,754

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
15

 
$
15

 
$
270

 
$
657

 
$
66

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
7,346

 
7,775

 
713

 
8,749

 
385

Construction and land
2,200

 
2,356

 
172

 
2,200

 

Residential
6,351

 
6,966

 
474

 
6,940

 
186

Home equity

 

 

 

 

Consumer and other

 

 

 

 

Subtotal
$
15,912

 
$
17,112

 
$
1,629

 
$
18,546

 
$
637

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
2,274

 
$
2,584

 
$
270

 
$
2,295

 
$
902

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
19,462

 
27,888

 
713

 
26,634

 
1,879

Construction and land
3,297

 
4,488

 
172

 
5,227

 
92

Residential
14,139

 
15,542

 
474

 
16,324

 
455

Home equity

 

 

 
42

 
2

Consumer and other

 

 

 
545

 
61

Total
$
39,172

 
$
50,502

 
$
1,629

 
$
51,067

 
$
3,391

____________________
(1)
Recorded investment represents the client loan balance net of historical charge-offs and historical nonaccrual interest paid, which was applied to principal.
When management determines that it is probable that the Bank will not collect all principal and interest on a loan in accordance with the original loan terms, the loan is designated as impaired.
Loans that are designated as impaired require an analysis to determine the amount of impairment, if any. Impairment would be indicated as a result of the carrying value of the loan exceeding the estimated collateral value, less costs to sell, for collateral dependent loans or the net present value of the projected cash flow, discounted at the loan’s contractual effective interest rate, for loans not considered to be collateral dependent. Generally, shortfalls in the analysis on collateral dependent loans would result in the impairment amount being charged-off to the allowance for loan losses. Shortfalls on cash flow dependent loans may be carried as specific allocations to the general reserve unless a known loss is determined to have occurred, in which case such known loss is charged-off.
Loans in the held for sale category are carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate and are excluded from the allowance for loan losses analysis.

97

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The Bank may, under certain circumstances, restructure loans as a concession to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. Such loans are classified as TDRs and are included in impaired loans. TDRs typically result from the Bank’s loss mitigation activities which, among other things, could include rate reductions, payment extensions, and/or principal forgiveness. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , TDRs totaled $18.1 million and $30.6 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , $12.4 million of the $18.1 million of TDRs were on accrual status. As of December 31, 2015 , $18.6 million of the $30.6 million of TDRs were on accrual status. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors for loans whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.
Since all TDR loans are considered impaired loans, they are individually evaluated for impairment. The resulting impairment, if any, would have an impact on the allowance for loan losses as a specific reserve or charge-off. If, prior to the classification as a TDR, the loan was not impaired, there would have been a general or allocated reserve on the particular loan. Therefore, depending upon the result of the impairment analysis, there could be an increase or decrease in the related allowance for loan losses. Many loans initially categorized as TDRs are already on nonaccrual status and are already considered impaired. Therefore, there is generally not a material change to the allowance for loan losses when a nonaccruing loan is categorized as a TDR.
The following tables present the balance of TDRs that were restructured or defaulted during the periods indicated:
 
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016

Restructured Year to Date
 
TDRs that defaulted in 2016
that were restructured in a TDR in 2016.
 
# of Loans
 
Pre-modification
recorded investment
 
Post-modification
recorded investment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-modification
recorded investment
 
(In thousands, except number of loans)
Commercial and industrial
3

 
$
7,384

 
$
7,209

 

 
$

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
1

 
1,276

 
1,276

 
1

 
1,276

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

Residential
5

 
1,709

 
1,721

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

Consumer and other

 

 

 

 

Total
9

 
$
10,369

 
$
10,206

 
1

 
$
1,276



98

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016
 
Extension of Term
 
Temporary Rate Reduction
 
Payment Deferral
 
Combination of Concessions (1)
 
Total Concessions
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
(In thousands, except number of loans)
Commercial and Industrial
2

 
$
7,209

 

 
$

 

 
$

 
1

 
$

 
3

 
$
7,209

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 
1

 
1,276

 
1

 
1,276

Construction and Land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 
4

 
519

 
1

 
1,202

 

 

 
5

 
1,721

Home Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________________
(1)
Combination of concessions includes loans that have had more than one modification, including extension of term, temporary reduction of interest rate, and/or payment deferral.


 
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2015
 
Restructured Year to Date
 
TDRs that defaulted in 2015
that were restructured
in a TDR in 2015.
 
# of Loans
 
Pre-modification
recorded investment
 
Post-modification
recorded investment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-modification
recorded investment
 
(In thousands, except number of loans)
Commercial and industrial
1

 
$
1,298

 
$
1,304

 

 
$

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
2

 
4,850

 
4,838

 
1

 
3,701

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

Residential
8

 
513

 
516

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

Consumer and other

 

 

 

 

Total
11

 
$
6,661

 
$
6,658

 
1

 
$
3,701



99

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2015
 
Extension of Term
 
Temporary Rate Reduction
 
Payment Deferral
 
Combination of Concessions (1)
 
Total Concessions
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
# of Loans
 
Post-
modifi-
cation
recorded
invest-
ment
 
(In thousands, except number of loans)
Commercial and Industrial

 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$

 
1

 
$
1,304

 
1

 
$
1,304

Commercial tax exempt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
1

 
4,118

 

 

 

 

 
1

 
720

 
2

 
4,838

Construction and Land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 
7

 
491

 
1

 
25

 

 

 
8

 
516

Home Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________________
(1)
Combination of concessions includes loans that have had more than one modification, including extension of term, temporary reduction of interest rate, and/or payment deferral.
Any loans to senior management, executive officers, and directors are made in the ordinary course of business, under normal credit terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements prevailing at the time of origination for comparable transactions with other persons and do not represent more than normal credit risk. The Bank’s current policy is generally not to originate these types of loans.

6.    ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The allowance for loan losses is reported as a reduction of outstanding loan balances, and totaled $78.1 million and $78.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
The following tables present a summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:
 
As of and for the year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
15,814

 
$
14,114

 
$
12,837

Commercial real estate
44,215

 
43,854

 
44,979

Construction and land
6,322

 
4,041

 
4,465

Residential
10,544

 
10,374

 
10,732

Home equity
1,085

 
1,003

 
1,020

Consumer and other
520

 
382

 
322

Unallocated (1)

 
2,070

 
2,016

Total allowance for loan losses, beginning of year
78,500

 
75,838

 
76,371

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
(3,424
)
 
(518
)
 
(237
)
Commercial real estate
157

 
(721
)
 
(1,940
)

100

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
As of and for the year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Construction and land
(4,000
)
 
1,123

 
(1,905
)
Residential
445

 
342

 
(2,247
)
Home equity
(50
)
 
82

 
(32
)
Consumer and other
(63
)
 
207

 
(93
)
Unallocated (1)

 
(2,070
)
 
54

Total provision/(credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
Loans charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
(2,851
)
 
(253
)
 
(717
)
Commercial real estate

 
(1,400
)
 
(3,160
)
Construction and land
(400
)
 

 
(1,100
)
Residential
(605
)
 
(313
)
 
(263
)
Home equity

 

 

Consumer and other
(93
)
 
(70
)
 
(56
)
Total charge-offs
(3,949
)
 
(2,036
)
 
(5,296
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
3,212

 
2,471

 
2,231

Commercial real estate
6,040

 
2,482

 
3,975

Construction and land
1,117

 
1,158

 
2,581

Residential
65

 
141

 
2,152

Home equity

 

 
15

Consumer and other
27

 
1

 
209

Total recoveries
10,461

 
6,253

 
11,163

Allowance for loan losses at December 31 (end of year):
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
12,751

 
15,814

 
14,114

Commercial real estate
50,412

 
44,215

 
43,854

Construction and land
3,039

 
6,322

 
4,041

Residential
10,449

 
10,544

 
10,374

Home equity
1,035

 
1,085

 
1,003

Consumer and other
391

 
520

 
382

Unallocated (1)

 

 
2,070

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31 (end of year)
$
78,077

 
$
78,500

 
$
75,838

____________________
(1)
As of December 31, 2015, the unallocated reserve was allocated to the qualitative factors as part of the general reserves (ASC 450). The allocation had no effect on the 2015 provision/ (credit) for loan losses.
The provision/ (credit) for loan losses and related balance in the allowance for loan losses for tax exempt commercial and industrial loans are included with commercial and industrial. The provision/ (credit) for loan losses and related balance in the allowance for loan losses for tax exempt commercial real estate loans are included with commercial real estate. There were no charge-offs or recoveries, for any period presented, for both commercial and industrial and commercial real estate tax exempt loans.

101

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following tables present the Company’s allowance for loan losses and loan portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015 by portfolio segment, disaggregated by method of analysis. The Company had no loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality at December 31, 2016 or 2015 .
 
December 31, 2016
 
Individually Evaluated
for Impairment
 
Collectively Evaluated
for Impairment
 
Total
 
Recorded investment
(loan balance)
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
Recorded investment
(loan balance)
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
Recorded investment
(loan balance)
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
1,793

 
$

 
$
1,008,181

 
$
12,751

 
$
1,009,974

 
$
12,751

Commercial real estate
11,603

 
548

 
2,290,641

 
49,864

 
2,302,244

 
50,412

Construction and land
179

 

 
104,660

 
3,039

 
104,839

 
3,039

Residential
12,418

 
565

 
2,367,443

 
9,884

 
2,379,861

 
10,449

Home equity
37

 
22

 
118,780

 
1,013

 
118,817

 
1,035

Consumer

 

 
198,619

 
391

 
198,619

 
391

Total
$
26,030

 
$
1,135

 
$
6,088,324

 
$
76,942

 
$
6,114,354

 
$
78,077

 
December 31, 2015
 
Individually Evaluated
for Impairment
 
Collectively Evaluated
for Impairment
 
Total
 
Recorded investment
(loan balance)
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
Recorded investment
(loan balance)
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
Recorded investment
(loan balance)
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
2,274

 
$
270

 
$
962,512

 
$
15,544

 
$
964,786

 
$
15,814

Commercial real estate
19,462

 
713

 
2,041,441

 
43,502

 
2,060,903

 
44,215

Construction and land
3,297

 
172

 
180,137

 
6,150

 
183,434

 
6,322

Residential
14,139

 
474

 
2,215,401

 
10,070

 
2,229,540

 
10,544

Home equity

 

 
119,828

 
1,085

 
119,828

 
1,085

Consumer

 

 
160,721

 
520

 
160,721

 
520

Total
$
39,172

 
$
1,629

 
$
5,680,040

 
$
76,871

 
$
5,719,212

 
$
78,500


7.    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment consisted of the following:
 
As of December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
(In thousands)
Leasehold improvements
$
46,031

 
$
43,433

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
53,156

 
49,039

Buildings
3,159

 
4,715

Land

 
374

Subtotal
102,346

 
97,561

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
70,519

 
66,525

Premises and equipment, net
$
31,827

 
$
31,036

Depreciation and amortization expense related to premises and equipment was $6.8 million , $6.6 million , and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.

102

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The Company is obligated for minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases. In accordance with the terms of these leases, the Company is currently committed to minimum annual payments as follows:
 
Minimum
lease payments
(In thousands)
2017
$
18,553

2018
19,074

2019
18,102

2020
17,553

2021
17,233

Thereafter
67,697

Total
$
158,212

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 was $19.6 million , $19.0 million and $15.7 million , respectively.

8.     GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The following table details the changes in carrying value of goodwill by segment during the year ended December 31, 2016. There were no changes in the carrying value of goodwill during 2015.
 
Balance at
December 31,
2015
 
Acquisitions
 
Impairment
 
Balance at
December 31,
2016
(In thousands)
Goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private Banking
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Wealth Management and Trust
44,305

 

 
(9,528
)
 
34,777

Investment Management
66,955

 

 

 
66,955

Wealth Advisory
40,822

 

 

 
40,822

Total goodwill
$
152,082

 
$

 
$
(9,528
)
 
$
142,554




103

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following tables detail total goodwill and the cumulative impairment charges thereon as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
Goodwill prior to impairment
 
Cumulative goodwill impairment
 
Goodwill
(In thousands)
Private Banking
$
34,281

 
$
(34,281
)
 
$

Wealth Management and Trust
44,305

 
(9,528
)
 
34,777

Investment Management
117,216

 
(50,261
)
 
66,955

Wealth Advisory
40,822

 

 
40,822

Total goodwill at December 31, 2016
$
236,624

 
$
(94,070
)
 
$
142,554

 
 
 
 
 
 
Private Banking
$
34,281

 
$
(34,281
)
 
$

Wealth Management and Trust
44,305

 

 
44,305

Investment Management
117,216

 
(50,261
)
 
66,955

Wealth Advisory
40,822

 

 
40,822

Total goodwill at December 31, 2015
$
236,624

 
$
(84,542
)
 
$
152,082

In 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized no additional goodwill.
Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets such as trade names are subject to annual impairment tests, or more frequently, if there is an indication of impairment, based on the guidance in ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). Long-lived intangible assets such as advisory contracts are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“ASC 360”).
Management performed its annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing during the fourth quarters of 2016 and 2015 for applicable reporting units. In 2015, the estimated fair value for all applicable reporting units exceeded the carrying value, and as a result no impairment was evident. There was no additional testing required for long-lived intangible assets in 2016 or 2015.
In the 2016 goodwill impairment testing, a Step 0 test was performed for BOS and KLS and a Step 1 test was performed for Anchor and Boston Private Wealth. Neither Boston Private Bank nor DGHM have any remaining goodwill. Based on the qualitative factors assessed in the Step 0 tests for BOS and KLS, no additional testing was required. Anchor passed its Step 1 test although with a lower fair value than the previous year. Boston Private Wealth failed its Step 1 test and the Company performed a Step 2 test to determine the amount of goodwill impairment, if any.
The estimated fair value of Boston Private Wealth was $68.0 million as compared to a carrying value of $76.9 million, resulting in a deficit of $8.9 million, or 11.6%. The estimated fair value was derived from an equal weighting using an income and market approach. In the income approach, a discount rate of 16.0% and long-term growth rate of 3.5% were used in the calculation. The estimated fair value of Boston Private Wealth declined $17.0 million from the value in the 2015 goodwill impairment testing. The decline in value was due to a combination of lower actual and projected earnings, the decline in AUM as of result of unanticipated outflows, and a higher discount rate.
Because the estimated fair value of Boston Private Wealth was lower than its carrying value, the Company was required to perform a Step 2 valuation. The results of the Step 2 valuation indicated an implied fair value of goodwill of $34.8 million as compared to the book value of $44.3 million, or a deficiency of $9.5 million. The resulting deficiency was recorded as a goodwill impairment charge within operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2016. As a result of the goodwill impairment, the carrying value of goodwill at Boston Private Wealth was reduced to $34.8 million.
Even though the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge for Boston Private Wealth in 2016, there could be additional goodwill impairment in the future should Boston Private Wealth’s actual results not meet projections. In addition to financial results, other inputs to the valuation, such as the discount rate and market assumptions, could negatively affect the estimated fair value of Boston Private Wealth in the future. The Company will continue to monitor Boston Private Wealth’s actual results versus the projections used in the 2016 valuation, changes in AUM, as well as changes to the various inputs used in the 2016 valuation for a triggering event prior to the 2017 annual impairment testing.

104

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The estimated fair value of Anchor was $87.0 million as compared to a carrying value of $81.6 million, an excess of $5.4 million, or 6.6%. The estimated fair value was derived from an equal weighting using an income and market approach. In the income approach, a discount rate of 14.0% and long-term growth rate of 3.5% were used in the calculation. The estimated fair value of Anchor declined $5.0 million from the value in the 2015 goodwill impairment testing. The decline in value was due to lower forecasted earnings and market assumptions. Due to the narrow margin between the fair value and the carrying value of Anchor, Anchor will continue to be at risk for potential goodwill impairment. The Company will monitor Anchor’s actual results versus the projections used in the 2016 valuation, changes in AUM, as well as changes to the various inputs used in the 2016 valuation for a triggering event prior to the 2017 annual impairment testing.
See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1: “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for changes to the rules in goodwill impairment testing as discussed in the Recent Accounting Pronouncements section.
Intangible assets
The following table shows the gross and net carrying amounts of identifiable intangible assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 :
 
2016
 
2015
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
(In thousands)
Advisory contracts
$
71,513

 
$
46,828

 
$
24,685

 
$
75,013

 
$
44,046

 
$
30,967

Employment agreements

 

 

 
3,247

 
3,247

 

Trade names
2,040

 

 
2,040

 
2,040

 

 
2,040

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

 
1,380

 
1,380

 

Total
$
73,553

 
$
46,828

 
$
26,725

 
$
81,680

 
$
48,673

 
$
33,007

The Company recognized no additional identifiable intangible assets in 2016 or 2015.
Consolidated expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization was $6.3 million , $6.7 million , and $4.8 million for 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.
Management reviews, and adjusts if necessary, intangible asset amortization schedules to ensure that the remaining life on the amortization schedule accurately reflects the useful life of the intangible asset. The weighted average amortization period of these intangible assets is 8.67 years .
The estimated annual amortization expense for these identifiable intangibles over the next five years is:
 
Estimated intangible
amortization expense
 
(In thousands)
2017
$
5,678

2018
4,438

2019
3,508

2020
3,248

2021
2,385



105

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


9.    DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and, to a lesser extent, the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are generally determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to certain loans, deposits, and borrowings.
The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Asset derivatives
 
Liability derivatives
 
Asset derivatives
 
Liability derivatives
 
Balance
sheet
location
 
Fair value (1)
 
Balance
sheet
location
 
Fair value (1)
 
Balance
sheet
location
 
Fair value (1)
 
Balance
sheet
location
 
Fair value (1)
 
(In thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate products
Other
assets
 
$

 
Other
liabilities
 
$
(1,040
)
 
Other
assets
 
$

 
Other
liabilities
 
$
(1,907
)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate products
Other
assets
 
17,032

 
Other
liabilities
 
(16,560
)
 
Other
assets
 
7,960

 
Other
liabilities
 
(8,084
)
Risk participation agreements
Other assets
 
15

 
Other liabilities
 
(6
)
 
Other assets
 

 
Other liabilities
 
(11
)
Total
 
 
$
17,047

 
 
 
$
(17,606
)
 
 
 
$
7,960

 
 
 
$
(10,002
)
___________________
(1)
For additional details, see Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 21: Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”
The following table presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
Derivatives in Cash
Flow Hedging
Relationships
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion) (1) Years Ended December 31,
 
Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)
 
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion)Years Ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
 
2016
 
2015
(In thousands)
Interest rate products
$
(799
)
 
$
(2,642
)
 
Interest Expense
 
$
(1,672
)
 
$
(4,052
)
Total
$
(799
)
 
$
(2,642
)
 
 
 
$
(1,672
)
 
$
(4,052
)
___________________
(1) There was an additional $6 thousand related to the ineffective portion for the year ended December 31, 2016 and no ineffective portion for the year ended December 31, 2015.
The Bank has agreements with its derivative counterparties that contain provisions where, if the Bank defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Bank could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. The Bank was in compliance with these provisions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
The Bank also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain provisions where, if the Bank fails to maintain its status as a well- or adequately-capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative

106

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


positions and the Bank would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. The Bank was in compliance with these provisions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
Certain of the Bank’s agreements with its derivative counterparties contain provisions where if specified events or conditions occur that materially change the Bank’s creditworthiness in an adverse manner, the Bank may be required to fully collateralize their obligations under the derivative instruments. The Bank was in compliance with these provisions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the termination amounts related to collateral determinations of derivatives in a liability position was $3.4 million and $9.7 million , respectively. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with its derivative counterparties and has pledged securities with market values of $1.9 million and $9.8 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , against its obligations under these agreements. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, the Company had posted cash collateral of $2.0 million against its obligations under these agreements. The collateral is typically greater than the current liability position. However, due to timing of liability position changes at period end, the funding of a collateral shortfall may take place shortly following period end.
Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s objective in using derivatives is to add stability to interest income and expense and to manage the risk related to exposure to changes in interest rates. To accomplish this objective, the Bank entered into a total of six interest rate swaps, one during 2014 with an effective date of June 1, 2014, and five during 2013 with effective dates of December 1, 2014, September 2, 2014, June 1, 2014, March 1, 2014, and August 1, 2013. The six interest rate swaps each have a notional amount of $25 million and have terms ranging from three to six years. The Bank’s risk management objective and strategy for these interest rate swaps is to reduce its exposure to variability in interest-related cash outflows attributable to changes in the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) swap rate associated with borrowing programs for each of the periods, initially expected to be accomplished with LIBOR-indexed brokered deposits, but may also include LIBOR-indexed FHLB advances. The interest rate swaps will effectively fix the Bank’s interest payments on $150 million of its LIBOR-indexed liabilities at rates between 1.17% and 2.32%, and a weighted average rate of 1.85%.
The Company uses the “Hypothetical Derivative Method” described in ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), for quarterly prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness, as well as for measurements of hedge ineffectiveness. Under this method, the Company assesses the effectiveness of each hedging relationship by comparing the changes in cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument with the changes in cash flows of the designated hedged transactions. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is initially reported in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) (outside of earnings) and subsequently reclassified to earnings in interest and dividend income when the hedged transactions affect earnings. Ineffectiveness resulting from the hedge is recorded as a gain or loss in the consolidated statement of operations as part of fees and other income. There was an immaterial amount of hedge ineffectiveness during the year ended December 31, 2016 and no hedge ineffectiveness during the year ended December 31, 2015 . The Company also monitors the risk of counterparty default on an ongoing basis.
A portion of the balance reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest income or expense as interest payments are made or received on the Company’s interest rate swaps. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that $0.9 million will be reclassified as an increase in interest expense.
Non-designated Hedges
Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from two different services the Bank provides to qualified commercial clients. The Bank offers certain derivative products directly to such clients. The Bank economically hedges derivative transactions executed with commercial clients by entering into mirror-image, offsetting derivatives with third parties. Derivative transactions executed as part of these programs are not designated in ASC 815-qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, marked-to-market through earnings each period. Because the derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, the changes in fair value substantially offset through earnings. The net effect on earnings is primarily driven by changes in the credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”). The CVA represents the dollar amount of fair value adjustment related to nonperformance risk of both the Bank and its counterparties. Fees earned in connection with the execution of derivatives related to this program are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in other income. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Bank had 136 and 76 derivatives, respectively, related to this program, comprised of interest rate swaps and caps, with an aggregate notional amount of $1.1 billion and $475.3 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , the Bank had one derivative with an aggregate notional amount of less than $0.1 million in a foreign currency exchange contract outstanding related to this program. As of December 31, 2015, there were no foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding related to this program.

107

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


In addition, as a participant lender, the Bank has guaranteed performance on the pro-rated portion of two swaps executed by other financial institutions. As the participant lender, the Bank is providing a partial guarantee, but is not a direct party to the related swap transactions. The Bank has no obligations under the risk participation agreements unless the borrower defaults on their swap transaction with the lead bank and the swap is in a liability position to the borrower. In that instance, the Bank has agreed to pay the lead bank a portion of the swap’s termination value at the time of the default. The derivative transactions entered into as part of these transactions are not designated, as per ASC 815, as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, marked-to-market through earnings each period. The pro-rated notional amount of these risk participation transactions was $13.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and $8.3 million as of December 31, 2015.
The Bank has also participated out to another financial institution a pro-rated portion of two swaps executed by the Bank. The other financial institution has no obligations under the risk participation agreements unless the borrowers default on their swap transactions with the Bank and the swaps are in liability positions to the borrower. In those instances, the other financial institution has agreed to pay the Bank a portion of the swap's termination value at the time of the default. The derivative transactions entered into as part of these agreements are not designated, as per ASC 815, as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, marked-to-market through earnings each period. The pro-rated notional amount of these risk participation transactions was $6.1 million as of December 31, 2016. There were no risk participation agreements participated out as of December 31, 2015.
The following table presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, not designated as hedging instruments, in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
Derivatives Not
Designated as Hedging
Instruments
 
Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative
 
Amount of Gain or (Loss), Net, Recognized in Income on Derivative Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest rate products
 
Other income/(expense)
 
$
596

 
$
(12
)
Risk participation agreements
 
Other income/(expense)
 
4

 
44

Total
 
 
 
$
600

 
$
32


10.    DEPOSITS
Deposits are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
(In thousands)
Demand deposits (non-interest bearing)
$
1,753,648

 
$
1,689,604

NOW (1)
578,657

 
588,337

Savings
74,162

 
72,336

Money market (1)
3,102,048

 
3,105,172

Certificates of deposit under $100,000 (1)
236,001

 
173,011

Certificates of deposit $100,000 or greater
340,630

 
411,977

Total
$
6,085,146

 
$
6,040,437

___________________
(1)
Includes brokered deposits.

108

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Certificates of deposit had the following schedule of maturities:
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
(In thousands)
Less than 3 months remaining
$
140,304

 
$
192,702

3 to 6 months remaining
73,522

 
136,635

6 to 12 months remaining
213,802

 
111,674

1 to 3 years remaining
129,591

 
120,939

3 to 5 years remaining
19,409

 
22,035

More than 5 years remaining
3

 
1,003

Total
$
576,631

 
$
584,988

Interest expense on certificates of deposit $100,000 or greater was $2.0 million , $2.3 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there was $0.2 million and $0.3 million of overdrawn deposit accounts reclassified to loans, respectively.

11.    FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
 
Federal Funds
Purchased
 
Securities Sold 
Under
Agreement to
Repurchase
 
(In thousands)
2016
 
 
 
Outstanding at end of year
$
80,000

 
$
59,624

Maximum outstanding at any month-end
180,000

 
77,466

Average balance for the year
29,542

 
66,282

Weighted average rate at end of year
0.75
%
 
0.05
%
Weighted average rate paid for the year
0.54
%
 
0.05
%
2015
 
 
 
Outstanding at end of year
$

 
$
58,215

Maximum outstanding at any month-end
102,000

 
75,313

Average balance for the year
10,008

 
64,320

Weighted average rate at end of year
%
 
0.05
%
Weighted average rate paid for the year
0.31
%
 
0.05
%
2014
 
 
 
Outstanding at end of year
$

 
$
30,496

Maximum outstanding at any month-end
75,000

 
154,448

Average balance for the year
1,671

 
108,191

Weighted average rate at end of year
%
 
0.05
%
Weighted average rate paid for the year
0.33
%
 
0.05
%
The federal funds purchased generally mature within 30 days of the transaction date.
Repurchase agreements are generally linked to commercial demand deposit accounts with an overnight sweep feature. In a repurchase agreement transaction, the Bank will generally sell an investment security, agreeing to repurchase either the same or a substantially identical security on a specified later date at a price slightly greater than the original sales price. The difference in the sale price and repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. Repurchase transactions are accounted for as financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The securities underlying the agreements remain under the Company’s control. Investment securities with a fair value of $182.7 million and $187.4 million were pledged as collateral for the securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.

109

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Bank had unused federal funds lines with correspondent banks of $485.0 million and $565.0 million , respectively.

12.    FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS
The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Boston. As a member of the FHLB of Boston, the Bank has access to short- and long-term borrowings. Borrowings from the FHLB are secured by the Bank’s stock investment in the FHLB and a blanket lien on “qualified collateral” defined principally as a percentage of the principal balance of certain types of mortgage loans. The stock investment cannot be used for additional borrowing collateral. The percentage of collateral valuation from the FHLB varies between 50% and 80% based on the underlying collateral. The Bank had loans pledged as collateral with a book value of $2.3 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The Bank had borrowings outstanding of $734.2 million and $461.3 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Based on the collateral and the valuations applied, less the borrowings outstanding, the Bank had available credit with the FHLB of Boston of $0.9 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
A summary of borrowings from the FHLBs is as follows:
 
December 31, 2016
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
(In thousands)
Within 1 year
$
490,271

 
0.94
%
Over 1 to 2 years
129,850

 
1.48
%
Over 2 to 3 years
39,893

 
1.37
%
Over 3 to 4 years
54,365

 
2.89
%
Over 4 to 5 years
10,187

 
2.26
%
Over 5 years
9,639

 
2.56
%
Total
$
734,205

 
1.24
%
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , FHLB borrowings of $5.0 million and $11.0 million , respectively, are callable by the FHLB prior to maturity.
FHLB Stock
As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is required to own FHLB stock based on a percentage of outstanding advances in addition to a membership stock ownership requirement. For the borrowings with the FHLB of Boston, the Bank is required to own FHLB stock of at least 3.0% to 4.5% of outstanding advances depending on the terms of the advance. In addition, the Bank is required to have a minimum membership stock investment which is based on a percentage of certain assets as reported in the Bank’s FDIC Call Report. FHLB of Boston stock owned in excess of the minimum requirements can be redeemed at par upon request by a member.
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Bank’s FHLB stock holdings totaled $44.1 million and $35.2 million . respectively. The Bank’s investment in FHLB stock is recorded at cost and is redeemable at par. At December 31, 2015 , $34.2 million was invested in the FHLB of Boston and the remaining FHLB stock holdings was invested in the FHLB of San Francisco, of which two of the Company’s affiliate banks were members of prior to being merged into the Bank in 2011. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank no longer had any stock holdings invested in the FHLB of San Francisco.


110

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


13.    JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The schedule below presents the detail of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures:
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
(In thousands)
Boston Private Capital Trust II Junior Subordinated Debentures
$
103,093

 
$
103,093

Boston Private Capital Trust I Junior Subordinated Debentures
3,270

 
3,270

Total
$
106,363

 
$
106,363

All of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures mature in more than five years.
Boston Private Capital Trust II Junior Subordinated Debentures
In September 2005, the Company and Boston Private Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust II”) entered into a Purchase Agreement for the sale of $100 million of trust preferred securities issued by Trust II and guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. Trust II’s preferred securities pay interest quarterly and had an annual distribution rate of 6.25% up to, but not including, December 30, 2010. Subsequently, Trust II’s preferred securities converted to a floating rate of a three-month LIBOR plus 1.68% ; provided, however, that the interest rate does not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, and may be modified by the U.S. law of general application . At December 31, 2016 , the interest rate for the Trust II’s preferred securities was 2.68% . The Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement beginning on December 30, 2010 to hedge the floating rate for a portion of this security. This interest rate swap matured on December 30, 2015, and the Company has not entered into a new swap agreement. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9: Derivatives and Hedging Activities” for additional details.
Each of the Trust II preferred securities represents an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of Trust II. The Company owns all of Trust II’s common securities. Trust II’s only assets are the junior subordinated debentures issued to it by the Company on substantially the same payment terms as Trust II’s preferred securities. The Company’s investment in Trust II was $3.1 million at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
The junior subordinated debentures mature on December 30, 2035 and became redeemable after December 30, 2010 .
The Company has the following covenants with regard to Trust II:
for so long as Trust II’s preferred securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Trust II’s common securities;
the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure Trust II remains a statutory trust, except in connection with a distribution of debt securities to the holders of the Trust II securities in liquidation of Trust II, the redemption of all Trust II’s securities or mergers, consolidations or incorporation, each as permitted by Trust II’s declaration of trust;
to continue to be classified as a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and
the Company will ensure each holder of Trust II’s preferred securities is treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the junior subordinated debentures.
At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company was in compliance with the above covenants.
So long as the Company is not in default in the payment of interest on the junior subordinated debentures, the Company has the right under the indenture to defer payments of interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods. The Company does not currently intend to exercise its right to defer interest payments on the junior debentures issued to Trust II. If the Company defers interest payments, it would be subject to certain restrictions relating to the payment of dividends on or purchases of its capital stock and payments on its debt securities ranking equal with or junior to the junior subordinated debentures.

111

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Boston Private Capital Trust I Junior Subordinated Debentures
In 2004, the Company and Boston Private Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust I”), entered into a Purchase Agreement and an option, which was exercised in 2004, for the sale of a combined total of $105 million of convertible trust preferred securities to be issued by Trust I and guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. The convertible trust preferred securities have a liquidation amount of $50.00 per security, pay interest quarterly and have a fixed distribution rate of 4.875% . The quarterly distributions are cumulative. The junior subordinated convertible debentures will mature on October 1, 2034 .
As of December 31, 2016 , there was an immaterial amount remaining outstanding of the Trust I convertible trust preferred securities. The Company’s investment in Trust I was $3.2 million at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

14.     NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
At the Company, noncontrolling interests consist of equity owned by management of the Company’s respective majority-owned affiliates. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of operations represents the net income allocated to the noncontrolling interest owners of the affiliates. Net income allocated to the noncontrolling interest owners was $4.2 million , $4.4 million , and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.
On the consolidated balance sheets, noncontrolling interests are included as the sum of the capital and undistributed profits allocated to the noncontrolling interest owners. Typically, this balance is included in a company’s permanent shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets. When the noncontrolling interest owners’ rights include certain redemption features, as described in ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , such redeemable noncontrolling interests are classified as mezzanine equity and are not included in permanent shareholders’ equity. Due to the redemption features of the noncontrolling interests discussed in this footnote, the Company had redeemable noncontrolling interests held in mezzanine equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of $17.0 million and $18.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The aggregate amount of such redeemable noncontrolling equity interests are recorded at the estimated maximum redemption values, as discussed below. In addition, as discussed below, the Company had $4.2 million and $3.4 million in noncontrolling interests included in permanent shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
Each non-wholly owned affiliate operating agreement provides the Company and/or the noncontrolling interests with contingent call or put redemption features used for the orderly transfer of noncontrolling equity interests between the affiliate noncontrolling interest owners and the Company at either a contractually predetermined fair value, multiple of EBITDA, or fair value. The Company may liquidate these noncontrolling interests in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or other forms of consideration dependent on the operating agreement.
Generally, these put and call redemption features refer to shareholder rights of both the Company and the noncontrolling interest owners of the Company’s majority-owned affiliate companies. The affiliate company noncontrolling interests generally take the form of limited liability company (LLC) units, profits interests, or common stock (collectively, the “noncontrolling equity interests”). In most circumstances, the put and call redemption features generally relate to the Company’s right and, in some cases, obligation to purchase and the noncontrolling equity interests’ right to sell their equity interests. There are various events that could cause the puts or calls to be exercised, such as a change in control, death, disability, retirement, resignation or termination. The puts and calls are generally to be exercised at the then fair value or a contractually agreed upon approximation thereof. The terms of these rights vary and are governed by the respective individual operating and legal documents.

112

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following table presents, by affiliate, the noncontrolling interests included as redeemable noncontrolling interests and noncontrolling interests in mezzanine and permanent equity, respectively, at the periods indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(In thousands)
Anchor
$
10,934

 
$
11,907

BOS
6,782

 
6,744

DGHM (1)
3,417

 
2,830

Total
$
21,133

 
$
21,481

Redeemable noncontrolling interests
$
16,972

 
$
18,088

Noncontrolling interests
$
4,161

 
$
3,393

_____________
(1)
Only includes redeemable noncontrolling interests.
The following is a summary, by individual affiliate, of the terms of the put and call options:
Anchor
The Company, through its acquisition of Anchor, acquired approximately an 80% interest in each of Anchor and Anchor Russell on June 1, 2006. Effective January 1, 2013, Anchor Russell merged into Anchor, with Anchor as the surviving entity. Anchor management, employees, and certain retired employees own the remaining noncontrolling equity interests of the firm, approximately 20%. The Anchor operating agreement describes a process for the orderly transfer of noncontrolling equity interests between the Company and the Anchor noncontrolling interest owners at a contractually agreed upon value, with appraisal rights for all parties. Certain events, such as death, disability, retirement, resignation, or termination, may result in repurchase of the noncontrolling equity interests by the Company at the then contractually agreed upon value. The Anchor agreement provides a formulaic mechanism to determine the then value of the noncontrolling equity interests. These noncontrolling equity interests have a five-year vesting period. Beginning six months after vesting, a holder of noncontrolling equity interests may put up to 10% of his or her outstanding equity interests annually to the Company. The six-month holding period ensures the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the holder of the noncontrolling equity interests. Holders of noncontrolling equity interests must retain 50% of their total outstanding units until such time as they leave the firm.
In 2013, the Company sold certain repurchased noncontrolling interests to employees at Anchor with modified contingent call and put redemption features. These modified noncontrolling interests have the same terms and conditions as the previously issued noncontrolling interests with the exception that they require the approval of the Company’s CEO in order to be exercised. Therefore, these modified noncontrolling interests are not considered to be mandatorily redeemable and are not included in the redeemable noncontrolling interests within mezzanine equity, but rather within permanent equity.
The maximum redemption value, based on the contractually determined maximum redemption value formula, to repurchase the remaining approximately 20% of Anchor’s noncontrolling equity interests was approximately $10.9 million and $11.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Of the $10.9 million of noncontrolling equity interests at December 31, 2016 , $2.0 million is included in permanent equity and the remainder is included in mezzanine equity. Of the $11.9 million of noncontrolling equity interests at December 31, 2015 , $1.3 million is included in permanent equity and the remainder is included in mezzanine equity.
BOS
The Company acquired approximately a 70% interest in BOS through a series of purchases dating back to February 5, 2004. The remaining approximate 30% is owned by BOS principals and certain retired principals. The BOS operating agreement describes a procedure for the orderly transfer of noncontrolling equity interests between the BOS noncontrolling interest owners and the Company at the then fair value, with appraisal rights for all parties. Certain events, such as death, disability, retirement, resignation, or voluntary termination, subject to the vesting period, will result in repurchase of the noncontrolling equity interests by the Company at the then fair value, unless another noncontrolling interest owner opts to purchase the noncontrolling equity interests in question. These noncontrolling equity interests have vesting periods of up to seven years. Immediately after vesting, a holder of noncontrolling equity interests may put up to the greater of 10% of his or her outstanding equity interests or 1% of total outstanding equity interests in BOS annually to the Company. Any unexercised portion of the annual put option can be carried forward to future years, provided that noncontrolling interest owners retain approximately 50% of their total outstanding units until such time as they leave the firm.

113

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


In 2015, the Company entered into an updated operating agreement with BOS which provides for a certain portion of the BOS noncontrolling interest owners’ to include modified contingent call and put redemption features. These modified noncontrolling interests have the same terms and conditions as the previously issued noncontrolling interests with the exception that they require the approval of the Company’s CEO in order to be exercised. Therefore, these modified noncontrolling interests are not considered to be mandatorily redeemable and are not included in the redeemable noncontrolling interests within mezzanine equity, but rather within permanent equity.
The maximum redemption value, based on fair value, to repurchase the remaining approximately 30% of BOS’ noncontrolling equity interests is approximately $6.8 million and $6.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Of the $6.8 million of noncontrolling equity interests at December 31, 2016 , $2.2 million is included in permanent equity and the remainder is included in mezzanine equity. Of the $6.7 million of noncontrolling equity interests at December 31, 2015 , $2.1 million is included in permanent equity and the remainder is included in mezzanine equity.
DGHM
The Company acquired an 80% interest in DGHM on February 6, 2004. DGHM management and employees own the remaining 20% interest in DGHM. The DGHM operating agreement describes a process for the orderly transfer of noncontrolling equity interests between the Company and the DGHM noncontrolling interest owners at a contractually agreed upon value, with appraisal rights for all parties. Certain events, such as a change in control, death, disability, retirement, resignation or termination, may result in repurchase of the noncontrolling equity interests by the Company at the then contractually agreed upon value. The DGHM operating agreement provides a formulaic mechanism to determine the then value of the noncontrolling equity interests. These noncontrolling equity interests have a five-year vesting period. Beginning six months after vesting, a holder of noncontrolling equity interests may put up to between 10% and 20% of his or her outstanding units annually to the Company. The six-month holding period ensures the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the holder of the noncontrolling equity interests. Beginning in December 2009, the Company has an annual call right under which it may elect to repurchase between 10% and 20% of the non-management and management members’ vested units. No more than 40% of the outstanding noncontrolling equity interests’ units can be put in any one year. Certain key members of DGHM management are contractually obligated to retain 50% of their noncontrolling equity interests until such time as they leave the firm. The maximum redemption value, based on the contractually determined maximum redemption value formula, to repurchase the remaining 20% of DGHM’s noncontrolling equity interests is approximately $3.4 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.

114

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following tables present an analysis of the Company’s redeemable noncontrolling interests for the periods indicated:
 
Year ended
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
 
Noncontrolling interests
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
 
Noncontrolling interests
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
 
Noncontrolling interests
 
(In thousands)
Noncontrolling interests at beginning of period
$
18,088

 
$
3,393

 
$
20,905

 
$
386

 
$
19,468

 
$
171

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
3,204

 
953

 
3,575

 
832

 
4,564

 
186

Distributions
(3,112
)
 
(942
)
 
(4,189
)
 
(422
)
 
(4,426
)
 
(177
)
Purchases/ (sales) of ownership interests
(765
)
 
(134
)
 
(1,666
)
 
419

 
(1,879
)
 
74

Transfers of ownership interests from mezzanine to permanent equity

 

 
(1,652
)
 
1,652

 

 

Amortization of equity compensation
449

 
747

 

 
472

 

 
96

Adjustments to fair value
(892
)
 
144

 
1,115

 
54

 
3,178

 
36

Noncontrolling interests at end of period
$
16,972

 
$
4,161

 
$
18,088

 
$
3,393

 
$
20,905

 
$
386


Impact on EPS from Certain Changes in Redemption Value
To the extent that the increase in the estimated maximum redemption amounts exceeds the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests, such excess may reduce net income attributable to the Company’s common shareholders for purposes of the Company’s EPS computations depending upon how the maximum redemption value is calculated. In cases where the maximum redemption value is calculated using a contractually determined value or predefined formula, such as a multiple of EBITDA, there may be a reduction to the net income attributable to the Company’s common shareholders for purposes of the Company’s EPS computations. However, in cases where maximum redemption value is calculated using the then fair value, there is no effect on EPS. Fair value can be derived through an enterprise value using market observations of comparable firms, a discounted cash flow analysis, or a combination of the two, among other things, rather than a contractually predefined formula or multiple of EBITDA.

15.    EQUITY
Preferred Stock
The Company has 2,000,000 depositary shares outstanding at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (the “Depositary Shares”). Each Depositary Share represents a 1/40th interest in a share of the Company’s 6.95% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series D preferred stock”). This represents the entire $47.8 million balance of preferred stock on the Company’s balance sheet at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 . The ability of the Company to declare and pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, shares of its preferred stock or any securities of the Company that rank junior to the Series D preferred stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the Company does not declare and pay (or set aside) dividends on the Series D preferred stock for the last preceding quarterly dividend period.
Common Stock
The Company has 170 million shares of common stock authorized for issuance. At December 31, 2016 , it had 83,731,769 shares outstanding and 86,268,231 shares available for future issuance, including shares reserved for future issuance pursuant to the Company’s stock-based compensation plans, as discussed in Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 18: Employee Benefits.” At December 31, 2015 , it had 83,410,961 shares outstanding and 86,589,039 shares available for future issuance,

115

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
The Company currently has one class of warrants to purchase common stock outstanding. These warrants were initially issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) (the “TARP warrants”). The following table summarizes the terms of the TARP warrant agreement outstanding at December 31, 2016 :
Name of warrants
 
Number of
warrants
 
Original
warrant
share
number
 
Current
warrant
share
number (2)
 
Original
exercise
price of
warrants
 
Current
exercise
price of
warrants (2)
 
Date
issued
 
Expiration
date
TARP Warrants (1)
 
2,068,161

 
1.00
 
1.11
 
$8.000
 
$7.206
 
11/21/2008
 
11/21/2018
___________________
(1)
The TARP warrants, while initially issued to the Treasury, were purchased from the Treasury by unrelated third parties at a market rate.
(2)
Per the terms of the TARP warrant agreement, the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise may be adjusted ratably for dividends paid on the Company’s common stock that exceed the dividend rate at the time the warrants were issued, at which time the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.01 per share. The current warrant share number and current exercise price of the warrant reflect the warrant as adjusted for common stock dividends through February 3, 2017, the latest dividend record date prior to the filing of this Annual Report.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income/ (loss) represents the change in equity of the Company during a year from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-shareholder sources. It includes all changes in equity during a year except those resulting from investments by shareholders and distributions to shareholders.

116

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following table presents the Company’s comprehensive income/ (loss) and related tax effect for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 :
 
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Pre-tax
 
Tax expense/
(benefit)
 
Net
 
(In thousands)
2016
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
$
(18,913
)
 
$
(7,555
)
 
$
(11,358
)
Less: Adjustment for realized gains/ (losses), net
521

 
190

 
331

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
(19,434
)
 
(7,745
)
 
(11,689
)
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedge
(793
)
 
(332
)
 
(461
)
Add: scheduled reclass and other
1,666

 
687

 
979

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedge
873

 
355

 
518

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on other
200

 
77

 
123

Other comprehensive gain/ (loss)
(18,361
)
 
(7,313
)
 
(11,048
)
Net income attributable to the Company (1)
102,591

 
30,963

 
71,628

Total comprehensive income
$
84,230

 
$
23,650

 
$
60,580

2015
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
$
(2,494
)
 
$
(1,145
)
 
$
(1,349
)
Less: Adjustment for realized gains/ (losses), net
236

 
97

 
139

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
(2,730
)
 
(1,242
)
 
(1,488
)
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges
(2,642
)
 
(1,088
)
 
(1,554
)
Add: scheduled reclass and other
4,052

 
1,698

 
2,354

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges
1,410

 
610

 
800

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on other
(193
)
 
(78
)
 
(115
)
Other comprehensive gain/ (loss)
(1,513
)
 
(710
)
 
(803
)
Net income attributable to the Company (1)
95,317

 
30,392

 
64,925

Total comprehensive income
$
93,804

 
$
29,682

 
$
64,122

2014
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
$
6,231

 
$
2,495

 
$
3,736

Less: Adjustment for realized gains/ (losses), net
(7
)
 
(3
)
 
(4
)
Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale
6,238

 
2,498

 
3,740

Unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges
(3,425
)
 
(1,416
)
 
(2,009
)
Add: scheduled reclass and other
3,198

 
1,349

 
1,849

Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges
(227
)
 
(67
)
 
(160
)
Net unrealized gain/ (loss) on other
(135
)
 
(55
)
 
(80
)
Other comprehensive gain/ (loss)
5,876

 
2,376

 
3,500

Net income attributable to the Company (1)
101,180

 
32,365

 
68,815

Total comprehensive income
$
107,056

 
$
34,741

 
$
72,315

___________________
(1)
Pre-tax net income attributable to the Company is calculated as income before income taxes, plus net income from discontinued operations, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

117

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following table presents a summary of the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 :
Description of component of accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Affected line item in
Statement of Operations
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Adjustment for realized gains/(losses) on securities available-for-sale, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax
 
$
521

 
$
236

 
$
(7
)
 
Gain/ (loss) on sale of investments, net
Tax expense/ (benefit)
 
190

 
97

 
(3
)
 
Income tax expense
Net
 
$
331

 
$
139

 
$
(4
)
 
Net income attributable to the Company
Net realized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedge related to junior subordinated debentures:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax
 
$

 
$
1,879

 
$
1,926

 
Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures
Tax expense/ (benefit)
 

 
804

 
824

 
Income tax expense
Net
 
$

 
$
(1,075
)
 
$
(1,102
)
 
Net income attributable to the Company
Hedge related to deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax
 
$
1,666

 
$
2,173

 
$
1,272

 
Interest expense on deposits
Tax expense/ (benefit)
 
687

 
894

 
525

 
Income tax expense
Net
 
$
(979
)
 
$
(1,279
)
 
$
(747
)
 
Net income attributable to the Company
Total reclassifications for the period, net of tax
 
$
(979
)
 
$
(2,354
)
 
$
(1,849
)
 
 
The following table presents the components of the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss) as of December 31:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In thousands)
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on securities available-for-sale, net of tax
$
(11,194
)
 
$
495

 
$
1,983

Unrealized gain/ (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of tax
(605
)
 
(1,123
)
 
(1,923
)
Unrealized gain/ (loss) on other, net of tax
(749
)
 
(872
)
 
(757
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss)
$
(12,548
)
 
$
(1,500
)
 
$
(697
)

16.    EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is determined in the same manner as basic EPS except that the number of shares is increased assuming exercise or contingent issuance of the options, warrants or other dilutive securities; and conversion of the convertible trust preferred securities. Additionally, when dilutive, interest expense (net of tax) related to the convertible trust preferred securities is added back to net income attributable to common shareholders. The calculation of diluted EPS excludes the potential dilution of common shares and the inclusion of any related expenses if the effect is antidilutive.

118

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following table is a reconciliation of the components of basic and diluted EPS computations for the three years ended December 31:
 
For the year ended
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Basic earnings per share - Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from continuing operations
$
70,244

 
$
62,921

 
$
67,405

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
4,157

 
4,407

 
4,750

Net income from continuing operations attributable to the Company
66,087

 
58,514

 
62,655

Decrease/ (increase) in noncontrolling interests’ redemption values (1)
(588
)
 
464

 
(525
)
Dividends on preferred stock
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
Total adjustments to income attributable to common shareholders
(4,063
)
 
(3,011
)
 
(4,000
)
Net income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders, treasury stock method (2)
62,024

 
55,503

 
58,655

Net income from discontinued operations (2)
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net income attributable to common shareholders, treasury stock method (2)
$
67,565

 
$
61,914

 
$
64,815

 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share - Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
81,264,273

 
80,885,253

 
78,921,480

Per share data - Basic earnings per share from:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.76

 
$
0.69

 
$
0.74

Discontinued operations
$
0.07

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

Total attributable to common shareholders
$
0.83

 
$
0.77

 
$
0.82



 
For the year ended
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Diluted earnings per share - Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders, after assumed dilution (2)
$
62,024

 
$
55,503

 
$
58,655

Net income from discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net income attributable to common shareholders, after assumed dilution
$
67,565

 
$
61,914

 
$
64,815

Diluted earnings per share - Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
81,264,273

 
80,885,253

 
78,921,480

Dilutive effect of:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options and non-participating performance-based and certain time-based restricted stock (2), (3)
1,002,153

 
1,301,448

 
1,188,051

Warrants to purchase common stock (3)
942,700

 
1,206,389

 
1,198,613

Dilutive common shares
1,944,853

 
2,507,837

 
2,386,664

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding (2), (3)
83,209,126

 
83,393,090

 
81,308,144

Per share data - Diluted earnings per share from:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.74

 
$
0.66

 
$
0.72

Discontinued operations
$
0.07

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

Total attributable to common shareholders
$
0.81

 
$
0.74

 
$
0.80

Dividends per share declared and paid on common stock
$
0.40

 
$
0.36

 
$
0.32


119

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


_____________________
(1)
See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 14: Noncontrolling Interests” for a description of the redemption values related to the redeemable noncontrolling interests. In accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), an increase in redemption values from period to period reduces income attributable to common shareholders. Decreases in redemption value from period to period increase income attributable to common shareholders, but only to the extent that the cumulative change in redemption value remains a cumulative increase since adoption of this standard in the first quarter of 2009.
(2)
The Company presents its EPS based on the treasury stock method. The Company reverted to the treasury stock presentation from the two-class presentation due to the immaterial number of participating shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016. If the EPS presentation had been based on the two-class method, the following adjustments would have been made to the presentation of EPS for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Net income attributable to common shareholders would have been reduced by an additional  $4 thousand , for the year ended December 31, 2016. The allocation of net income to participating securities would have been  $8 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2016, reducing net income attributable to common shareholders by a total of  $12 thousand  for the same period. Basic EPS would not change. Weighted average diluted shared outstanding would have been reduced by  7,185 shares for the year ended December 31, 2016. Diluted EPS would not change.
If the EPS presentation had been based on the two-class method, the following adjustments would have been made to the presentation of EPS for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net income attributable to common shareholders would have been reduced by an additional  $90 thousand  for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the allocation of net income to participating securities would have been  $92 thousand  for the same period, reducing net income attributable to common shareholders by a total of  $182 thousand , for the same period. Total basic EPS and basic EPS from continuing operations would each decrease by  $0.01  per share for the year ended December 31, 2015. Weighted average diluted shares outstanding would have been reduced by  167,937 shares for the same period. Diluted EPS would not change.
If the EPS presentation had been based on the two-class method, the following adjustments would have been made to the presentation of EPS for the year ended December 31, 2014. Net income attributable to common shareholders would have been reduced by an additional $228 thousand  for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the allocation of net income to participating securities would have been  $335 thousand  for the same period, reducing net income attributable to common shareholders by a total of  $563 thousand , for the same period. Total basic EPS and basic EPS from continuing operations would each decrease by  $0.01  per share for the year ended December 31, 2014. Weighted average diluted shares outstanding would have been reduced by  428,913 shares for the same period. Total diluted EPS and diluted EPS from discontinued operations would each decrease by  $0.01  per share.
(3)
The diluted EPS computations for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 do not assume the conversion, exercise or contingent issuance of the following shares for the following periods because the result would have been antidilutive for the periods indicated. As a result of the anti-dilution, the potential common shares excluded from the diluted EPS computation are as follows:
 
For the year ended
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Shares excluded due to anti-dilution (treasury method):
(In thousands)
Potential common shares from:
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible trust preferred securities (a)
1

 
1

 
1

Total shares excluded due to anti-dilution
1

 
1

 
1

 
For the year ended
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Shares excluded due to exercise price exceeding the average market price of common shares during the period (total outstanding):
(In thousands)
Potential common shares from:
 
 
 
 
 
Options, restricted stock, or other dilutive securities (b)
270

 
548

 
829

Total shares excluded due to exercise price exceeding the average market price of common shares during the period
270

 
548

 
829

(a)
If the effect of the conversion of the trust preferred securities would have been dilutive, an immaterial amount of interest expense, net of tax, related to the convertible trust preferred securities would have been added back to net income attributable to common shareholders for the diluted EPS computation for the years presented.

120

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


(b)
Options to purchase shares of common stock, non-participating performance- and certain time-based restricted stock, and other dilutive securities that were outstanding at period ends were not included in the computation of diluted EPS or in the above anti-dilution table because their exercise or conversion prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares during the respective periods.
 

17.     INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Current expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
20,237

 
$
25,631

 
$
20,557

State
7,778

 
9,183

 
7,254

Total current expense
28,015

 
34,814

 
27,811

Deferred expense/(benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
1,976

 
(3,185
)
 
3,895

State
972

 
(1,237
)
 
659

Total deferred expense/(benefit)
2,948

 
(4,422
)
 
4,554

Income tax expense
$
30,963

 
$
30,392

 
$
32,365

Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations differs from the amounts computed by applying the Federal statutory rate to pre-tax income from continuing operations. Reconciliations between the Federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Statutory Federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Increase/ (decrease) resulting from:
 
 
 
 
 
Tax exempt interest, net
(7.5
)%
 
(7.1
)%
 
(5.6
)%
State and local income tax, net of Federal tax benefit
5.6
 %
 
5.5
 %
 
5.2
 %
Tax credits
(2.2
)%
 
(1.9
)%
 
(1.7
)%
Noncontrolling interests
(1.4
)%
 
(1.6
)%
 
(1.7
)%
Out-of-period adjustment
 %
 
1.3
 %
 
 %
Other, net
1.1
 %
 
1.4
 %
 
1.2
 %
Effective income tax rate
30.6
 %
 
32.6
 %
 
32.4
 %

121

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


During the third quarter of 2015, the Company reevaluated its executive compensation plans and identified certain executive compensation that was previously treated as fully deductible was non-deductible. The correction resulted in $1.2 million of additional federal tax expense and $0.2 million of additional state tax, net of federal tax benefit, that was related to prior years. After evaluating the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the correction, the Company determined that previously issued consolidated financial statements were not materially misstated and, as a result, recorded the correction in 2015.
On April 13, 2015, New York City enacted legislation that requires corporations that are engaged in unitary business operations to file combined returns with their affiliates for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2015. Starting in 2015, all of the Company’s affiliates are included in the Company’s New York City tax return instead of just those affiliates with nexus to New York City. The Company incorporated the impact of these New York City law changes in 2015 due to the law being enacted in 2015. The Company adjusted the New York City apportionment percentages for purposes of measuring deferred tax assets and liabilities that will reverse after the effective date. As a result of these changes, the Company recorded a state tax benefit of $0.5 million , net of federal tax, in 2015.
On March 31, 2014, New York enacted legislation that requires corporations that are engaged in unitary business operations to file combined returns with their affiliates for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2015. Starting in 2015, all of the Company’s affiliates are included in the Company’s New York tax return instead of just those affiliates with nexus to New York. In addition, the New York tax rate will be reduced from 7.1% to 6.5% for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2016. The Company incorporated the impact of these New York law changes in 2014 due to the law being enacted in 2014. The Company adjusted the New York state applicable tax rate and apportionment percentages for purposes of measuring deferred tax assets and liabilities that will reverse after the effective date. As a result of these changes, the Company recorded a state tax benefit of $0.5 million , net of federal tax, in 2014.
The components of gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
(In thousands)
Gross deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
$
35,471

 
$
37,401

Allowance for losses on OREO
74

 
912

Interest on nonaccrual loans
548

 
833

Stock compensation
6,079

 
7,391

Deferred and accrued compensation
19,801

 
19,370

State loss carryforward, net of federal

 
60

Capital loss carryforward

 
458

Mark-to-market on securities available-for-sale
185

 
274

Contingent payments
1,868

 
1,978

Unrealized loss on investments
8,264

 
748

Other
720

 
756

Gross deferred tax assets
73,010

 
70,181

Less: valuation allowance

 
458

Total deferred tax assets
73,010

 
69,723

Gross deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Cancellation of debt income deferral
2,692

 
4,035

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets
12,929

 
11,894

Fixed assets
67

 
62

Prepaid expenses
611

 
580

Other
1,251

 
1,453

Total gross deferred tax liabilities
17,550

 
18,024

Net deferred tax asset
$
55,460

 
$
51,699


122

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Of the $3.8 million net increase in the Company’s net deferred tax asset during 2016, $2.9 million was recognized as deferred income tax expense, $0.1 million was recognized as deferred income tax benefit for discontinued operations, and $6.6 million was recognized as an increase to shareholders’ equity.
In accordance with ASC 740, deferred tax assets are to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of the tax benefit depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carry-back and carry-forward periods.
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2016 will be realized, based upon the ability to generate future taxable income as well as the availability of current and historical taxable income. Other positive evidence to support the realization of the Company’s net deferred tax asset includes:
The Company had cumulative pre-tax income, as adjusted for permanent book-to-tax differences, in the period 2014 through 2016.
Certain tax planning strategies are available to the Company, such as reducing investments in tax-exempt securities.
The Company has not had any operating loss or tax credit carryovers expiring unused in recent years.
At December 31, 2015, the Company had a $0.5 million deferred tax asset for $1.2 million of capital loss carryovers that were scheduled to expire in 2016. The Company believed it was more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset related to capital losses would not be realized and had recorded a valuation allowance of $0.5 million at December 31, 2015 attributable to this net deferred tax asset. The net change in the valuation allowance during the year ending December 31, 2016 of $0.5 million is primarily related to prior year provision to return differences as well as the unforeseen realization of capital losses during the year ending December 31, 2016.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits under the provisions of ASC 740-10 is as follows:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Balance at January 1
$
1,022

 
$
1,067

 
$
549

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
160

 
163

 
245

Additions based on tax positions taken in prior years

 

 
366

Decreases based on tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

Decreases based on settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

Decreases based on the expiration of statute of limitations
(208
)
 
(208
)
 
(93
)
Balance at December 31
$
974

 
$
1,022

 
$
1,067

The Company does not currently believe there is a reasonable possibility of any significant change to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.
Excluded from the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 are the federal tax benefits associated with the gross amount of state unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The net amount of unrecognized tax benefit which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $0.8 million at December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
The Company classifies interest and penalties, if applicable, related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Interest and penalties recognized as part of the Company’s income tax expense was immaterial for the years ending December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. The accrued amounts for interest and penalties were immaterial as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
Federal income tax returns remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for all tax years subsequent to 2012. The examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the tax year ended December 31, 2009 was settled in August, 2015. The resolution of this examination did not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate.

123

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


State income tax returns for the Company’s major tax jurisdictions of California, Massachusetts, and New York have either been examined or remain subject to examination for all the tax years subsequent to 2012. The examination by the State of New York for the tax year ended December 31, 2012 was settled in February, 2015. The resolution of this examination did not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2016, the Company was under examination by the State of New York for the tax years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. The Company believes the resolution of this examination will not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate.

18.     EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Employee 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
The Company established a corporate-wide 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for the benefit of the employees of the Company and its affiliates, which became effective on July 1, 2002. The 401(k) Plan is a 401(k) savings and retirement plan that is designed to qualify as an ERISA section 404(c) plan. Generally, employees who are at least twenty-one (21) years of age are eligible to participate in the plan on their date of hire. Employee contributions may be matched based on a predetermined formula and additional discretionary contributions may be made. 401(k) Plan expense was $3.0 million , $2.8 million , and $2.4 million , in the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.
Salary Continuation Plans
The Bank maintains a salary continuation plan for certain former officers in the Bank’s San Francisco Bay Area market. The officers became eligible for benefits under the salary continuation plan if they reached a defined retirement age while working for the Bank. The Bank also has a deferred compensation plan for certain former directors of the former private banking affiliate in the San Francisco Bay Area that was merged into the Bank. The compensation expense relating to each contract is accounted for individually. The expense relating to these plans was $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 . The amount recognized in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets was $1.1 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The Bank has purchased life insurance contracts to help fund these plans. The Bank has single premium life insurance policies with cash surrender values totaling $6.3 million and $6.2 million , which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
The Bank also maintains a salary continuation plan for certain former officers of the Bank’s Southern California market. The plan provides for payments to the participants at the age of retirement. The expense relating to these plans was $0.1 million , $0.1 million , and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. The net amount recognized in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets was $1.9 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The Bank has purchased life insurance contracts to help fund these plans. These life insurance policies have cash surrender values totaling $4.8 million and $4.7 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company offers a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) that enables certain executives to elect to defer a portion of their compensation. The amounts deferred are excluded from the employee’s taxable income and are not deductible for income tax purposes by the Company until paid. The net deferred amount related to the Deferred Compensation Plan in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets was $6.1 million and $5.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Increases and decreases in the value of the Deferred Compensation Plan are recognized as compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The expense relating to the Deferred Compensation Plan was expense of $0.6 million , an expense credit of $0.1 million , and expense of $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.
The Company has adopted a special trust for the Deferred Compensation Plan called a Rabbi Trust. A Rabbi Trust is an arrangement that is used to accumulate assets that may be used to “fund” the Company’s obligation to pay benefits under the Deferred Compensation Plan. However, to prevent immediate taxation to the executives who participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan, the amounts placed in the Rabbi Trust must remain subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors. The investments chosen by the participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan are mirrored by the Rabbi Trust as a way to minimize the earnings volatility of the Deferred Compensation Plan. The net amount recognized in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets was $6.1 million and $5.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Increases and decreases in the value of the Rabbi Trust are recognized in other income in the consolidated statement of operations. The income relating to this plan was a gain of $0.6 million , a loss of $0.1 million , and a gain of $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.

124

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Stock-Based Incentive Plans
At December 31, 2016 , the Company has three stock-based compensation plans. These plans encourage and enable the officers, employees, and non-employee directors of the Company to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.
The 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), replaced the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. Under the 2009 Plan, the Company may grant options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards, performance share awards and dividend equivalent rights to its officers, employees, and non-employee directors of the Company for an amount not to exceed 2% of the total shares of common stock outstanding as of the last business day of the preceding fiscal year. The 2009 Plan provides for the authorization and issuance of 4,000,000 shares , along with any residual shares from previous plans. Under the 2009 Plan, the exercise price of each option shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date the options are granted. Generally, options expire ten years from the date granted and vest over a three-year graded vesting period for officers and employees and a one-year or less period for non-employee directors. Stock grants generally vest over a three-year cliff vesting period . As of December 31, 2016 the maximum number of shares of stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan was 2,700,968 shares .
Under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan (the “Inducement Plan”), the Company may grant equity awards to new employees as an inducement to join the Company. The Company reserved 1,245,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the Inducement Plan. The terms of the Inducement Plan are substantially similar to the terms of the 2009 Plan. In 2014, the Company issued an additional 637,804 shares under this plan in conjunction with the Bank’s acquisition of Banyan. In 2015, the Company issued an additional 22,936 shares under this plan in conjunction with an executive new hire. In 2016, the Company issued 37,177 shares under this plan in conjunction with executive new hires. At December 31, 2016, the Inducement Plan had 148,854 shares reserved and available for issuance.
The Company maintains a qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Under the ESPP, eligible employees may purchase common stock of the Company at 85 percent of the lower of the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the first or last day of a six month purchase period on The NASDAQ® Global Select Market. Employees pay for their stock purchases through payroll deductions at a rate equal to any whole percentage from 1 percent to 15 percent of after-tax earnings. Participants have a right to a full reimbursement of ESPP deferrals through the end of the offering period. Such a reimbursement would result in a reversal of the compensation expense previously recorded, attributed to that participant. The Company issues shares under the ESPP in January and July of each year. As of December 31, 2016, there were 777,726 shares available for issuance in the ESPP. There were 165,919 shares issued to participants under the qualified ESPP in 2016.
Share-based payments recorded in salaries and benefits expense are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Stock option and ESPP expense
$
437

 
$
518

 
$
653

Nonvested share expense
6,293

 
5,723

 
5,339

Subtotal
6,730

 
6,241

 
5,992

Tax benefit
2,574

 
2,367

 
2,311

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax benefit
$
4,156

 
$
3,874

 
$
3,681


125

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Stock Options
A summary of option activity under the 2009 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows:
 
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in 000’s)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
1,222,951

 
$
16.27

 
 
 
 
Granted

 
$

 
 
 
 
Exercised
244,567

 
$
7.60

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
73,062

 
$
29.49

 
 
 
 
Expired
248,922

 
$
29.25

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
656,400

 
$
13.11

 
2.26 years
 
$
4,117.0

Exercisable at December 31, 2016
656,400

 
$
13.11

 
2.26 years
 
$
4,117.0

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 was $1.5 million , $0.7 million , and $1.1 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option arrangements granted under the 2009 Plan.
Restricted Stock
A summary of the Company’s nonvested shares as of December 31, 2016 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2016 , including shares under both the 2009 Plan and the Inducement Plan, is as follows:
 
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2015
2,236,383

 
$
11.72

Granted
599,673

 
$
11.58

Vested
490,658

 
$
10.90

Forfeited
351,770

 
$
10.18

Nonvested at December 31, 2016
1,993,628

 
$
12.16

The fair value of nonvested shares is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the grant date. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 was $11.58 , $12.41 , and $12.42 , respectively. At December 31, 2016 , there was $10.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements under the 2009 Plan and the Inducement Plan, combined. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years . The total fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 was $5.3 million , $5.3 million , and $5.1 million , respectively.
Included in the restricted stock balances above are performance shares, which are granted to certain employees within the Company and are accounted for in the same manner as restricted stock. At December 31, 2016 , there were 831,726 performance shares outstanding, which could increase up to 1,497,107 shares. If the maximum number of performance shares is issued, the Company would incur an additional $8.1 million of compensation costs related to these additional 665,381 shares. The Company recognizes the expense for performance shares based upon the most likely outcome of shares to be issued based on current forecasts.

126

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
The Company has a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) with a former executive officer of the Company. The SERP, which is unfunded, provides a defined cash benefit based on a formula using average compensation, years of service, and age at retirement of the executive. The estimated actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was $8.2 million and $8.3 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The expense associated with the SERP was $0.5 million , $0.5 million , and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. The discount rate used to calculate the SERP liability was 4.10% , 4.35% , and 3.85% for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.
The Bank has a SERP with various former executives of the Pacific Northwest market. The SERP, which is unfunded, provides a defined cash benefit based on a formula using compensation, years of service, and age at retirement of the executives. The benefits for each executive under the plan are accrued until the full vesting age of 65. The actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was $3.2 million at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 . The expense associated with the SERP was $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 . The discount rate used to calculate the SERP liability was 3.62% , 3.81% , and 3.45% , for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.
KLS has a long term incentive plan (“LTIP”) with certain of its managing directors. This LTIP, which is unfunded, provides for a profit sharing based on current year results as well as a cash benefit at the time of separation of service. The cash payment at separation of service, which is determined based on the profit share and a multiple based on years of service, is payable in three equal annual installments following separation of service. The Company has accrued $7.6 million and $7.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, for future separation of service payments. The LTIP was effective beginning January 1, 2010. The expense associated with the LTIP was $(0.2) million , $1.3 million , and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. The discount rate used to calculate the SERP liability was 3.70% , 3.90% , and 3.80% for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 , respectively.

19.     OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
Major components of other operating expense are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Insurance
$
3,396

 
$
3,518

 
$
2,851

Employee travel and meals
3,309

 
2,874

 
2,250

Other banking expenses
1,035

 
1,788

 
1,091

Telephone
1,137

 
1,661

 
1,589

Forms and supplies
836

 
1,241

 
838

Postage, express mail, and courier
967

 
1,007

 
978

Publications and dues
984

 
870

 
795

Training and education
627

 
686

 
554

Prepayment penalties on repurchase of FHLB borrowings and repurchase agreements
262

 

 
808

OREO expenses
227

 
197

 
176

Legal settlement costs
195

 
150

 
48

Provision for off-balance sheet loan commitments
(367
)
 
(271
)
 
50

Other
1,966

 
2,501

 
2,100

Total
$
14,574

 
$
16,222

 
$
14,128



127

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


20.     REPORTABLE SEGMENTS
Management Reporting
The Company has four reportable segments: Private Banking, Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory, and the Parent Company (Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.) (the “Holding Company”). The financial performance of the Company is managed and evaluated by these four areas. The segments are managed separately as a result of the concentrations in each function.
The Company’s Segment Chief Executive Officers (“CEOs”) manage the segments and have full authority and responsibility for the performance and the allocation of resources within their respective segments. The Company’s CEO is the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) .
The day to day activities of the affiliates are managed by the affiliate CEOs, except in the Private Banking segment. The Company’s CEO is also the Bank’s CEO. The president of the Bank is the Private Banking Segment CEO and reports to the Company CEO. The Segment CEOs have authority with respect to the allocation of capital within their segments, management oversight responsibility, performance assessments, and overall authority and accountability for all of the affiliates, if any, within their segment. The Segment CEO for the non-banks communicates with the affiliate CEOs regarding profit and loss responsibility, strategic planning, priority setting and other matters. The Holding Company’s Chief Financial Officer reviews all affiliate financial detail with the CODM on a monthly basis.
Description of Reportable Segments
Private Banking
The Private Banking segment operates primarily in three geographic markets: New England, the San Francisco Bay Area, and Southern California.
The Bank currently conducts business under the name of Boston Private Bank & Trust Company in all markets. The Bank is chartered by The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is insured by the FDIC. The Bank is principally engaged in providing private banking services to high net worth individuals, privately owned businesses and partnerships, and nonprofit organizations. In addition, the Bank is an active provider of financing for affordable housing, first-time homebuyers, economic development, social services, community revitalization and small businesses.
Wealth Management and Trust
The Wealth Management and Trust segment is comprised of the trust operations of Boston Private Bank and the operations of Boston Private Wealth. Boston Private Wealth combines Boston Private Bank’s existing wealth management business and the business of Banyan, which Boston Private Bank purchased in the fourth quarter of 2014. The segment offers investment management, wealth management, family office, and trust services to individuals, families, and institutions. The Wealth Management and Trust segment operates in New England; South Florida; California; Madison, Wisconsin; and the Washington, D.C. area. For comparative purposes, the Wealth Management and Trust segment data that was previously included within the Private Banking segment has been stated separately for the periods presented in the table below. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 3: Acquisitions, Asset Sales, and Divestitures” for additional details on the acquisition of Banyan.
Investment Management
The Investment Management segment has two consolidated affiliates, including DGHM and Anchor, both of which are registered investment advisers (“RIAs”). The Investment Managers serve the needs of pension funds, endowments, trusts, foundations and select institutions, mutual funds and high net worth individuals and their families throughout the U.S. and abroad. The Investment Managers specialize in value-driven equity portfolios with products across the capitalization spectrum. The specific mix of products, services and clientele varies between affiliates. The Investment Managers are located in New England and New York, with one affiliate administrative office in South Florida.

128

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Wealth Advisory
The Wealth Advisory segment has two consolidated affiliates, including KLS and BOS, both of which are RIAs and wealth management firms. The Wealth Advisors provide comprehensive, planning-based financial strategies to high net worth individuals and their families, and non-profit institutions. The services the firms offer include fee-only financial planning, tax planning, tax preparation, estate and insurance planning, retirement planning, charitable planning and intergenerational gifting and succession planning. The Wealth Advisors manage investments covering a wide range of asset classes for both taxable and tax-exempt portfolios. The Wealth Advisors are located in New York, Southern California and Northern California.
Measurement of Segment Profit and Assets
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1: Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”
Reconciliation of Reportable Segment Items
The following tables present a reconciliation of the revenues, profits, assets, and other significant items of reportable segments as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 . Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures is reported at the Holding Company.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Private Banking
(In thousands)
Net interest income
$
202,702

 
$
189,501

 
$
183,424

Fees and other income
18,947

 
11,352

 
10,617

Total revenues
221,649

 
200,853

 
194,041

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
Operating expense
125,116

 
116,575

 
111,901

Income before income taxes
103,468

 
85,833

 
88,540

Income tax expense (2)
33,120

 
27,844

 
29,032

Net income from continuing operations
70,348

 
57,989

 
59,508

Net income attributable to the Company
$
70,348

 
$
57,989

 
$
59,508

 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
7,816,671

 
$
7,361,202

 
$
6,611,191

Amortization of intangibles
$

 
$
341

 
$
219

Depreciation
$
4,477

 
$
4,599

 
$
5,294



 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Wealth Management and Trust
(In thousands)
Fees and other income
$
44,401

 
$
53,336

 
$
34,584

Operating expense (1)
64,844

 
54,474

 
29,401

Income/ (loss) before income taxes
(20,443
)
 
(1,138
)
 
5,183

Income tax expense / (benefit) (2)
(8,279
)
 
(350
)
 
2,201

Net income/ (loss) from continuing operations
(12,164
)
 
(788
)
 
2,982

Net income/ (loss) attributable to the Company
$
(12,164
)
 
$
(788
)
 
$
2,982

 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
80,501

 
$
80,088

 
$
80,467

Amortization of intangibles
$
2,962

 
$
2,428

 
$
676

Depreciation
$
1,145

 
$
772

 
$
241


129

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Investment Management
(In thousands)
Net interest income
$
16

 
$
22

 
$
22

Fees and other income
44,443

 
45,687

 
47,119

Total revenues
44,459

 
45,709

 
47,141

Operating expense
32,863

 
33,690

 
34,848

Income before income taxes
11,596

 
12,019

 
12,293

Income tax expense (2)
3,789

 
3,956

 
4,078

Net income from continuing operations
7,807

 
8,063

 
8,215

Noncontrolling interests
2,077

 
2,265

 
2,519

Net income attributable to the Company
$
5,730

 
$
5,798

 
$
5,696

 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
92,692

 
$
92,642

 
$
100,229

Amortization of intangibles
$
2,601

 
$
2,956

 
$
2,955

Depreciation
$
284

 
$
286

 
$
240

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Wealth Advisory
(In thousands)
Net interest income
$
16

 
$
6

 
$
10

Fees and other income
50,686

 
50,558

 
48,199

Total revenues
50,702

 
50,564

 
48,209

Operating expense
34,791

 
35,379

 
33,213

Income before income taxes
15,911

 
15,185

 
14,996

Income tax expense (2)
6,084

 
5,819

 
5,653

Net income from continuing operations
9,827

 
9,366

 
9,343

Noncontrolling interests
2,080

 
2,138

 
2,189

Net income attributable to the Company
$
7,747

 
$
7,228

 
$
7,154

 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
79,887

 
$
79,543

 
$
80,804

Amortization of intangibles
$
719

 
$
986

 
$
986

Depreciation
$
878

 
$
864

 
$
488

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Holding Company and Eliminations
(In thousands)
Net interest income
$
(2,296
)
 
$
(3,759
)
 
$
(3,755
)
Fees and other income
310

 
236

 
279

Total revenues
(1,986
)
 
(3,523
)
 
(3,476
)
Operating expense
7,339

 
15,063

 
17,766

Income/ (loss) before income taxes
(9,325
)
 
(18,586
)
 
(21,242
)
Income tax expense/(benefit) (2)
(3,751
)
 
(6,877
)
 
(8,599
)
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations
(5,574
)
 
(11,709
)
 
(12,643
)
Noncontrolling interests

 
4

 
42

Discontinued operations (3)
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net income/(loss) attributable to the Company
$
(33
)
 
$
(5,302
)
 
$
(6,525
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
(99,277
)
 
$
(70,967
)
 
$
(74,817
)
Depreciation
$
54

 
$
69

 
$
205


130

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Total Company
(In thousands)
Net interest income
$
200,438

 
$
185,770

 
$
179,701

Fees and other income
158,787

 
161,169

 
140,798

Total revenues
359,225

 
346,939

 
320,499

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(6,935
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(6,400
)
Operating expense
264,953

 
255,181

 
227,129

Income before income taxes
101,207

 
93,313

 
99,770

Income tax expense (2)
30,963

 
30,392

 
32,365

Net income from continuing operations
70,244

 
62,921

 
67,405

Noncontrolling interests
4,157

 
4,407

 
4,750

Discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
7,970,474

 
$
7,542,508

 
$
6,797,874

Amortization of intangibles
$
6,282

 
$
6,711

 
$
4,836

Depreciation
$
6,838

 
$
6,590

 
$
6,468

___________________
(1)
Operating expense related to the Wealth Management and Trust segment includes restructuring expenses of $2.0 million , $3.7 million , and $0.7 million for 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, and a goodwill impairment charge of $9.5 million in 2016.
(2)
The Company’s effective tax rate for 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 is not consistent due to earnings from tax-exempt investments, non-deductible compensation, state and local taxes, income tax credits and income attributable to noncontrolling interests having a different impact on the effective tax rate due primarily to the different levels of income before taxes in years 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 . See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 17: Income Taxes” for additional details.
(3)
The Holding Company and Eliminations calculation of Net Income attributable to the Company includes net income from Discontinued Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 of $5.5 million , $6.4 million , and $6.2 million , respectively.

21.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value is defined under GAAP as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company determines the fair values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. Financial instruments are considered Level 1 when valuation can be based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 financial instruments are valued using quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or models using inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data of substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable and when determination of the fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

131

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following tables present the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
Fair value measurements at reporting date using:
 
Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets (Level 1)
 
Significant other
observable 
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
(In thousands)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agencies
$
39,936

 
$
39,293

 
$
643

 
$

Government-sponsored entities
336,664

 

 
336,664

 

Municipal bonds
293,397

 

 
293,397

 

Mortgage-backed securities
570,327

 

 
570,327

 

Other
23,808

 
23,808

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities
1,264,132

 
63,101

 
1,201,031

 

Derivatives - interest rate customer swaps
17,032

 

 
17,032

 

Derivatives - risk participation agreements
15

 

 
15

 

Other investments
6,110

 
6,110

 

 

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives - interest rate customer swaps
$
16,560

 
$

 
$
16,560

 
$

Derivatives - interest rate swaps
1,040

 

 
1,040

 

Derivatives - risk participation agreements
6

 

 
6

 

Other liabilities
6,110

 
6,110

 

 


 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Fair value measurements at reporting date using:
Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets (Level 1)
 
Significant other
observable 
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
(In thousands)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agencies
$
21,251

 
$
20,251

 
$
1,000

 
$

Government-sponsored entities
344,562

 

 
344,562

 

Municipal bonds
268,644

 

 
268,644

 

Mortgage-backed securities
427,041

 

 
427,041

 

Other
23,012

 
23,012

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities
1,084,510

 
43,263

 
1,041,247

 

Derivatives - interest rate customer swaps
7,960

 

 
7,960

 

Other investments
5,602

 
5,602

 

 

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives - interest rate customer swaps
$
8,084

 
$

 
$
8,084

 
$

Derivatives - interest rate swaps
1,907

 

 
1,907

 

Derivatives - risk participation agreement
11

 

 
11

 

Other liabilities
5,602

 
5,602

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, available-for-sale securities consisted primarily of U.S. government and agency securities, government-sponsored entities securities, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, and other available-for-sale securities. The equities (which are categorized as other available-for-sale securities) are valued with prices quoted in active

132

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


markets. Five U.S. Treasury securities at December 31, 2016 and three U.S. Treasury securities at December 31, 2015, are valued with prices quoted in active markets. Therefore, they have been categorized as a Level 1 measurement. The government-sponsored entities securities, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, and certain investments in Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans (which are categorized as U.S. government and agencies securities) generally have quoted prices but are traded less frequently than exchange-traded securities and can be priced using market data from similar assets. Therefore, they have been categorized as a Level 2 measurement. No investments held at December 31, 2016 or 2015 were categorized as Level 3. There were no changes in the valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value, nor were there any transfers between Levels 1 and 2, of available-for-sale securities in the years ended 2016 and 2015.
The Company uses interest rate customer swaps, interest rate swaps, risk participation agreements, and a junior subordinated debenture interest rate swap to manage its interest rate risk, and customer foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its foreign exchange risk, if any. The junior subordinated debenture interest rate swap agreement matured on December 30, 2015. The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. Therefore, they have been categorized as a Level 2 measurement as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 . There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 in the years ended 2016 and 2015. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9: Derivatives and Hedging Activities” for further details.
To comply with the provisions of ASC 820, the Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees. Counterparty exposure is evaluated by netting positions that are subject to master netting agreements, as well as considering the amount of collateral securing the position.
The Company has determined that the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, although the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 . There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 in the years ended 2016 and 2015.
Other investments, which are not considered available-for-sale investments, consist of deferred compensation trusts, which consist of publicly traded mutual fund investments that are valued at prices quoted in active markets. Therefore, they have been categorized as a Level 1 measurement as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 . There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 in the years ended 2016 and 2015.
There were no Level 3 assets valued on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 or 2015 .

133

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following tables present the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
Fair value measurements at reporting date using:
 
Gain (losses) from fair value changes
Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets (Level 1)
 
Significant 
other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 
Year ended December 31, 2016
(In thousands)
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans (1)
$
3,074

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,074

 
$
(428
)
OREO (2)
1,690

 

 

 
1,690

 
(110
)
Goodwill (3)
34,777

 

 

 
34,777

 
(9,528
)
 
$
39,541

 
$

 
$

 
$
39,541

 
$
(10,066
)
___________________
(1)
Collateral-dependent impaired loans held as of December 31, 2016 that had write-downs in fair value or whose specific reserve changed during 2016.
(2)
OREO held as of December 31, 2016 that had write-downs in fair value during 2016.
(3)
Goodwill balance at Boston Private Wealth as of December 31, 2016 that had write-downs in fair value during 2016. See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further detail.
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Fair value measurements at reporting date using:
 
Gain (losses) from fair value changes
Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets (Level 1)
 
Significant other
observable 
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 
Year ended December 31, 2015
(In thousands)
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans (1)
$
2,322

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,322

 
$
(578
)
 
$
2,322

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,322

 
$
(578
)
___________________
(1)
Collateral-dependent impaired loans held as of December 31, 2015 that had write-downs in fair value or whose specific reserve changed during 2015.
The following tables present additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
Fair Value
 
Valuation
technique
 
Unobservable
Input
 
Range of
Inputs
Utilized
 
Weighted
Average of
Inputs
Utilized
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Impaired Loans
$
3,074

 
Appraisals of Collateral
 
Discount for costs to sell
 
5% - 7%
 
6%
Appraisal adjustments
 
0% - 20%
 
13%
OREO
$
1,690

 
Appraisals of Collateral
 
Discount for costs to sell
 
6%
 
6%
 
Appraisal adjustments
 
18%
 
18%
See Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for additional quantitative information about the 2016 goodwill impairment charges at Boston Private Wealth.


134

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Fair Value
 
Valuation
technique
 
Unobservable
Input
 
Range of
Inputs
Utilized
 
Weighted
Average of
Inputs
Utilized
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Impaired Loans
$
2,322

 
Appraisals of Collateral
 
Discount for costs to sell
 
7% - 24%
 
12%
Appraisal adjustments
 
20% - 25%
 
21%
Impaired loans include those loans that were adjusted to the fair value of underlying collateral as required under ASC 310, Receivables . The amount does not include impaired loans that are measured based on expected future cash flows discounted at the respective loan’s original effective interest rate, as that amount is not considered a fair value measurement. The Company uses appraisals, which management may adjust to reflect estimated fair value declines, or apply other discounts to appraised values for unobservable factors resulting from its knowledge of the property or consideration of broker quotes. The appraisers use a market, income, and/or a cost approach in determining the value of the collateral. Therefore they have been categorized as a Level 3 measurement.
The following tables present the carrying values and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis (other than certain loans, as noted below):
 
As of December 31, 2016
Book Value
 
Fair Value
 
Quoted prices 
in active
markets for
identical assets 
(Level 1)
 
Significant 
other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
(In thousands)
FINANCIAL ASSETS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
106,557

 
$
106,557

 
$
106,557

 
$

 
$

Investment securities held-to-maturity
93,079

 
92,604

 

 
92,604

 

Loans held for sale
3,464

 
3,428

 

 
3,428

 

Loans, net
6,036,277

 
6,021,611

 

 

 
6,021,611

Other financial assets
131,863

 
131,863

 

 
131,863

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Deposits
6,085,146

 
6,084,765

 

 
6,084,765

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
59,624

 
59,624

 

 
59,624

 

Federal funds purchased
80,000

 
80,000

 

 
80,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
734,205

 
734,941

 

 
734,941

 

Junior subordinated debentures
106,363

 
96,363

 

 

 
96,363

Other financial liabilities
1,942

 
1,942

 

 
1,942

 



135

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
As of December 31, 2015
Book Value
 
Fair Value
 
Quoted prices 
in active
markets for
identical assets 
(Level 1)
 
Significant 
other
observable
inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
(In thousands)
FINANCIAL ASSETS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
238,694

 
$
238,694

 
$
238,694

 
$

 
$

Investment securities held-to-maturity
116,352

 
116,384

 

 
116,384

 

Loans held for sale
8,072

 
8,144

 

 
8,144

 

Loans, net
5,640,712

 
5,658,254

 

 

 
5,658,254

Other financial assets
118,233

 
118,233

 

 
118,233

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
6,040,437

 
6,041,239

 

 
6,041,239

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
58,215

 
58,215

 

 
58,215

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
461,324

 
465,100

 

 
465,100

 

Junior subordinated debentures
106,363

 
96,363

 

 

 
96,363

Other financial liabilities
1,978

 
1,978

 

 
1,978

 

The estimated fair values have been determined by using available quoted market information or other appropriate valuation methodologies. The aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company taken as a whole. An excess of fair value over book value on financial assets represents a premium, or gain, the Company might recognize if the assets were sold, while an excess of book value over fair value on financial liabilities represents a premium, or gain, the Company might recognize if the liabilities were sold. Conversely, losses would be recognized if assets were sold where the book value exceeded the fair value or liabilities were sold where the fair value exceeded the book value.
The fair value estimates provided are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and the characteristics of the financial instrument. The estimates do not provide for any premiums or discounts that could result from concentrations of ownership of a financial instrument. Because no active market exists for some of the Company’s financial instruments, certain fair value estimates are based on subjective judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the financial instruments, future expected loss experience, prepayment assumptions, and other factors. The resulting estimates involve uncertainties and are considered best estimates. Changes made to any of the underlying assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying value reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of their maturities and are classified as Level 1.
Held-to-maturity investment securities
Held-to-maturity securities currently include mortgage-backed securities. All held-to-maturity securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but may be traded in active markets. The fair value of these securities is based on quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. The principal market for our securities portfolio is the secondary institutional market, with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid level pricing in that market. Accordingly, held-to-maturity securities are included in the Level 2 fair value category.
Loans held for sale
Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Fair value estimates are based on actual commitments to sell the loans to investors at an agreed upon price or current market prices if rates have changed since the time the loan closed. Accordingly, loans held for sale are included in the Level 2 fair value category.

136

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Loans, net
Fair value estimates are based on loans with similar financial characteristics. Fair values of commercial and residential mortgage loans are estimated by discounting contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment estimates and using discount rates approximately equal to current market rates on loans with similar credit and interest rate characteristics and maturities. The fair value estimates for home equity and other loans are based on outstanding loan terms and pricing in the local markets. The method of estimating the fair value of the loans disclosed in the table above does not incorporate the exit price concept in the presentation of the fair value of these financial instruments. Net loans are included in the Level 3 fair value category based upon the inputs and valuation techniques used.
Other financial assets
Other financial assets consist of accrued interest and fees receivable, stock in Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”), and the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance, for which the carrying amount approximates fair value, and are classified as Level 2.
Deposits
The fair values reported for transaction accounts (demand, NOW, savings, and money market) equal their respective book values reported on the balance sheet and are classified as Level 2. The fair values disclosed are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair values for certificates of deposit are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates used are representative of approximate rates currently offered on certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities and are classified as Level 2.
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
The fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase are estimated based on contractual cash flows discounted at the Bank’s incremental borrowing rate for FHLB borrowings with similar maturities and have been classified as Level 2.
Federal funds purchased
The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and therefore these funds have been classified as Level 2.
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
The fair value reported for FHLB borrowings is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate used is based on the Bank’s estimated current incremental borrowing rate for FHLB borrowings of similar maturities and therefore these borrowings have been classified as Level 2.
Junior subordinated debentures
The fair value of the junior subordinated debentures issued by Boston Private Capital Trust I and Boston Private Capital Trust II were estimated using Level 3 inputs such as the interest rates on these securities, current rates for similar debt, a consideration for illiquidity of trading in the debt, and regulatory changes that would result in an unfavorable change in the regulatory capital treatment of this type of debt.
Other financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities consists of accrued interest payable for which the carrying amount approximates fair value and is classified as Level 2.
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk
The Bank’s commitments to originate loans and for unused lines and outstanding letters of credit are primarily at market interest rates and therefore, the carrying amount approximates fair value.


137

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


22.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its clients. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, unadvanced portion of loans, unused lines of credit, standby letters of credit, commitments to sell loans, and rate locks related to loans that if originated will be held for sale. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
Commitments to originate loans, the unadvanced portion of loans, and the unused lines of credit are agreements to lend to a client, provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since certain commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each client’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance by a client to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients.
Loans sold to investors have recourse to the Company on any loans that are deemed to have been fraudulent or misrepresented. In addition, investors would require the Company to repurchase any loan sold which has a first payment default. The Company has not repurchased any loans during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(In thousands)
Commitments to originate loans
 
 
 
Variable rate
$
103,189

 
$
87,622

Fixed rate
65,563

 
17,096

Total commitments to originate new loans
$
168,752

 
$
104,718

Unadvanced portion of loans and unused lines of credit
$
1,280,648

 
$
1,181,114

Standby letters of credit
$
38,391

 
$
39,245

Forward commitments to sell loans
$
9,663

 
$
28,468



138

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


23.    BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(In thousands)
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
54,694

 
$
55,385

Investment in wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries:
 
 
 
Bank
694,517

 
671,204

Non-banks
137,262

 
138,178

Investment in partnerships and trusts
6,340

 
6,340

Deferred income taxes

 
1,460

Other assets
17,131

 
14,243

Total assets
$
909,944

 
$
886,810

Liabilities:
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debentures
$
106,363

 
$
106,363

Deferred income taxes
8,638

 

Other liabilities
9,490

 
15,746

Total liabilities
124,491

 
122,109

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests (1)
21,133

 
21,481

Total Shareholders’ Equity
764,320

 
743,220

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and shareholders’ equity
$
909,944

 
$
886,810

___________________
(1)
Includes noncontrolling interests and the maximum redemption value of redeemable noncontrolling interests.

139

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(In thousands)
Income:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
130

 
$
116

 
$
115

Dividends from subsidiaries:
 
 
 
 
 
Bank
22,700

 
22,700

 
26,500

Non-banks
24,044

 
28,789

 
20,356

Other income
310

 
236

 
279

Total income
47,184

 
51,841

 
47,250

Operating Expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
4,620

 
10,320

 
11,876

Professional fees
1,337

 
2,007

 
2,965

Interest expense
2,427

 
3,875

 
3,872

Other expenses
1,381

 
2,740

 
2,966

Total operating expense
9,765

 
18,942

 
21,679

Income before income taxes
37,419

 
32,899

 
25,571

Income tax benefit
(3,751
)
 
(6,877
)
 
(8,599
)
Net income from discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
46,711

 
46,187

 
40,330

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
24,917

 
18,738

 
28,485

Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815



140

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to the Company
$
71,628

 
$
64,925

 
$
68,815

Net income from discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net income from continuing operations
66,087

 
58,514

 
62,655

Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries:
 
 
 
 
 
Bank
(58,184
)
 
(57,201
)
 
(62,491
)
Non-banks
(13,477
)
 
(13,026
)
 
(12,850
)
Dividends from subsidiaries:
 
 
 
 
 
Bank
22,700

 
22,700

 
26,500

Non-banks
24,044

 
28,789

 
20,356

Deferred income tax expense/ (benefit)
10,000

 
(4,575
)
 
4,642

Depreciation and amortization
(738
)
 
5,097

 
1,743

Net decrease/ (increase) in other operating activities
(16,633
)
 
2,167

 
(2,834
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities of continuing operations
33,799

 
42,465

 
37,721

Net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations
5,541

 
6,411

 
6,160

Net cash provided by/ (used in) operating activities
39,340

 
48,876

 
43,881

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for acquisitions, including deferred acquisition obligations
1,890

 
1,821

 

Capital investments in subsidiaries:
 
 
 
 
 
Bank

 

 
(29,007
)
Non-banks
(1,220
)
 
(1,723
)
 
(1,497
)
Net cash (used in)/ provided by in other investing activities
1

 
1

 
(98
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) investing activities of continuing operations
671

 
99

 
(30,602
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) investing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

Net cash provided by/ (used in) investing activities
671

 
99

 
(30,602
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase of common stock
(9,323
)
 

 

Dividends paid to common shareholders
(33,110
)
 
(29,608
)
 
(25,829
)
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
 
(3,475
)
Tax savings/ (deficiency) from certain stock compensation awards
(620
)
 
(1,262
)
 
1,294

Proceeds from stock option exercises
1,725

 
1,206

 
1,807

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
7,786

 
160

 
32,387

Other equity adjustments
(3,685
)
 
(5,204
)
 
(7,424
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities of continuing operations
(40,702
)
 
(38,183
)
 
(1,240
)
Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities
(40,702
)
 
(38,183
)
 
(1,240
)
Net (decrease)/ increase in cash and cash equivalents
(691
)
 
10,792

 
12,039

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
55,385

 
44,593

 
32,554

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
54,694

 
$
55,385

 
$
44,593



141

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


24.     REGULATORY MATTERS
Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory
The Company’s Wealth Management and Trust, Investment Management, and Wealth Advisory businesses are highly regulated, primarily at the federal level by the SEC, and by state regulatory agencies. The Company has subsidiaries which are RIAs under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 imposes numerous obligations on RIAs, including fiduciary, record keeping, operational, and disclosure obligations. The subsidiaries, as investment advisers, are also subject to regulation under the federal and state securities laws and the fiduciary laws of certain states. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries which act as sub-advisers to mutual funds, which are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and are subject to that Act’s provisions and regulations. The Company’s subsidiaries are also subject to the provisions and regulations of ERISA, to the extent any such entities act as a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to certain of its clients. ERISA and the related provisions of the federal tax laws impose a number of duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of each ERISA plan which is a client, as well as certain transactions by the fiduciaries and certain other related parties to such plans.
Private Banking
The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, which insures the deposits of the Bank to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. The federal and state laws and regulations which are applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, and the nature and amount of collateral for certain loans. The laws and regulations governing the Bank generally have been promulgated to foster the safety and soundness of the Bank and protect depositors, and not for the purpose of protecting shareholders of the Company.
As of December 31, 2016, quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy required us to maintain minimum ratios of CET1, Tier 1, and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the regulations) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to average assets (as defined in the regulations). 
The following table presents the Company’s and the Bank’s amount of regulatory capital and related ratios as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 . Also presented are the minimum requirements established by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC as of those dates for the Company and the Bank, respectively, to meet applicable capital requirements and the requirements of the FDIC as of those dates for the Bank to be considered “well capitalized” under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action provisions.
The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may impose higher capital ratios than those listed below based upon the results of regulatory exams. The Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action provisions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

142

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Actual
 
For capital adequacy
purposes (at least)
 
To be well capitalized
under prompt
corrective action
provisions (at least)
 
Basel III
minimum
capital ratio
with capital
conservation
buffer (1)
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
571,663

 
10.00
%
 
$
257,222

 
4.5
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
7.0
%
Boston Private Bank
661,991

 
11.64

 
256,030

 
4.5

 
$
369,822

 
6.5
%
 
7.0

Tier 1 risk-based capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
722,674

 
12.64

 
342,962

 
6.0

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
8.5

Boston Private Bank
661,991

 
11.64

 
341,374

 
6.0

 
455,165

 
8.0

 
8.5

Total risk-based capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
794,584

 
13.90

 
457,283

 
8.0

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
10.5

Boston Private Bank
733,214

 
12.89

 
455,165

 
8.0

 
568,956

 
10.0

 
10.5

Tier 1 leverage capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
722,674

 
9.42

 
306,848

 
4.0

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
4.0

Boston Private Bank
661,991

 
8.70

 
304,510

 
4.0

 
380,637

 
5.0

 
4.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
534,241

 
9.80
%
 
$
245,216

 
4.5
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a
Boston Private Bank
621,668

 
11.49

 
243,407

 
4.5

 
$
351,588

 
6.5%
 
n/a
Tier 1 risk-based capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
686,160

 
12.59

 
326,954

 
6.0

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a
Boston Private Bank
621,668

 
11.49

 
324,543

 
6.0

 
432,723

 
8.0

 
n/a
Total risk-based capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
754,758

 
13.85

 
435,939

 
8.0

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a
Boston Private Bank
689,437

 
12.75

 
432,723

 
8.0

 
540,904

 
10.0

 
n/a
Tier 1 leverage capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
686,160

 
9.50

 
289,059

 
4.0

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
n/a
Boston Private Bank
621,668

 
8.68

 
286,461

 
4.0

 
358,077

 
5.0

 
n/a
___________________
n/a
= not applicable
(1)
Required capital ratios under the Basel III capital rules with the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer added to the minimum risk-based capital ratios. The fully phased-in ratios are effective for 2019, with lower requirements during the transition years 2016 through 2018.
Bank regulatory authorities restrict the Bank from lending or advancing funds to, or investing in the securities of, the Company. Further, these authorities restrict the amounts available for the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company.
As of December 31, 2016, the Company has sponsored the creation of two statutory trusts for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in junior subordinated debentures of the Company. In accordance with ASC 810-10-55, Consolidation - Overall - Implementation Guidance and Illustrations - Variable Interest Entities , these statutory trusts created by the Company are not consolidated into the Company’s financial statements, however, the Company reflects the amounts of junior subordinated debentures payable to the preferred stockholders of statutory trusts as debt in its financial statements. As of both December 31, 2016 , and 2015 , all $100.0 million of the net balance of these trust preferred securities qualified as Tier 1 capital.

143

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



25.     LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, final disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations, or consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company.

26.    SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED) 
The following tables present selected quarterly financial data for 2016 and 2015 :
 
2016 (1)
Fourth
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
First
Quarter
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
51,519

 
$
49,871

 
$
49,169

 
$
49,879

Fees and other income
43,958

 
40,012

 
36,795

 
38,022

Total revenues
95,477

 
89,883

 
85,964

 
87,901

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(1,128
)
 
(138
)
 
(2,535
)
 
(3,133
)
Operating expense
71,843

 
61,670

 
64,731

 
66,709

Income before income taxes
24,762

 
28,351

 
23,768

 
24,325

Income tax expense
7,247

 
8,652

 
7,626

 
7,438

Net income from discontinued operations
1,184

 
1,047

 
1,245

 
2,065

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
1,147

 
1,110

 
989

 
911

Net income attributable to the Company
$
17,552

 
$
19,636

 
$
16,398

 
$
18,041

Net earnings per share attributable to the Company’s common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share (2)
$
0.19

 
$
0.23

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.22

Diluted earnings per share (2)
$
0.19

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.21

 
2015 (1)
Fourth
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
First
Quarter
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
48,140

 
$
46,473

 
$
45,085

 
$
46,072

Fees and other income
37,718

 
39,446

 
42,660

 
41,345

Total revenues
85,858

 
85,919

 
87,745

 
87,417

Provision/ (credit) for loan losses
(1,655
)
 
2,600

 

 
(2,500
)
Operating expense
67,407

 
61,929

 
62,418

 
63,427

Income before income taxes
20,106

 
21,390

 
25,327

 
26,490

Income tax expense
5,638

 
8,182

 
8,000

 
8,572

Net income from discontinued operations
1,455

 
1,316

 
1,546

 
2,094

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
921

 
994

 
1,263

 
1,229

Net income attributable to the Company
$
15,002

 
$
13,530

 
$
17,610

 
$
18,783

Net earnings per share attributable to the Company’s common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share (2)
$
0.17

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.22

Diluted earnings per share (2)
$
0.17

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.20

 
$
0.21

___________________

144

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


(1)
Due to rounding, the sum of the four quarters may not add to the year to date total.
(2)
Includes the effect of adjustments to net income attributable to the Company to arrive at net income attributable to common shareholders.
 

145

Table of Contents




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 . These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/  KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 2017

146

Table of Contents




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 , based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 , based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 , and our report dated February 28, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/  KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 2017


147

Table of Contents




ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has evaluated, with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures.
Based on such evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016 in ensuring that material information required to be disclosed by the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries:
a.
was made known to the certifying officers by others within the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act; and
b.
is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities Exchange Commission rules and forms.
On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the disclosure controls and procedures, and may from time to time make changes aimed at enhancing their effectiveness and to ensure that the Company’s systems evolve with its business.
B. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability and preparation of published financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.
In designing and evaluating the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, the Company and its management recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only a reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating and implementing possible controls and procedures. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 . In making this assessment, the Company used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on management’s assessment, the Company believes that, as of December 31, 2016 , the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established by Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission COSO.
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that reported on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 . This report can be found at the end of Part II. Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
C. Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting in 2016 .

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

148

Table of Contents





PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information with respect to Directors and Executive Officers required by Item 10 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information with respect to executive compensation required by Item 11 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information with respect to security ownership and the other matters required by Item 12 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions required by Item 13 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information with respect to principal accountant fees and services required by Item 14 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.


149

Table of Contents




PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
Financial Statements and Exhibits

1. Financial Statements
 
Page No.

2. Financial Schedules
None.

3.    Exhibits
Exhibit 
Number
 
Description
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
Form
 
SEC Filing
Date
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Filed or
Furnished
with
this 10-K
3.1

 
Restated Articles of Organization of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
8-K
 
8/2/2010
 
3.1
 
 
3.2

 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
8-K
 
1/18/2017
 
3.2
 
 
3.3

 
Articles of Amendment of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
8-K
 
5/2/2012
 
3.1
 
 
3.4

 
Articles of Amendment of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
8-K
 
4/22/2013
 
3.1
 
 
3.5

 
Articles of Amendment of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
8-A
 
4/24/2013
 
3.5
 
 
4.1

 
Form of Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock (included as part of Exhibit 10.47)
 
8-A
 
2/2/2011
 
4.1
 
 
4.2

 
Master Deposit Agreement, dated April 24, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., and Computershare Inc., collectively, as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein.
 
8-A
 
4/24/2013
 
4.1
 
 
4.3

 
Form of Certificate Representing Series D Preferred Stock
 
8-A
 
4/24/2013
 
4.2
 
 
*10.1

 
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2014)
 
8-K
 
4/17/2014
 
99.2
 
 
*10.2

 
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
S-8
 
6/15/2004
 
99.1
 
 
*10.3

 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
8-K
 
12/20/2006
 
10.1
 
 
*10.4

 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
8-K
 
12/20/2006
 
10.2
 
 
*10.5

 
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
S-8
 
5/14/2009
 
99.1
 
 
*10.6

 
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
8-K
 
4/17/2014
 
99.1
 
 
*10.7

 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
8/7/2009
 
10.2
 
 

150

Table of Contents




Exhibit 
Number
 
Description
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
Form
 
SEC Filing
Date
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Filed or
Furnished
with
this 10-K
*10.8

 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
8/5/2011
 
10.4
 
 
*10.9

 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
3/13/2012
 
10.11
 
 
*10.10

 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
5/8/2012
 
10.3
 
 
*10.11

 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
8/5/2011
 
10.2
 
 
*10.12

 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
5/8/2012
 
10.1
 
 
*10.13

 
Form of Performance Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
3/11/2011
 
10.13
 
 
*10.14

 
Form of Amendment to Performance Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
3/11/2011
 
10.14
 
 
*10.15

 
Form of Performance Restricted Stock Agreement under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
8/5/2011
 
10.3
 
 
*10.16

 
Form of Performance Stock Agreement Under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
5/8/2012
 
10.2
 
 
*10.17

 
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan
 
8-K
 
6/8/2010
 
10.2
 
 
*10.18

 
First Amendment to Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan
 
8-K
 
8/2/2010
 
10.1
 
 
*10.19

 
Second Amendment to Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan
 
S-8
 
10/2/2014
 
99.3
 
 
*10.20

 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
*10.21

 
Form of Retention Bonus Pool Restricted Stock Agreement Under the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
*10.22

 
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009
 
10-K
 
3/12/2010
 
10.44
 
 
*10.23

 
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan
 
8-K
 
2/3/2009
 
10.4
 
 
*10.24

 
Annual Executive Incentive Plan of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
8-K
 
5/2/2011
 
99.1
 
 
*10.25

 
Employment Agreement, dated June 7, 2010, by and between Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and Clayton G. Deutsch
 
8-K
 
6/8/2010
 
10.1
 
 
*10.26

 
Change in Control Protection Agreement, dated November 21, 2003, by and between Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and Margaret W. Chambers
 
10-K
 
3/15/2005
 
10.24
 
 
*10.27

 
Change in Control Protection Agreement, dated January 28, 2009, by and between Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and David J. Kaye
 
8-K
 
2/3/2009
 
10.2
 
 
*10.28

 
Letter Agreement, dated July 3, 2007, by and between Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and David J. Kaye
 
10-Q
 
11/6/2009
 
10.1
 
 
*10.29

 
Change in Control Protection Agreement, dated January 28, 2009, by and between Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and Martha T. Higgins
 
8-K
 
2/3/2009
 
10.3
 
 

151

Table of Contents




Exhibit 
Number
 
Description
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
Form
 
SEC Filing
Date
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Filed or
Furnished
with
this 10-K
*10.30

 
Change in Control Protection Agreement, dated December 5, 2003, by and between Boston Private Bank & Trust and George G. Schwartz
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
*10.31

 
Amendment to Change in Control Protection Agreement, dated December 23, 2008, by and between Boston Private Bank & Trust and George G. Schwartz
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
10.32

 
Indenture, dated October 12, 2004, between Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and Sun Trust Bank, as debenture trustee
 
8-K
 
10/15/2004
 
10.1
 
 
10.33

 
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2004, by Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and Sun Trust Bank, as trustee, for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Trust Preferred Securities and Trust Common Securities of Boston Private Capital Trust I
 
8-K
 
10/15/2004
 
10.2
 
 
10.34

 
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Boston Private Capital Trust I, dated October 12, 2004
 
8-K
 
10/15/2004
 
10.3
 
 
10.35

 
Indenture, dated September 27, 2005, between Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as debenture trustee
 
8-K
 
9/30/2005
 
10.1
 
 
10.36

 
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2005, by Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Capital Securities of Boston Private Capital Trust II
 
8-K
 
9/30/2005
 
10.2
 
 
10.37

 
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Boston Private Capital Trust II, dated September 27, 2005
 
8-K
 
9/30/2005
 
10.3
 
 
10.38

 
Warrant Agreement, dated February 1, 2011, among Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc., Computershare, Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
 
8-A
 
2/2/2011
 
4.1
 
 
14.1

 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
21.1

 
List of Subsidiaries of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
23.1

 
Consent of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
31.1

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a - 14(a)/15d - 14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
31.2

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a - 14(a)/15d - 14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
32.1

 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Furnished
32.2

 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Furnished
101.INS

 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
101.SCH

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
101.CAL

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
101.DEF

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
101.LAB

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
101.PRE

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*    Represents management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.

ITEM 16.    FORM 10-K SUMMARY.

152

Table of Contents




None.


153

Table of Contents




SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this day, February 28, 2017 .
 
 
B OSTON  P RIVATE  F INANCIAL  H OLDINGS , I NC .
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    C LAYTON  G. D EUTSCH
 
 
Clayton G. Deutsch
 
 
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated.
/s/    C LAYTON  G. D EUTSCH
 
Chief Executive Officer, President
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
 
February 28, 2017
Clayton G. Deutsch
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    D AVID  J. K AYE
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
February 28, 2017
David J. Kaye
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    J OSEPH  D. R EGAN
 
Senior Vice President
and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
February 28, 2017
Joseph D. Regan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    S TEPHEN  M. W ATERS
 
Chairman
 
February 28, 2017
Stephen M. Waters
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    M ARK F. F URLONG
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Mark F. Furlong
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    J OSEPH  C. G UYAUX
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Joseph C. Guyaux
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    DEBORAH F. KUENSTNER
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Deborah F. Kuenstner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    GLORIA C. LARSON
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Gloria C. Larson
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    JOHN MORTON III
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
John Morton III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    DANIEL P. NOLAN
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Daniel P. Nolan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    K IMBERLY  S. S TEVENSON
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Kimberly S. Stevenson
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    D ONNA  C. W ELLS
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Donna C. Wells
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    L IZABETH  H. Z LATKUS
 
Director
 
February 28, 2017
Lizabeth H. Zlatkus
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

154


Exhibit 10.20

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
UNDER THE BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
2010 INDUCEMENT STOCK PLAN
 
 
 
Name of Grantee:
 
 
 
 
 
No. of Shares:
 
 
 
 
 
Grant Date:
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the par value of the Stock in the form of future services to be rendered to the Company by the Grantee. This Award is intended to be an award of Stock described in Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Marketplace Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. and is being made to the Grantee as an inducement material to the Grantee’s entering into employment with the Company.
1. Acceptance of Award . The Grantee shall have no rights with respect to this Award unless he or she shall have accepted this Award by (i) signing and delivering to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement, and (ii) delivering to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank. Upon acceptance of this Award by the Grantee, the shares of Restricted Stock so accepted shall be issued will be issued electronically and allocated to the Grantee’s Stock Plan Administration System account and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 3 below. The shares of Restricted Stock so accepted shall be held in this account as granted by the Company through the vesting dates noted in Paragraph 3, below.
By accepting this Award, the Grantee confirms the Grantee’s agreement to all of the terms and conditions of any agreement between the Grantee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that addresses post-employment restrictions on solicitation of employees and customers or clients. If the Grantee is not a party to any such agreement, by accepting this Award, the Grantee agrees to the terms and conditions of the Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement attached as Exhibit I , hereto (the “Non-Solicitation Agreement”). The Non-Solicitation Agreement addresses confidentiality of Company information, post-employment restrictions on solicitation of employees and customers or clients and other similar matters and should be reviewed carefully by the Grantee. If this Award is not so

1



accepted within 30 days of the Grant Date, the Grantee shall forfeit the Award in its entirety (regardless of whether vested or unvested).

2. Restrictions and Conditions .
(a) Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.
(b) Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.
(c) If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company. The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Grantee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Grantee and his or her representatives or legatees.

3. Vesting of Restricted Stock . The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Dates specified in the following schedule to the extent the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Vesting Dates.
Number of Shares Vested
Vesting Date
 
 
Subsequent to such Vesting Dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.
4. Dividends .
5. Dividends on Shares of Restricted Stock shall be accumulated and shall be subject to restrictions, conditions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder. Such accumulated dividends shall be distributed and paid to the Grantee at such time and only to the extent that the Shares subject to this Award shall vest in accordance with Section 3.
6. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

2



7. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
8. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Grantee may elect to have the required minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
9. Election Under Section 83(b) . The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the acceptance of this Award as provided in Paragraph 1 hereof, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.
10. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.
11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 



3




The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.
Dated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Electronic Signature
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grantee’s name:


4




EXHIBIT I (a): NON-SOLICITATION AND
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT FOR NON CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS

I acknowledge that I enter into this Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement (the “Agreement”) in connection with an award of restricted stock or a grant of a stock option (together, an “Award”) that is made on or about the date of the proposal of this Agreement, pursuant to the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2009 Amended & Restated Stock Option and Incentive Plan or any subsequent stock option and/or restricted stock plan of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (together, the “Plan”) and that I shall forfeit the Award (whether vested or unvested) if I do not execute this Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement (the “Agreement”) within 30 days of the grant date of the Award.
For purposes of this Agreement, the “Company” refers to Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (“BPFH”) and any and all of its wholly or partially owned subsidiaries.
In consideration for my eligibility for any Award, I hereby agree as follows:
1. Confidential Information . During my employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, I shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not disclose or use, other than in the proper performance of my responsibilities for the Company, any Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means any information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business or activities that the Company has not released to the general public. I acknowledge that all Confidential Information is the property of the Company. I understand that the term “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to financial statements, business plans, document templates, term sheets, policies and procedures, proprietary training materials, personnel, board materials and minutes, operations, customer and client lists and identities, potential customers and clients, vendor lists and agreements, employees, servicing methods, strategies and strategic planning materials, analyses, profit margins and other proprietary information in connection with the Company; provided , however, that Confidential Information shall not include any information which is generally known to the public or becomes known in the industry through no wrongful act on my part. Confidential Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers, clients or other third parties.
2. Return of Confidential Information and Other Property . I shall deliver to the Company all copies of Confidential Information and other Company property (which includes but is not limited to any documents, notes or other work product connected with or derived from my services to or affiliation with the Company, whether in electronic or paper form) in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

5



3. Non-Solicitation/Non-Accept .
(a) During my employment with the Company, and for the period ending on the first anniversary of the effective date of my termination of employment with the Company, I shall not directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit or accept for employment with another employer or employ any person then, or within the prior six (6) months, employed by the Company, or request, influence or advise any person who at the time of such communication is employed by the Company to leave such employment; or
(ii) influence or advise any business that is or may be competitive with the business of the Company to employ any person who is employed by the Company; or
(iii) solicit or accept any customer or client of the Company to do business with any person or entity other than the Company or request, induce or advise any customer or client of the Company to withdraw, curtail, diminish or cease his, her or its business with the Company.
(iv) For purposes of Section 3(a), I understand and acknowledge the following for purposes of this Agreement:
(v) A business is or may be “competitive” with the Company if such business is engaged in banking, investment management, financial planning, trust administration or other related financial services;
(vi) to “employ” means to perform services as a common law employer or as an independent contractor for the Company or another person or entity;
(vii) if I advise others concerning the process of encouraging a person to become employed or a customer to do business, I will be considered to have solicited such person or customer regardless of whether I directly engage in solicitation of the person;
(viii) I shall be considered to “accept for employment” or “employ” any person who becomes employed by another employer if:
(A) I advise any bank or other business with which I am affiliated to consider such person for employment,
(B) I participate in any way in the consideration of any such person for employment, or
(C) such person becomes employed in a position in which I supervise such person;
(ix) I shall be considered to “accept” a customer or client if I perform services for such customer or client;

6



(x) a “customer or client of the Company” means any person or entity who or which did business with the Company during my employment with the Company; provided that, if my employment with the Company is limited exclusively to Boston Private Bank & Trust Company and its predecessors (the “Bank”), a “customer or client of the Company” shall be limited to any person or entity who or which did business with the Bank during my employment with the Bank. for purposes of the post-employment restrictions in this Section 3.
(b) I hereby acknowledge the necessity of the protection provided to the Company under this Agreement. I have carefully considered the nature and scope of such protection. The Company and I hereby agree that the unique nature of the business of the Company and the nature of my services for the Company require the protection specified in this Agreement. The consideration described in this Agreement is sufficient and adequate to compensate me for agreeing to the restrictions contained herein. I acknowledge that I can continue to actively pursue my career and earn sufficient compensation without breaching any of the foregoing restrictions. The period of the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement is expressly represented and agreed to be fair, reasonable and necessary.
4. Other Obligations . I represent and warrant to the Company that I am not under any contract, agreement or restrictive covenant, and have not previously executed any documents whatsoever with any other person, firm, association, or corporation, that will, in any manner, prevent me from performing any of the job duties and responsibilities that may be assigned to me from time to time by the Company. I also represent and warrant that I will not bring and have not brought with me to the Company and that I will not use in the course and scope of my employment with the Company any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret materials, documents or information that I obtained from a former employer or other individual or entity, without the express written authorization of the pertinent former employer or other individual or entity. I further represent and warrant that, during my employment with the Company, I will not breach any obligation or duty to maintain confidential and not to disclose or use that I may owe to any former employer or other individual or entity, and I agree to fulfill and comply with any and all such obligations and duties during my employment by the Company.
5. Notice to Future Employers and of Future Employment .
(a) I agree that during my employment with the Company and for the period of one (1) year following the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I will inform each prospective new employer I may have, prior to accepting employment, of the existence of this Agreement, and I shall provide each prospective employer with a copy of this Agreement.
(b) I also agree that during my employment with the Company and for the period of one (1) year following the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I shall notify the Company in writing of any subsequent engagement, occupation or employment, whether as owner, employee, officer, director, agent, consultant, independent contractor or the like, and my duties and responsibilities with respect to any such position.

7




6. Enforcement and Remedies . I hereby acknowledge that upon my breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm for which the remedy at law will be inadequate, and that an injunction may be entered against me by any court having jurisdiction, restraining me from breaching any of the provisions of this Agreement or continuing the breach of any such provisions, without the necessity of posting a bond. Resort to such equitable relief shall not be construed to be a waiver by the Company of any other rights or remedies that the Company may have to recover damages or other relief. In addition, if the Company prevails in an action to enforce this Agreement, I shall compensate the Company for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and related expenses incurred in enforcing this Agreement.
7. At-Will Employment . It is my understanding that the Company or I may terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause; provided that if I have entered into or in the future enter into a separate written and fully executed employment agreement that expressly provides for employment on other than an at-will basis, my employment status pursuant to such agreement shall supersede the foregoing acknowledgment of at-will employment.
8. Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may not be changed or amended except in writing signed by myself and the Company.
9. Severability . All provisions, terms, conditions, paragraphs, agreements and covenants (“Provisions”) contained in this Agreement are severable and, in the event any one of them shall be held to be invalid, this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such Provision was not contained herein, and such determination shall not otherwise affect the validity of any other Provision.
10. Survival and Assignment by the Company . The Company may assign the rights given to it in this Agreement, and this Agreement shall survive any sale of assets, merger, consolidation, or other change in corporate structure. I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment or any transfer between Company entities and that no such changes shall constitute a termination of my employment. I also acknowledge that provisions of this Agreement shall continue in effect following the termination of my employment as specified above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if my employment terminates without Cause upon or following a Change of Control or a Sale Event, my obligations under Section 3 (“Non-Solicitation/Non-Accept”) shall no longer be in effect. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) a termination without “Cause” shall have the same meaning as a Job Elimination, as that term is defined in the BPFH Severance Pay Plan as in effect on the date of this Agreement; and (ii) the terms “Change of Control” and “Sale Event” shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Plan.
11. Waiver . The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or the breach of any other provision contained in this Agreement.

8



12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to conflict of law provisions.
13. Knowledge of Rights and Duties . I have carefully reviewed and completely read all of the provisions of this Agreement and understand my rights, duties, obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement. I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date shown below.

 
 
 
 
EMPLOYEE (Print Name)
 
FOR the Company (Print name, title & employer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature: Electronic Signature
 
Signature
 
 
 
 
DATE:
 
 
 




9


Exhibit 10.21

RETENTION BONUS POOL
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
UNDER THE BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
2010 INDUCEMENT STOCK PLAN
 
 
 
Name of Grantee:
 
 
 
 
 
No. of Shares:
 
 
 
 
 
Grant Date:
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the par value of the Stock in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator. This Award is intended to be an award of Stock described in Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Marketplace Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. and is being made to the Grantee as an inducement material to the Grantee’s entering into employment with the Company.
1. Acceptance of Award . The Grantee shall have no rights with respect to this Award unless he or she shall have accepted this Award electronically through the Company’s Stock Plan Administration System. The shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall be issued electronically and allocated to the Grantee’s Stock Plan Administration System account and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below. The shares of Restricted Stock so accepted shall be held in this account as granted by the Company through the vesting dates noted in Paragraph 3, below.
By accepting this Award, the Grantee hereby affirms his agreement to the covenants set forth in the Grantee’s Employment Agreement with the Company’s Subsidiary, BP Wealth Management, LLC, dated as of _______ __, ____ (the “Employment Agreement”) that addresses, among other things, confidentiality of Company information and post-employment restrictions on competition and solicitation of employees and customers or clients and should be reviewed carefully by the Grantee.

1




2. Restrictions and Conditions .
(a) Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.
(b) Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Employment Agreement, if the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.
3. Vesting, Sale and Transfer of Restricted Stock . Except as otherwise provided in the Employment Agreement, the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the ____ anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Vesting Date”), so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary through the Vesting Date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, to the extent that any Employment Agreement provides for additional terms related to the vesting or the salability or transferability of any Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, such terms of the Employment Agreement shall govern with respect to such Shares of Restricted Stock.
4. Dividends . Dividends on Shares of Restricted Stock shall be accumulated and shall be subject to restrictions, conditions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder. Such accumulated dividends shall be distributed and paid to the Grantee at such time and only to the extent that the Shares subject to this Award shall vest in accordance with Section 3.
5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.
6. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
7. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Grantee may elect to have the required minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company

2



to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
8. Election Under Section 83(b) . The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the acceptance of this Award as provided in Paragraph 1 hereof, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.
9. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.
10. Clawback . If the Company or its Subsidiaries terminate the Grantee’s service relationship due to the Grantee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (whether or not such actions also constitute Cause hereunder) which conduct, directly or indirectly results in the Company preparing an accounting restatement, any shares of Stock granted hereunder, whether or not vested, (and any gains thereon) shall be subject to forfeiture, recovery and “clawback.” In addition, the Grantee acknowledges and agrees that any shares of Stock granted hereunder (whether Restricted Shares or vested shares of Stock) may be subject to forfeiture, recovery and “clawback” to the extent required pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2014, by and among Boston Private Bank & Trust Company, a Massachusetts chartered trust company (“ Boston Private ”), Banyan Partners, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the persons designated as “Company Owners” therein.

3



11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.
Dated:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grantee’s Signature
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grantee’s Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



4



NON-SOLICITATION AND
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT FOR NON-CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS

I acknowledge that I enter into this Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement (the “Agreement”) in connection with and as a condition to an award of restricted stock or a grant of a stock option (together, an “Award”) that is made on or about the date of the proposal of this Agreement, pursuant to the Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. 2010 Inducement Stock Plan or any subsequent stock option and/or restricted stock plan of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (together, the “Plan”) and that I shall forfeit the Award (whether vested or unvested) if I do not execute this Agreement within 30 days of the grant date of the Award.
For purposes of this Agreement, the “Company” refers to Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (“BPFH”) and any and all of its wholly or partially owned direct or indirect subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, each reference to the “Company” includes each and any of the wholly or partially owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of BPFH. Intending to be legally bound, and in consideration for my eligibility for any Award, I agree to the following terms and conditions of employment:
1. At-Will Employment. It is my understanding that the Company or I may terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause; provided that if I have entered into or in the future enter into a separate written and fully executed employment agreement that expressly provides for employment on other than an at-will basis, my employment status pursuant to such agreement shall supersede the foregoing acknowledgment of at-will employment.
2.
Restricted Information and Other Property .

a. I acknowledge that any and all keys, books, manuals, vehicles, computers, telephones, equipment, calculators, client lists, referral lists, prospect lists, business records, and other items of property that are entrusted or furnished to me by the Company in connection with my employment are the property of the Company. I shall use all that property safely, lawfully, properly, carefully, and only in furtherance of the business of the Company, and shall immediately return all that property to the Company at its request or on the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason.
b. Immediately upon the request of the Company or the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I shall return to the Company, and shall not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, either for personal benefit or on behalf of any other person, retain, remove, or destroy, without the Company’s advance written consent, any document, any digital media (including without limitation USB drives, CDs, DVDs, computer tapes, drives, diskettes, and any and all other forms of electronic and/or digital media that are used or owned by me containing any Restricted Information (as defined below)) or any list, data, file, book, record, manual, property, schedule, source code, specification, computer system, program, or software, or other written or electronic Restricted Information (as defined below) pertaining to the business or

5



financial affairs of the Company, except for items that are strictly my personal property (such as tax forms, payroll slips, and my copy of this Agreement). Immediately upon the request of the Company or the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I shall also return to the Company any other property of the Company that is in my possession, custody or control.

c. For purposes of this Agreement, Restricted Information means all information concerning the Company that is confidential, proprietary, or not readily available to the general public, however and whenever acquired, whether or not in writing, whether or not a trade secret or marked or designated as “secret” or “confidential,” and whether or not obtained before or after the date of this Agreement, and includes the following: (i) all account, financial, and personal identifying information regarding the clients of the Company that is in the possession of the Company; (ii) all financial data, budgets, reports, forecasts, schedules, statements, and projections; (iii) all information identifying or tending to identify any of the clients, vendors, employees, suppliers, contractors, consultants, or referral sources of the Company; (iv) all information regarding all intellectual property of the Company, including any and all patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade names, service marks, and trade secrets, and any and all copy, ideas, plans, designs, methods, scripts, concepts, creations, inventions, recordings, know how, discoveries developments, improvements, and advertising and promotional materials, and all computer systems, programs, software, access codes, object codes, source codes, and specifications; (v) all information regarding the markets, products, services, programs, contracts, prospects, capital projects, research and development, business plans and strategies, and methods, processes, procedures, and techniques of business and operation of the Company; and (vi) every study, report, summary, analysis, notation, synopsis, compilation, and other document that is prepared by or for the Company, or any agent, officer, member, manager, or employee of the Company and contains or reflects any of the foregoing information concerning the Company; but excludes in each case information that is readily available to the general public or required to be disclosed by law, by a court, or to respond in good faith to a valid inquiry or request by a governmental authority, but only if I promptly notify management of the disclosure that is requested or mandated by a court or governmental authority, so the Company has an opportunity to seek a protective order.

d. I acknowledge that I will be given access to Restricted Information in my capacity as an employee of the Company and that it is essential to the successful conduct of the Company’s business that the Restricted Information remains protected and confidential. At the request of the Company at any time during or after my employment with the Company, I shall grant the Company and its agents, attorneys, and designated representatives access to any written reports and records I used for business or investment purposes and any personal computer, laptop computer, and any and all digital media including USB drives, CDs, DVDs, computer tapes, drives, diskettes, and any and all other forms of electronic and/or digital media that are used or owned by me, for the purpose of determining whether they contain any Restricted Information that should be returned to the Company.


6



3. Confidentiality .    During my employment with the Company and at all times after the termination of my employment (regardless of the party terminating, or the reason for such termination), except to the extent expressly authorized in writing by the Company’s CEO, I shall treat all Restricted Information as strictly confidential and use it only in connection with the conduct of the Company’s business, and shall not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, either for personal benefit or on behalf of any other person, (A) reveal, discuss, divulge, disclose, or duplicate any Restricted Information at any time, in any manner, for any reason, or to any person or entity who is not an officer, member, manager, employee, or professional advisor of the Company who is authorized by the Company to have access to the information and needs to know the information for the purposes of performing its, her, or his responsibilities on behalf of the Company, except for any disclosure that is required by law, by a court (pursuant to a subpoena or otherwise), to establish a legal claim or defense, or to respond in good faith to a valid inquiry, request, or subpoena by a governmental authority, or (B) use or permit any other person to use any Restricted Information for any other purpose, including the use of Restricted Information in any way to compete unfairly or improperly with the Company, or otherwise to the detriment or competitive disadvantage of the Company.
4. Non-Solicitation/Non-Accept .
a. During my employment with the Company, and for the period ending on the first anniversary of the effective date of my termination of employment with the the Company, I shall not directly or indirectly:
i.
solicit or accept for employment with another employer or employ any person who is then, or was within the prior six (6) months, employed by the Company, or request, influence or advise any person who at the time of such communication is employed by the Company to leave such employment; or
ii.
influence or advise any business that is or may be competitive with the business of the Company to employ any person who is employed by the Company; or
iii.
solicit or accept any customer or client of the Company, to do business with any person or entity other than the Company or request, induce or advise any customer or client of the Company to withdraw, curtail, diminish or cease his, her or its business with the Company; or
iv.
solicit or accept any prospect of the Company to do business with any person or entity other than the Company.
v.
For purposes of Section 4(a), I understand and acknowledge the following for purposes of this Agreement:
(i)
A business is or may be “competitive” with the Company if such business is engaged in banking, investment management, financial planning, trust administration or other related financial services;


7



(ii)
to “employ” means to perform services as a common law employee or as an independent contractor for the Company or another person or entity;
(iii)
if I advise others to encourage a person to become employed or become a customer, I will be considered to have solicited such person or customer regardless of whether I directly engage in solicitation of the person;
(iv)
I shall be considered to “accept for employment” or “employ” any person who becomes employed by another employer if:
a.
I advise any other business with which I am affiliated to consider such person for employment,
b.
I participate in any way in the consideration of any such person for employment, or
c.
such person becomes employed in a position in which I supervise such person;
(v)
I shall be considered to “accept” a customer or client if I perform services for such customer or client;
(vi)
a “customer or client of the Company” means any person or entity who or which did business with BPFH or any wholly or partially owned direct or indirect subsidiary with which I was at any time employed;
(vii)
a “prospect of the Company” means any person or entity with which I had individual contact during my employment with the Company (or, after my employment has ended, during the last twelve (12) months of my employment), provided that such contact included soliciting such person or entity to become a customer or client of the Company.
b.
I hereby acknowledge the necessity of the protection provided to the Company under this Agreement. I have carefully considered the nature and scope of such protection. the Company and I hereby agree that the unique nature of the business of the Company and the nature of my services for the Company require the protection specified in this Agreement. The consideration described in this Agreement is sufficient and adequate to compensate me for agreeing to the restrictions contained herein. I acknowledge that I can continue to actively pursue my career and earn sufficient compensation without breaching any of the foregoing restrictions. The period of the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement is expressly represented and agreed to be fair, reasonable and necessary.


8



5.
Assignment of Developments. I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, and audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “Developments”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment.  I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer or client of the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, or provided by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company, and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions. This obligation to disclose and assignment shall be given effect regardless of whether such Developments were  created, conceived, developed, or reduced to practice during normal working hours or at the request of the Company or before or after the execution of this Agreement. While employed with the Company and at all times thereafter, I shall do all things, and execute all documents, including applications for patents, copyrights, and trademarks, and for renewals, extensions, and divisions thereof, that the Company may request to create, enforce or evidence the Company’s rights to any Developments. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever to obtain my signature or assistance, I irrevocably appoint the Company, and each of its officers, as my agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to sign, execute, and file in my name and on my belalf, any document required to prosecute or apply for any foreign or United States patent, copyright, trademark, or other proprietary protection, including renewals, extensions, and divisions, and to do all other lawful acts to further the issuance or prosecution of a patent, copyright, trademark, or other proprietary protection, all with the same legal force and effect as if done or executed by me.
6.
Limitations on Investment Advice; Referrals. During my employment with the Company, I shall not provide any investment advice to, or otherwise act as an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the regulations promulgated under that Act, for any person who is not a manager, member, employee, or client of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “investment advice” means providing advice, or issuing reports or analyses, regarding securities or the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities. Accordingly, without the advance written consent of the CEO of the Company, I shall not provide investment advice through any radio, internet, satellite, or television broadcast or publish in or on any medium any investment advice for any person other than clients of the Company and except in accordance with the policies, practices, and procedures of the Company, including on or in any blog, flyer, letter, website, newsletter, newspaper, magazine, memorandum, or other publication (whether or not printed). I shall not refer any persons to, provide leads to, or solicit clients or customers for,

9



any investment adviser or other person that competes with the Company, whether or not in exchange for referral or solicitation compensation or other consideration.
7.
Other Obligations . I represent and warrant to the Company that I am not under any contract, agreement or restrictive covenant, and have not previously executed any documents whatsoever with any other person, firm, association, or corporation, that will, in any manner, prevent me from performing any of the job duties and responsibilities that may be assigned to me from time to time by the Company. I also represent and warrant that I will not bring and have not brought with me to the Company, that I will not use in the course and scope of my employment with the Company, and that I will not breach any obligation or duty that I may owe to any former employer or other individual or entity with respect to, any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret materials, documents or information that I obtained from a former employer or other individual or entity, without the express written authorization of the pertinent former employer or other individual or entity. I further represent and warrant that, during my employment with the Company, I will not breach any obligation or duty to maintain confidential and not to disclose or use that I may owe to any former employer or other individual or entity, and I agree to fulfill and comply with any and all such obligations and duties during my employment by the Company
8.
Notice to Future Employers and of Future Employment .
a.
I agree that during my employment with the Company and for the period of one (1) year following the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I will inform each prospective new employer I may have, prior to accepting employment, of the existence of this Agreement, and I shall provide each prospective employer with a copy of this Agreement.
b.
I also agree that during my employment with the Company and for the period of one (1) year following the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I shall notify the Company in writing of any subsequent engagement, occupation or employment, whether as owner, employee, officer, director, agent, consultant, independent contractor or the like, and my duties and responsibilities with respect to any such position.
9.
Arbitration of Disputes . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of my employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any statutory claims of unlawful employment discrimination as well as all other claims based on statutory rights as well as the common law) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than the Company or I may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such

10



controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This section shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this section shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this section.
10.
Enforcement and Remedies . I hereby acknowledge that upon my breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm for which the remedy at law will be inadequate, and that an injunction or comparable relief may be entered against me by any court having jurisdiction or an arbitrator pursuant to the preceding section, restraining me from breaching any of the provisions of this Agreement or continuing the breach of any such provisions, without the necessity of posting a bond. Resort to such equitable relief shall not be construed to be a waiver by the Company of any other rights or remedies that the Company may have to recover damages or other relief. In addition, if the Company prevails in an action to enforce this Agreement, I shall compensate the Company for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and related expenses incurred in enforcing this Agreement. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce the preceding section, the parties hereby submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
11.
Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may not be changed or amended except in writing signed by the Company and me.
12.
Severability . All provisions, terms, conditions, paragraphs, agreements and covenants (“Provisions”) contained in this Agreement are severable and, in the event any one of them shall be held to be invalid, this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such Provision was not contained herein, and such determination shall not otherwise affect the validity of any other Provision.
13.
Survival and Assignment by the Company . The Company may assign the rights given to it in this Agreement, and this Agreement shall survive any sale of assets, merger, consolidation, or other change in corporate structure. I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment or any transfer between Company entities and that no such changes shall constitute a termination of my employment. I also acknowledge that provisions of this Agreement shall continue in effect following the termination of my employment as specified above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if my employment is involuntarily terminated without cause upon or following a Change of Control, my obligations under Section 4 (“Non-Solicitation/Non-Accept”) shall no longer be in effect. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of BPFH, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of BPFH on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of BPFH’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), or (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock

11



of BPFH in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by an entity or a group of persons or entities; provided, however, that a capital raising event or a merger effected solely to change BPFH’s domicile shall not constitute a Change of Control.
14.
Waiver . The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or the breach of any other provision contained in this Agreement.
15.
Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to conflict of law provisions.
16.
Knowledge of Rights and Duties . I have carefully reviewed and completely read all of the provisions of this Agreement and understand my rights, duties, obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement. I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date shown below.
 
 
 
 
EMPLOYEE (Print Name)
 
FOR the Company (Print name, title & employer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature
 
Signature
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 


12


Exhibit 10.30
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROTECTION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT effective as of this 5 th day of December, 2003 (“the date of agreement”) by and between Boston Private Bank & Trust, a Massachusetts Corporation (the “Company”), and George G. Schwartz, an individual (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel by minimizing the uncertainty, departures or distractions of management personnel associated with a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined);

NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Employee, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, agree as follows:

1. Change in Control . A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred in any one of the following events:
(a) any “person” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)) (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan or trust of the Company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company) becomes a “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
(b) persons who, as of the date of the Agreement constituted the Company’s Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason, including without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the date of agreement whose election or nomination for election was approved by at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered a member of the Incumbent Board: or
(c) the stockholders of the Company shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company or its subsidiaries where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-d under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate 50% or more of the voting shares of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or if its ultimate parent corporation, if any) (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

1




2. Terminating Event . A “Terminating event” shall mean any of the events provided in this Section 2 occurring subsequent to a Change in Control as defined in Section 1:

(a) Termination by the Company of the employment of the Employee with the Company for any reason other than (i) conviction of the Employee of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Employee to, a felony, or (ii) dishonest acts against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iii) willful gross misconduct which is likely to cause financial loss to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to cause damage to the business reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iv) willful and repeated misconduct or gross neglect constituting bad faith in performing the Employee’s duties with the Company, or (v) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit to the Employee or (vi) the failure by the Employee to perform his fulltime duties with the Company by reason of his death, disability or retirement; provided, however, that a Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 2(a) solely as a result of the Employee being an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company, rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control. For purposes of clauses (iv) and (v) of this Section 2(a), no act , or failure to act, on the Employee’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee without reasonable belief that the Employee’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Company and any of its subsidiaries. For purposes of clause (vi) of this Section 2(a) hereof, “disability” shall mean the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness which has caused the Employee to be unable to carry out the full-time performance of his duties with the Company. Disagreement regarding a determination of disability shall be subject to the certification of a qualified medical doctor agreed to by the Company and the Employee, or, in the event of the Employee’s incapacity to designate a doctor, the Employee’s legal representative. In the absence of an agreement between the Company and the Employee in designating a doctor, each party shall nominate a qualified medical doctor, and the two doctors so nominated shall select a third doctor, who shall make the determination as to the disability of the Employee. For purposes of clause (vi) of this Section 2(a) “retirement” shall mean termination of the Employee’s employment in accordance with the Company’s retirement policy, not including early retirement, generally applicable to its salaried employees, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with respect to the Employee with the Employee’s express written consent;

(b) termination by the Employee of the Employee’s employment with the Company for Good Reason. “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) a significant adverse change, not consented to by the Employee, in the nature or scope of the Employee’s responsibilities, authorities, powers, title, functions or duties from the responsibilities, authorities, powers, title, functions or duties exercised by the Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

(ii) a reduction in the Employee’s annual compensation as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time; or

2




(iii) an attempt by the Company to relocate the Employee to, or to require him to perform regular services, at any location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Employee’s employment location on the date hereof; or
(iv) except as required by law, the failure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to continue in effect any benefits or prerequisites, or any pension, life insurance, medical insurance or disability plan in which the Employee was participating immediately prior to the Change in Control unless the Company or its successor provides the Employee with a plan or plans that provide substantially similar benefits, or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect the Employee’s benefits under such plans or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by the Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control; or
(v) the failure by the Company to obtain an effective agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement.
3. Severance Payment . In the event a Terminating Event occurs within two years after a Change of Control,
(a) The Company shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to 2.5 times the total of 1) the current salary plus 2) the average of a) the bonus payments and b) the sales incentive payments under an individual sales inventive plan for the three (3) most recent taxable years preceding a Change in Control. Said amount shall be paid in one lump sum payment no later than [five (5)] days following the date of the Terminating Event ;
(b) The Company shall pay to the Employee a pro-rata bonus for the year in which the Terminating Event occurs (the “Termination Year”), payable as soon as practicable, and determined by multiplying the bonus the Employee received for the year immediately prior to the Termination Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Employee was employed during the Termination Year and the denominator of which is 365;
(c) the Company shall continue the Employee’s medical, and all other benefits of the Employee under any of the Company’s medical benefit plans, life insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, benefits equalization plan, vacation plans, expense reimbursement plans or other employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Employee Benefit Plans” and each individually an “Employee Benefit Plan”), upon the same terms as in effect on the date of the Terminative Event through 2.5 years following a Change in Control or until such time as the Employee becomes eligible for coverage under another group benefit plan. Solely for purposes of benefits continuation under the Employee Benefits Plans, the Employee shall be deemed to be an active employee. To the extent that benefits required under this Section 3(c) cannot be provided under the terms of any Employee Benefit Plan, the Company shall enter into alternative arrangements that will provide the Employee with comparable benefits; and
(d) any outstanding unvested stock options and restricted stock awards under wither the 1988 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan, the Company’s 1997 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan or other plan shall become immediately exercisable or otherwise vested.

3




4. Limitation on Benefits . It is the intention of the Employee and of the Company that no payments by the Company to or for the benefit of the Employee under this Agreement or any other agreement of plan pursuant to which he is entitled to receive payments or benefits shall be non-deductible to the Company by reason of the operation of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), relating to parachute payments. Accordingly, an notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any such agreement or plan, if by reason of the operation of said Section 280G, any such payments exceed the amount which can be deducted by the Company, such payments shall be reduced to the maximum amount which can be deducted by the Company. To the extent that payments exceeding such maximum deductible amount have been made to or for the benefit of the Employee, such excess payments shall be refunded to the Company with interest thereon at the applicable federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded annually, or at such other rate as may be required in order that no such payments shall be non-deductible to the Company by reason of the operation of said Section 280G. To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the payments to bring them within the limitations of said Section 280G, the Employee shall determine which method shall be followed, provided that if the Employee fails to make such determination within ten (10) days after the Company has sent the Employee written notice of the need for such reduction, the Company may determine the method of such reduction in its sole discretion. As promptly as practicable following such determination and election hereunder, the Company shall pay to or distribute to the Employee such amounts as are then due to the Employee under this Agreement.
5. Term . This Agreement shall take effect on the date first set forth above and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the termination by the Company of the employment of the Employee because of one of the enumerated reasons set forth in Section 2(a) hereof or (II) the resignation of the Employee after a Change in Control for any reason other than the occurrence of a Terminating Event.
6. Withholding . All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.
7. No Mitigation . The Company agrees that if the Employee’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Employee is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Employee by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a) and (b) hereof. Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Employee to the Company or otherwise.
8. Assignment . Neither the Company nor the Employee may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, and without suck consent any attempted transfer shall be null and void and of no effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Employee, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and

4



permitted assigns, including, in the case of the Company, any other corporate entity which the Company may be merged or otherwise combined or which may acquire the Company or its assets in whole or substantial part. In the event of the Employee’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due him under Section 3(a) and (b) of this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Employee’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to his estate, if the Employee fails to make such designation).
9. Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of the Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
10. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.
11. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provide for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Employee at the last address the Employee has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.
12. Effect on Other Plans . An election by the Employee to resign after a Change in Control under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Employee for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Employee under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 4 hereof, and except that the Employee shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any severance pay plan.
13. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.
14. Governing Law . This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of law principles.

5



15. Obligations of Successors . In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will use its best efforts to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
16. Confidential Information . The Employee shall never use, publish or disclose in a manner adverse to the Company’s interests, any proprietary or confidential information relating to (a) the business, operations or properties of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company, or (b) any materials, processes, business practices, technology, know-how, research, programs, customer lists, customer requirements or other information used in the manufacture, sale or marketing of any of the respective products or services of the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that no breach or alleged breach of this Section 16 shall entitle the Company to fail to comply fully and in a timely manner with any other provision hereof. Nothing in the Agreement shall preclude the Company from seeking money damages, or equitable relief by injunction or otherwise without the necessity of proving actual damage to the Company, for any breach by the Employee hereunder.
17. Contract of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Employee and the Company, the Employee shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

[END OF TEXT]

6




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Company by its duly authorized officer, and by the Employee, as of the date first above written.

 
For Boston Private Bank & Trust:
 
 
 
 
/S/ M ARK  D. T HOMPSON
 
Name:
Mark D. Thompson
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
George G. Schwartz
 
Employee Name
 
 
 
 
/S/ G EORGE  G. S CHWARTZ
 
Employee Signature
 
 
 


7
Exhibit 10.31
AMENDMENT
TO
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROTECTION AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Change in Control Protection Agreement (“Amendment”) dated as of December 23, 2008 is made and entered into by and between Boston Private Bank & Trust Company, a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) and George G. Schwartz (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee are parties to a Change in Control Protection Agreement dated as of December 5, 2003 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement to comply with the requirement of Section 409A of the internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:

1. Section 1(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “twenty-five (25%) and replacing it with the following:

“fifty percent (50%)”

2. Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following before the colon in the first sentence thereof:

“(but only to the extent that such Terminating Event is a
‘Separation from Service’ within the meaning set forth in Section
409A of the Code, determined in accordance with the
presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-
1(h))”

3.
Section 3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “as soon as practicable” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“in one lump sum payment no later than 30 days following the date of the Terminating Event”

4.
Section 4 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the fourth sentence in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the
payments to bring them within the limitations of said Section
280G, the payments and benefits shall be reduced in the following
order: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code;
(2) cash payments subject to 409A of the Code; (3) equity-
based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of

1


benefits. To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g.,
in installments, etc.), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse
chronological order.”

5    The Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following as a new Section 18 to the Agreement:

“18.     Section 409A ,

(a) Anything in the Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Employee’s ‘Separation from Service’ within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Employer determines that the Employee is a ‘specified employee’ within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Employee’s Separation from Service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Employee’s Separation of Service, or (B) the Employee’s death. Any such delayed cash payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of Separation from Service occurs, from such date of Separation from Service until payment.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Employer or incurred by the Employee during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year

2


following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

6.    All other provision of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect according to their respective terms, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of any right of abrogation of an obligation otherwise existing under the Agreement except to the extent specifically provided for herein.

7.    The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Amendment shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

8.    This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to Change in Control Protection Agreement to be duly executed by its officer thereunto authorized, and the Employee has hereunto set his hand, all on the day and year first above written.

 
BOSTON PRIVATE BANK & TRUST COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/S/ M ARK  D. T HOMPSON
 
 
Name:
Mark D. Thompson
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EMPLOYEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/ G EORGE  G. S CHWARTZ
 
 
George G. Schwartz
 
 
 
 


3


Exhibit 14.1


CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
Approved by Audit and Finance Committee on January 17, 2017
Approved by Board of Directors on January 18, 2017

I.
Introduction
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) strives to conduct its business in an ethical manner and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) governs the business decisions made and actions taken by the Company’s directors, officers and employees. The standards of conduct in this Code provide general guidance for resolving a variety of legal and ethical questions for employees, officers and directors. However, while the specific provisions of this Code attempt to describe certain foreseeable circumstances and to state the employee’s, officer’s and director’s obligations in such event, it is impossible to anticipate all possibilities. Therefore, in addition to compliance with the Code and applicable laws, rules and regulations, all Company employees, officers and directors are expected to observe the highest standards of business and personal ethics in the discharge of their assigned duties and responsibilities.
The integrity, reputation and profitability of the Company ultimately depend upon the individual actions of the Company’s employees, officers and directors. As a result, each such individual is personally responsible and accountable for compliance with this Code. All references in the Code to “employees” should be understood to include all employees, officers and directors of the Company (including its subsidiaries), unless the context requires otherwise.
Finally, this Code is in addition to any other Company policies and/or agreements and is not intended to reduce or limit other obligations that you may have to the Company. In particular, policies that support this Code and relate specifically to matters described herein include, but are not limited to, the following policies:
Insider Trading and Disclosure Policy;
Reporting Unethical Behavior and Financial and Accounting Concerns (“Whistleblower Policy”); and
Internal Investigations Policy and Procedures

1



II.
Standards of Conduct
A.
Conflicts of Interest
The Company recognizes and respects the right of its employees to engage in outside activities that they may deem proper and desirable, provided that employees fulfill their obligations to act in the best interests of the Company and to avoid situations that present a potential or actual conflict between their personal interests and the Company’s interests.
A “conflict of interest” occurs when an employee’s personal interest interferes with the interests of the Company. Conflicts of interest may arise in many situations. They can arise when an employee or director takes an action or has an outside interest, responsibility or obligation that may make it difficult for him or her to perform the responsibilities of his or her position objectively and/or effectively in the best interests of the Company. They may also occur when an employee or director or his or her family member receives some improper personal benefit as a result of the employee’s or director’s position in the Company. Each individual’s situation is different and in evaluating his or her own situation, an employee will have to consider many factors.
If there are any questions as to whether or not a specific act or situation presents, or appears to present, a conflict of interest, an employee should consult the General Counsel. Any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest should be reported promptly to the General Counsel, who shall notify the Audit and Finance Committee as he or she deems appropriate. Conflicts of interest involving the Compliance Officer should be disclosed directly to the Chairman of the Audit and Finance Committee.
B.
Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations
The Company is committed to conducting its business in compliance with both the letter and the spirit of applicable laws, rules and regulations. No employee shall engage in any unlawful activity, or instruct others to do so.
As an employee conducts the Company’s business, he or she may encounter a variety of legal issues. If employees have questions on specific laws, rules or regulations they should contact the Legal Department.
C.
Fair Dealing
Employees must endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and other employees in all business dealings on behalf of the Company. No employee should take unfair advantage of another person through manipulation,

2



concealment, abuse of privileged or confidential information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair dealing practice.
Whenever the ethical or legal requirements of a situation are unclear, employees should contact their supervisor (if applicable) or the General Counsel.
D.
Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets; Corporate Opportunities
Employees are required to protect the Company’s assets entrusted to them and to protect the Company’s assets in general. Employees and directors shall also take steps to ensure that Company assets are used only for legitimate business purposes consistent with the Company’s guidelines. Loss, theft and misuse of Company assets have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability.
Each employee is further prohibited from (i) diverting to himself or herself or to others any opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property or information or as a result of his or her position with the Company unless such opportunity has first been presented to, and expressly rejected by, the Company, (ii) using Company property or information or his or her position for personal gain, or (iii) competing with the Company. Employees owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.
Any questions concerning the protection and proper use of Company assets or regarding corporate opportunity matters should be directed to the General Counsel.
E.
Confidentiality
Confidential information generated and gathered in the Company’s business plays a vital role in the Company’s business, prospects and ability to compete. “Confidential Information” includes all non‑public information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to the Company or its customers if disclosed. “Confidential Information” includes without limitation “Customer Information,” which means any and all information (i) that a customer provides to the Company to obtain a financial product or service, (ii) about a customer resulting from any transaction between the Company and a customer involving a financial product or service, (iii) otherwise obtained about a customer of the Company in connection with providing a financial product or service to that customer, or (iv) contained in any list, description, or other grouping of customers of the Company. Customer Information includes specifically, without limitation, (a) information a customer provides to the Company on an application to obtain a loan, deposit account, credit card, or other financial product or service; (b) account balance information, payment history, overdraft history, or credit or debit card purchase information; (c) the fact that an individual is or has been a customer of the Company or has obtained a financial product or service from the Company; (d) information that the Company or one of its agents or service

3



providers receives about a customer in connection with collecting on a loan or servicing a loan; (f) information about a customer that the Company collects through an Internet “cookie” or similar collecting device from a web server; or (g) information contained in a consumer report.
Employees are required not to disclose or distribute such Confidential Information, except when disclosure is expressly authorized by the Company or required by applicable law, rule or regulation or by an applicable legal proceeding. Confidential Information and Customer Information are property of the Company and not of employees, and employees shall use Confidential Information solely for legitimate Company purposes. Employees will not, without the express consent of the Company, download, burn to compact disc, copy, reproduce, or in any other way appropriate Confidential Information or Customer Information available to them through their access to confidential, proprietary or other private systems of the Company. Upon leaving the Company, employees have a continuing obligation and responsibility to the Company to observe and protect the Company’s Confidential Information including, but not limited to, all Customer Information, and must delete and purge any duplicates of files or documents that may contain Confidential Information from any computer or other device that remains in their property after their separation from the Company. Employees must also return to the Company all Confidential Information of the Company in their possession and shall not use or disclose any Confidential Information at any time without the express written consent of the Company.
If an employee has any questions concerning whether information in his or her possession is confidential, or whether disclosure or other use of information is permissible, he or she should consult the General Counsel.
F.
Accuracy of Records; Quality of Public Disclosures
The Company is committed to maintaining the integrity, accuracy and reliability of the Company’s books, records and financial statements. No transaction may be entered into with the intent to document or record it in a deceptive manner, and no false or artificial documentation or book entry is to be made for any transaction. Similarly, all funds, assets, liabilities and transactions must be accurately recorded in the appropriate books and records of the Company.
The Company is committed to providing its shareholders, employees and other interested public and private groups with complete and accurate information about the Company’s financial condition and results of operations in accordance with the securities laws of the United States. The Company strives to ensure that the reports and documents it files with or submits to the Securities and Exchange Commission, and other public communications made by Company, include fair, timely and

4



understandable disclosure. The Company’s senior management shall be primarily responsible for monitoring the Company’s public disclosure.
III.
Compliance Procedures
A.
Administration of Code
The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) shall be responsible for the content of the Code and for periodically reviewing the Code. The Audit and Finance Committee of the Board shall be responsible for proposing any changes to the Code that are deemed necessary or appropriate. The Audit and Finance Committee shall also review the Company’s performance in implementing and monitoring compliance with the Code on a periodic basis. The Code will be administered by the Company’s management, the General Counsel or his or her designee who may perform various ongoing administrative functions in connection with the Code, including responding to questions about the Code and circulating or otherwise communicating updates to the Code. In the event a designee is appointed, employees, officers and directors will be informed of his or her appointment and will be provided information regarding how to contact the designee.
B.
Communication of Policies
A copy of the Code shall be supplied to all employees, officers and directors upon commencement of their association with the Company and shall be acknowledged by all employees on an annual basis. Updates will be provided upon any change to the Code. A copy of the Code is also available to all employees by requesting one from the Human Capital Resources department or by accessing the Company’s website at www.bostonprivate.com in the Investor Relations section under Corporate Governance.
C.
Monitoring Compliance and Disciplinary Action
The Company’s management shall take reasonable steps from time to time to (i) monitor and audit compliance with the Code, including the establishment of monitoring and auditing systems that are reasonably designed to investigate and detect conduct in violation of the Code and (ii) when appropriate, impose and enforce appropriate disciplinary measures for violations of the Code. The disciplinary measures may include, but are not limited to, counseling, oral or written reprimands, warnings, probation or suspension with or without pay, demotions, reductions in salary, termination of employment or service to the Company, and restitution.
The Company’s management shall periodically report to the Audit and Finance Committee on these compliance efforts including, without limitation, regular

5



reporting of alleged violations of the Code and the actions taken with respect to any such violation. The Audit and Finance Committee shall in turn report to the Board on a regular basis regarding the Company’s compliance efforts.
D.
Reporting Concerns/Receiving Advice
(1)
Reporting Illegal or Unethical Behavior
Every employee is required to act proactively by asking questions, seeking guidance and reporting suspected violations with respect to compliance with the Code, other policies and procedures of the Company, or any applicable government law, rule or regulation. If any employee believes that actions have taken place, may be taking place, or may be about to take place that violate or would violate the Code, he or she is obligated to bring the matter to the attention of the Company. The best starting point for an employee seeking advice on ethics‑related issues or reporting potential violations is with his or her supervisor. If the employee has reported the conduct in question to his or her supervisor and does not believe that he or she has dealt with it properly, or if the employee does not feel that he or she can discuss the matter with his or her supervisor, the employee should raise the matter with the General Counsel.
Employees should direct any concerns or questions about violations with respect to accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, directly to the Chairman of the Audit and Finance Committee and to the General Counsel.
(2)
Procedures for Submitting Concerns
The Company has established an anonymous employee “hotline” (the “Reporting Line”) for receipt of questions and reports of potential employee violations of the Code. Any employee may communicate with the General Counsel by any of the following methods:
In writing (which may be done anonymously), addressed to the General Counsel, either by facsimile to (617) 912-4551, by email to mchambers@bostonprivate.com, or by U.S. mail to: Margaret W. Chambers, General Counsel, Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc., Ten Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, CONFIDENTIAL.
By filing an anonymous report online or via telephone. The information you provide will be sent to the Chair of the Company’s Audit and Finance Committee and the Company’s General Counsel’s Office by a third party vendor, EthicsPoint, on a totally confidential and anonymous basis. The report made will not accessible through EthicsPoint by any

6



other member of management of the Company, or of any of its subsidiaries.
Online:
https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=23693 or www.ethicspoint.com
Telephone: Reporting Line at (877) 243-3144.
Employees must not use this compliance program in bad faith, or in a false or frivolous manner. Further, employees should not use the Reporting Line to report grievances not involving the Code, accounting or financial concerns or other ethics-related issues.
(3)
Confidentiality; Anonymous Reporting
When reporting conduct suspected of violating the Code, the Company prefers that employees identify themselves in order to facilitate the Company’s ability to take appropriate steps to address the report, including conducting any appropriate investigation.
If an employee wishes to remain anonymous, he or she may do so, and the Company will use reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of the reporting person subject to applicable law, rule or regulation or to any applicable legal proceedings. In the event the report is made anonymously, however, the Company may not have sufficient information to look into or otherwise investigate or evaluate the allegations. Accordingly, persons who make reports anonymously should endeavor to provide as much detail as is reasonably necessary to permit the Company to evaluate the matter(s) set forth in the anonymous report and, if appropriate, commence and conduct an appropriate investigation.
(4)
Policy Against Retaliation
The Company expressly forbids any retaliation against any employee who, acting in good faith, reports suspected misconduct. Any person who participates in any such retaliation is subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination.
E.
Investigating Violations
In accordance with the Company’s Internal Investigations Policy, the Company’s General Counsel shall develop and maintain a standard procedure for documenting all allegations received, evaluating and investigating the allegation and documenting the conclusions of that process. The Audit and Finance Committee shall receive quarterly, or more frequently as the General Counsel deems appropriate, a list of all

7



such alleged violations and the outcome of the inquiry or investigation thereof and shall have access to all reports prepared regarding alleged violations of the Code.
F.
Waivers and Amendments
From time to time, the Company may waive some provisions of this Code. Any employee, officer or director who believes that a waiver is appropriate should contact the General Counsel or a member of the Audit and Finance Committee. Any waiver of the Code for executive officers or directors of the Company may only be made by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Board or, if permitted, by a committee thereof, and must be disclosed promptly to shareholders in accordance with applicable United States securities laws and/or the rules of NASDAQ. Any waivers of the Code for other employees may only be made by the Company’s Legal Department. All amendments to the Code must be recommended by the Audit and Finance Committee for approval by the Board.

8


Exhibit 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF
BOSTON PRIVATE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
Subsidiaries of the Company
 
State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Anchor Capital Advisors LLC
 
DE
Anchor Capital Non-Managing Members LLC
 
DE
Anchor Capital Holdings LLC
 
DE
Bingham, Osborn & Scarborough, LLC
 
CA
Boston Private Bank & Trust Company
 
MA
Boston Private Capital, Inc.
 
MA
Boston Private Wealth LLC
 
MA
BPB-IMT & Co., LLP
 
MA
BPB Securities Corporation
 
MA
BPB Securities Corporation II
 
MA
Lerob LLC
 
CA
Ten Winthrop Properties
 
MA
Boston Private Capital Trust I
 
DE
Boston Private Capital Trust II
 
DE
Dalton, Greiner, Hartman & Maher & Co. LLC
 
DE
DGHM Management LLC
 
DE
DGHM Enhanced Value LP
 
DE
DGHM Enhanced Value LTD
 
Grand Cayman Island
DGHM Partners LLC
 
DE
DGHM Ultra Value Partners LP
 
DE
DGHM World Funds Trust
 
DE
KLS Professional Advisors Group, LLC
 
DE






Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-168460, 333-167691, 333-167007, 333-116511, 333-128764, 333-134685, 333-134686, 333-159245, 333-113327, 333-74420, 333-74106, 333-199115 and 333-195664) on Form S-8; and (No. 333-171599, 333-171600, and 333-185896) on Form S-3 of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. of our reports dated February 28, 2017 , with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, change in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, which reports appear in the December 31, 2016 annual report on Form 10‑K of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc.
/s/  KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 2017





Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Clayton G. Deutsch, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
/s/    C LAYTON  G. D EUTSCH        
Date: February 28, 2017
 
Clayton G. Deutsch
Chief Executive Officer
 





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
  
I, David J. Kaye, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “registrant”);
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
/s/    D AVID  J. K AYE
Date: February 28, 2017
 
David J. Kaye
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
 





Exhibit 32.1*
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. § 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned Chief Executive Officer of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    C LAYTON G. D EUTSCH
 
 
 
 
 
Clayton G. Deutsch
Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 28, 2017
 
 
 
 

*      This certification shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.





Exhibit 32.2*
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. § 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned Chief Financial Officer of Boston Private Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    D AVID  J. K AYE
 
 
 
 
 
David J. Kaye
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
Date: February 28, 2017
 
 
 
 

*      This certification shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.